New York, NY 10013 Springer NEWS · New York, NY 10013 Apress AIP Press American Institute of...

Springer

NEWS

springer.comABCDA CD233 Spring Street New York, NY 10013

Apress

AIP Press

American Institute of Physics

Birkhäuser

Copernicus

Current Medicine

Friends of ED

Humana Press

Lavoisier-Intercept

Physica Verlag

Springer-Praxis

The Royal Society of Chemistry

Springer Wien NewYork

Steinkopff Verlag

Vieweg

2010

AB

3

MARCH

2010

Want this by e-mail?

Subscribe now to the monthly

Library Books E-Newsletter:

springer.com/librarybooks

Get all the content of this catalog in PDF, Excel, and HTML.

Want this by e-mail?

Subscribe now to the monthly

Library Books E-Newsletter:

springer.com/librarybooks

Get all the content of this catalog in PDF, Excel, and HTML.

ABCD springerlink.com

7 Books, journals, reference works,protocols & more

7 Over 4 million documents onone integrated platform

7 More productive searcheswith Semantic Linking

VISITTODAY!

014486x

SpringerLinkAccess outstanding STM contentwith sophisticated search tools

springer.com/librarybooks IContents

Author Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IITitle Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VIProceedings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

Apress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32Biomedicine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Business/Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Computer Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34Earth Sciences/Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42Environmental Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63General Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75Life Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66Management/Business for Professionals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73Materials Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27Medicine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87Physics/Astronomy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90Social Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Each eBook subject collection (12 collections for English-language/International titles) is designated by its own icon . The icon appears next to each title, indicating its subject group .

Author Index springer.com/booksellersII Springer News 3/2010Author Index

A

75 Abeyratne, Aviation Security Law 1 Abraham (Ed), Case-Based Echocardiography 19 Ács et al ., Congenital Abnormalities and

Preterm Birth related to Maternal Illnesses during Pregnancy

34 Aggarwal (Eds), Managing and Mining Graph Data (Adv . Database Systems)

82 Ajzenstadt (Eds), Children, Gender and Families in Mediterranean Welfare States (Children’s Well-Being 2)

1 Alam (Ed), Evidence-Based Procedural Dermatology

64 Alexandrov (Eds), Global Environmental Change: Challenges to Science and Society in Southeastern Europe

75 Ambos, The Colombian Peace Process and the Principle of Complementarity of the International Criminal Court

42 Angeles, Dynamic Response of Linear Mechanical Systems (Mechanical Engineering Series) <With CD-ROM>

39 Anpo (Eds), Environmentally Benign Photo-catalysts (Nanostructure Sci ., Techn .)

23 Apps (Eds), Pediatric Neuropsychology Case Studies

23 Armstrong (Ed), Handbook of Medical Neuropsychology

73 Arnold et al ., Technological Trends in ICT 42 Artmann (Eds), Stem Cell Engineering 57 Ayache et al ., Sample Preparation Guide for

Transmission Electron Microscopy, Vol . 1 57 Ayache et al ., Sample Preparation Guide for

Transmission Electron Microscopy, Vol . 2 57 Ayache et al ., Sample Preparation Handbook

for Transmission Electron Microscopy <Set> 1 Aznar (Eds), Epidemiology of Obesity in

Children and Adolescents (Spr . Series on Epidemiology Health)

B

42 Babuska (Eds), Interactive Collaborative Infor-mation Systems (Studies Comp . Intelligence 281)

23 Balconi (Ed), Neuropsychology of Communi-cation

70 Barceló (Eds), Traffic Data Collection and its Standardization (Int . Ser . Operations Res .)

43 Barsky, Critical Regimes of Two-Phase Flows with a Polydisperse Solid Phase (Fluid Mechanics, Appl . 93)

34 Bayro-Corrochano (Eds), Geometric Algebra Computing

19 Beauchemin (Eds), Metastasis of Colorectal Cancer (Metastasis-Biol ., Treatment)

58 Berdichevsky, Variational Principles of Continuum Mechanics (Interaction Mech ./Math .) <Set>

Author Index

32 Berrou (Ed), Codes and turbo codes (Collection IRIS)

66 Blanco-Canqui/Rattan, Principles of Soil Conservation and Management

2 Bock/Norris, Handbook of Forensic Botany <With CD-ROM>

59 Boettinger (Eds), Digital Soil Mapping (Progress in Soil Science)

73 Bogdan/Villiger, Valuation in Life Sciences . 3rd ed .

2 Boiselle (Eds), CT of the Airways (Contemporary Medical Imaging)

19 Bonavida (Ed), Nitric Oxide (NO) and Cancer (Cancer Drug Discovery, Development)

54 Booß-Bavnbek (Eds), New Paths Towards Quantum Gravity (Lect . Notes in Physics 807)

2 Brambrink (Eds), Complications in Neurosur-gical Anesthesia and Critical Care

59 Brilly (Ed), Hydrological Processes of the Danube River Basin

3 Bronstein (Ed), Cushing’s Syndrome (Contemporary Endocrinology)

3 Bucerius (Eds), 99mTc-Sestamibi 59 Budich (Eds), Earth System Modelling

Software 3 Bukowski (Eds), Clinical Management of

Renal Tumors 4 Bukowski (Eds), Renal Cell Carcinoma 2nd ed .

C

4 Caldwell (Eds), Vascular and Thrombotic Diseases of the Liver (Clinical Gastroenterology)

82 Capecchi (Eds), Applications of Mathematics in Models, Artificial Neural Networks and Arts

60 Ceccaldi (Eds), Global Change: Mankind-Marine Environment Interactions <With CD-ROM>

4 Chan (Ed), Optic Nerve Disorders 5 Chapple (Eds), Surgical Urology (Springer

Specialist Surgery Series) <With online files/update>

82 Cheloukhine/Haberfeld, Russian Organized Corruption Networks and their International Trajectories

43 Chen (Eds), Intelligent Multimedia Communi-cation: Techniques and Applications (Studies Comp . Intelligence 280)

27 Cheng et al ., Analysis and Design of Nonlinear Control Systems

20 Choi (Ed), Systems Biology of Signaling Networks

27 Chudnovsky (Eds), Additive Number Theory 27 Chueshov/Lasiecka, Von Karman Evolution

Equations (Springer Monographs in Mathematics)

5 Ciraulo (Eds), Pharmacotherapy of Depression 2nd ed . <With CD-ROM>

5 Cohen (Eds), Blepharoptosis

24 Cohen, The Neuropsychology of Attention (Critical Issues in Neuropsychology) 2nd ed .

66 Comstock (Ed), Life Science Ethics 2nd ed . 6 Connors (Eds), Maternal Influences on Fetal

Neurodevelopment 75 Conte, Human Rights in the Prevention and

Punishment of Terrorism 20 Coppola (Ed), Mechanisms of Oncogenesis

(Cancer Growth, Progression 12) 83 Corbin (Eds), Historical Archeology of Tourism

in Yellowstone National Park (When the Land Meets the Sea)

70 Coto-Millán (Eds), Essays on Port Economics (Contributions to Economics (Physica))

64 Crastan, Global Energy Economics and Climate Protection Report 2009

43 Cristini (Eds), Nanoparticulate Delivery to Cancerous Lesions (Fundamental Biomed .Technol . 2)

78 Crowe (Ed), Advancing Social Studies Education through Self-Study Methodology (Self Study of Teaching 10)

D

30 DasGupta, Fundamentals of Probability: A First Course (Springer Texts Statistics)

44 David/Rajasekaran, Pattern Recognition Using Neural and Functional Networks (Studies Comp . Intelligence 160) 2nd ed .

6 DeMeester (Eds), Modern Dietary Fat Intakes in Disease Promotion (Nutrition, Health)

32 Djeraba, Multi-Modal User Interactions in Controlled Environments (Multimedia Syst ., Applicat .)

32 Dori, Exploring the Web 33 Draheim, Business Process Technology 54 Dreizler/Lüdde, Theoretical Mechanics

(Graduate Texts in Physics) <With online files/update>

87 Duží et al ., Procedural Semantics for Hyperintensional Logic (Logic, Epistemology, Unity 17)

E

44 Edwards (Eds), Fault Tolerant Flight Control (Lect . Notes Control 399) <With online files/update>

66 Edwards et al ., Biology and Ecology of Earthworms 4th ed .

67 Ehlers (Ed), Regulation of Biological Control Agents in Europe

70 Eliasson, Advanced Public Procurement as Industrial Policy (Economics of Science)

64 Elliott (Eds), Wildlife Ecotoxicology (Emerging Topics Ecotoxicol . 4)

20 Enders (Ed), Cell Cycle Deregulation in Cancer (Contemporary Cancer Research)

67 Ereskovsky, The Comparative Embryology of Sponges

Author Indexspringer.com/librarybooks IIISpringer News 3/2010 Author Index

F

34 Falmagne/Doignon, Learning Spaces 67 Fang (Eds), Ecology in the Yangtze River

Estuary (Ecological Studies 212) 60 Faria et al ., Continuum Description of

Granular Materials (Adv .Geophysical, Environmental Mech .)

6 Faulx (Eds), Cardiovascular Hemodynamics (Contemporary Cardiology) <With CD-ROM>

28 Feng, The Poisson-Dirichlet Distribution and Related Topics (Probability, its Applications)

39 Fernandez, Transformative Concepts for Drug Design: Target Wrapping

44 Finn/Scheding, Developments and Chal-lenges for Autonomous Unmanned Vehicles (Intel . Syst . Ref . Library 3)

7 Finucane et al ., Principles of Airway Manage-ment, 4th Edition 4th ed .

76 Fischer, Handbook on International Organisations <With CD-ROM>

73 Fog et al ., Storytelling 2nd ed . 83 Franks, Neurosociology 60 Frisch et al ., Plate Tectonics 35 Frishman (Ed), Structural Bioinformatics of

Membrane Proteins

G

21 Gadoth (Eds), Oxidative Stress and Free Radical Damage in Neurology (Oxidative Stress 1)

74 Gendreau (Eds), Handbook of Metaheuristics (Int . Ser . Operations Res .) 2nd ed .

54 Ghatak/Bhattacharya, Thermoelectric Power in Nanostructured Materials under Strong Magnetic Field (Springer Ser . Materials 137)

7 Ghavamian (Ed), Complications of Laparo-scopic and Robotic Urologic Surgery <With DVD>

45 Ghodssi (Eds), MEMS Materials and Processes Handbook (MEMS Reference Shelf )

45 Gildenblat (Ed), Compact Modeling 7 Giordano (Eds), Breast Cancer in the Post-

Genomic Era (Current Clinical Oncology) 87 Gottwald (Eds), Food Ethics 8 Graimann (Eds), Brain-Computer Interfaces

(Frontiers Collection) 71 Groothedde, Logistics Network Design and

Collaboration 65 Gross (Eds), Environmental Sociology 39 Gross, Mass Spectrometry 2nd ed . 28 Grötschel (Eds), Production Factor

Mathematics 78 Guo/Lamb, International Comparisons of

China’s Technical and Vocational Education and Training System (Technical, Vocational Educ . 12)

40 Gütlich et al ., Mössbauer Spectroscopy and Transition Metal Chemistry <With CD-ROM>

76 Gutwirth (Eds), Data Protection in a Profiled World

Author Index

H

63 Håkanson et al ., The Fish Production Poten-tial of the Baltic Sea (Environmental Science)

83 Hale et al ., The Age of Supported Independence

78 Hall (Ed), Cutting Costs and Improving Productivity in Higher Education

8 Handler (Eds), Reducing Racial/Ethnic Disparities in Reproductive and Perinatal Outcomes

8 Hansen (Eds), Handbook of Evidence-Based Radiation Oncology 2nd ed .

45 Hara (Eds), Perspectives in Mathematical System Theory, Control, and Signal Processing (Lect . Notes Control 398)

9 Hartigan (Ed), Practical Manual of Thoracic Anesthesia

9 Hayat (Ed), Methods of Cancer Diagnosis, Therapy, and Prognosis (Methods Cancer Diagnosis 8)

87 Haynes, Animal Welfare 55 Heitmann (Ed), Quantum Materials, Lateral

Semiconductor Nanostructures, Hybrid Systems and Nanocrystals (NanoScience, Technology)

55 Holbrow et al ., Modern Introductory Physics 2nd ed .

9 Holick (Ed), Vitamin D (Nutrition, Health) 2nd ed .

35 Honavar/Caragea, Collaborative Knowledge Acquisition from Semantically Disparate, Distributed Data Sources (Adv . Informat .Knowledge Processing)

10 Hoshi (Eds), Oxidative Stress and Aging: (Aging Medicine)

10 Hunter (Eds), Handbook of Clinical Psychology in Medical Settings

10 Husson, Thoraco-lumbar degenerative spine

I

88 Indrzejczak, Natural Deduction, Hybrid Systems and Modal Logics (Trends in Logic 30)

46 Isermann/Münchhof, Identification of Dynamical Systems (Adv . Textbooks Control, Signal Proc .) <With CD-ROM>

J

58 Jabbari, Modeling and Simulation of Polymerization Reactions

58 Jacoboni, Theory of Electron Transport in Semiconductor Materials and Structures (Springer Ser . Solid-State 165)

46 Jähne, Digital Image Processing 7th ed . <With online files/update>

K

21 Kaiser (Eds), Multisensory Object Perception in the Primate Brain

79 Kanes (Ed), Elaborating Professionalism (Innovat ., Change Prof . Educ . 5)

35 Kantor (Eds), Recommender Systems Handbook

11 Kelly (Eds), Addiction Recovery Management (Current Clinical Psychiatry)

46 Kitsche, Test Facility for a Cryogenic Rocket Engine (Springer Aerospace Techn .)

28 Klauder, A Modern Approach to Functional Integration

30 Kleinbaum/Klein, Logistic Regression (Statistics for Biology, Health) 3rd ed .

11 Koch (Eds), Medication Management in Older Adults

68 Kontermann (Eds), Antibody Engineering Volume 1, 2nd ed .

68 Kontermann (Eds), Antibody Engineering Volume 2, 2nd ed .

40 Kornacki (Ed), Principles of Microbiological Troubleshooting in the Industrial Food Processing Environment (Food Microbiology, Food Safety)

24 Koziol/Budding, Subcortical Structures and Cognition

40 Kremer, An Introduction to the Boltzmann Equation and Transport Processes in Gases (Interaction Mechanics, Mathematics)

65 Krupnik (Eds), SIKU: Knowing Our Ice 30 Kulkarni, Modeling, Analysis, Design, and

Control of Stochastic Systems (Springer Texts Statistics) 2nd ed . <With online files/update>

L

24 L’Abate et al ., Relational Competence Theory 11 Laguna (Eds), Cancer of the Testis 12 Lawless (Ed), Sports Cardiology in Practice Leal Filho (Ed), Universities and Climate

Change (Climate Change Management) 25 Leigh, Genes, Memes, Culture, and Mental

Illness 47 Levi (Eds), Symbiotic Multi-Robot Organisms

(Cognitive Systems Monogr .)

M

36 Maimon (Eds), Data Mining and Knowledge Discovery Handbook 2nd ed .

88 Makeham (Ed), Dao Companion to Neo-Confucian Philosophy (Dao Companions Chinese Philosophy)

79 MaKinster (Eds), Teaching Science with Geospatial Technology

84 Malainey, A Consumer’s Guide to Archaeo-logical Science (Manuals in Arch .Meth ., Theory, Techn .)

Author Index springer.com/booksellersIV Springer News 3/2010

47 Mandziuk, Knowledge-Free and Learning-Based Methods in Intelligent Game Playing (Studies Comp . Intelligence 276)

90 Marranci (Ed), Muslim Societies and the Chal-lenge of Secularization: An Interdisciplinary Approach (Muslims Global Societ . Ser . 1)

25 Martz (Ed), Trauma Rehabilitation After War and Conflict

12 McCree (Eds), African Americans and HIV/AIDS

55 Moniz, Quantum Cosmology - The Supersym-metric Perspective - Vol . 1 (Lect . Notes in Physics 803)

56 Moniz, Quantum Cosmology - The Supersym-metric Perspective - Vol . 2 (Lect . Notes in Physics 804)

84 Moore (Ed), Fairness in International Trade (The ISBEE Book Series)

68 Moreira-Munoz, Plant Geography of Chile (Plant, Vegetation 5)

12 Morgan (Eds), International Health and Development

65 Müller (Eds), Long-Term Ecological Research

N

25 Nakkula et al ., Building Healthy Communi-ties for Positive Youth Development (Search Institute Ser . 7)

13 Nici (Eds), Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (Respiratory Medicine)

71 Novales et al ., Economic Growth

O

13 Orban (Ed), Type 1 Diabetes: (Contemporary Diabetes)

63 Oswald Spring (Ed), Water Resources in Mexico (Hexagon Series 8)

P

61 Palermo/Ponzini, Spatial Planning and Urban Development: (Urban, Landscape Perspect .)

69 Pansarin/Pansarin, The familiy Orchidaceae in the Serra do Japi, Sao Paulo state, Brazil

47 Partida, Setting up an IT Security Function 41 Pasupuleti (Eds), Protein Hydrolysates in

Biotechnology 36 Peters, Transactions on Rough Sets XI

(Lect .Notes Computer 923) 29 Peterson/Kelley, The Theory of Differential

Equations 2nd ed . 13 Petros, The Female Pelvic Floor 3rd ed . 85 Piquero et al ., Measuring Crime and Delin-

quency Over the Life Course 89 Poli (Eds), Theory and Applications of

Ontology <Set> 88 Poli (Eds), Theory and Applications of

Ontology: Computer Applications

89 Poli (Eds), Theory and Applications of Ontology: Philosophical Perspectives

48 Popescu-Zeletin et al ., Vehicular-2-X Communication

48 Pratihar (Eds), Intelligent Autonomous Systems (Studies Comp . Intelligence 275)

63 Princiotta (Ed), Global Climate Change - The Technology Challenge (Adv . Global Change Res . 38)

48 Prud’homme, Flows of Reactive Fluids (Fluid Mechanics, Appl . 1535)

R

49 Rahman (Eds), FPGA Based Design and Applications (Integrated Circuits, Systems)

14 Rao (Eds), Urinary Tract Stone Disease 29 Rappaz et al ., Numerical Modeling in

Materials Science and Engineering (Springer Ser . Comp . Mathem . 32)

49 Ras (Eds), Advances in Music Information Retrieval (Studies Comp . Intelligence 274)

69 Rebeiz (Eds), The Chloroplast (Adv .Photosynthesis, Resp . 31)

36 Régnier-Pécastaing et al ., Master Data Management

14 Riviello, JR (Eds), Seizures in Pediatric Neuro-critical Care (Current Clinical Neurology)

85 Romm, New Racism 15 Roodman (Ed), Myeloma Bone Disease

(Current Clinical Oncology) 37 Roscoe, Understanding Concurrent Systems

(Texts in Computer Science) 79 Roth (Ed), Re/Structuring Science Education

(Cultural Stud . Sci . Educat . 2) 37 Roy, Handbook of Mobility Models and

Mobile Ad Hoc Networks 15 Rubin (Eds), Clinical Approach to Infection in

the Compromised Host 5th ed .

S

15 Safdar (Ed), Management of Infections in Cancer Patients (Current Clinical Oncology)

77 Santos, Humans on Earth . Past, Present and Future

26 Sarason, Centers for Ending (Caregiving: Res .Policy, Practice)

61 Scapini (Eds), Coastal Water Bodies 15 Schacknow (Eds), The Glaucoma Book 56 Schaefer, Nanoscience (NanoScience,

Technology) 71 Schanz/Schanz, Business Taxation and

Financial Decisions 77 Schmude, Comets, and How to Observe

Them 49 Schobeiri, Fluid Mechanics for Engineers 16 Schultz (Eds), Handbook of Job Accommoda-

tions in Mental Health 16 Seidenberg (Eds), The Hip and Pelvis in

Sports Medicine and Primary Care

72 Seitanidi, The Politics of Partnerships 56 Seneor et al ., From Classical to Quantum

Fields 33 Setubal/Almeida, Introduction to Bioinfor-

matics Using Bacterial Genomics 50 Spagnolo (Eds), European and Chinese

Cognitive Styles and their Impact on Teaching Mathematics (Studies Comp . Intelligence 277)

80 Stahl (Ed), Studying Virtual Math Teams (Comp .-Supported Collab . 11)

50 Stankovic/Astola, From Boolean Logic to Switching Circuits and Automata (Studies Comp . Intelligence 278)

85 Stillwell (Eds), Spatial and Social Disparities (Understanding Population 2)

16 Stitik (Ed), Injection Procedures 61 Stocker, Introduction to Climate Modelling

(Adv . Geophysical, Environmental Mech .) 77 Struck, Galaxy Collisions 17 Subramaniam (Eds), Anesthesia and Periop-

erative Care for Aortic Surgery 31 Suess/Trumbo, Introduction to Probability

Simulation and Gibbs Sampling with R 17 Syed/Shaikh, Radiology of Non-Spinal Pain

Procedures

T

86 Taylor (Ed), Third Sector Research 50 Taylor (Eds), Animal Locomation 18 Taylor, White Coat Tales 80 Trifonas (Eds), Critical Peace Education

V

37 van ‘t Wout, The Integrated Architecture Framework Explained

18 Verster (Eds), Drug Abuse and Addiction in Medical Illness:

18 Vinks (Eds), Fundamentals of Antimicrobial Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacodynamics

62 Viscarra Rossel (Eds), Proximal Soil Sensing (Progress in Soil Science)

W

51 Wallace (Eds), Semantics in Adaptive and Personalized Services (Studies Comp . Intelligence 279)

51 Waller/Lenzen, Mechanical Vibrations and Structural Dynamics

22 Wang (Eds), Molecular Genetics of Liver Neoplasia (Cancer Genetics)

72 Wang, The Economics of Foreign Exchange and Global Finance 2nd ed .

80 Webster-Wright, Authentic Professional Learning

22 Welch (Eds), Optical-Thermal Response of Laser-Irradiated Tissue 2nd ed .

Author IndexAuthor Index

Author Indexspringer.com/librarybooks VSpringer News 3/2010

18 Welt (Eds), Structural Heart Disease in the Adult: (Contemporary Cardiology)

69 Williams (Ed), Biocontrol-Based Integrated Management of Oilseed Rape Pests

51 Wisniewski, Finite Rotation Shells (LN Num .Meth . Engineering, Sciences)

52 Wolf et al ., Grippers in Motion 2nd ed . 38 Wright (Eds), Safeguards in a World of

Ambient Intelligence (Int . Library of Ethics, Law 1)

81 Wyatt-Smith (Eds), Multiple Perspectives on Difficulties in Learning Literacy and Numeracy

X

52 Xhafa (Eds), Computational Intelligence for Technology Enhanced Learning (Studies Comp . Intelligence 273)

52 Xu/Bronlund, Mastication Robots (Studies Comp . Intelligence 340)

Y

53 Yu/Gen, Introduction to Evolutionary Algorithms (Decision Engineering) <With online files/update>

Z

81 Zohar (Eds), Metacognition in Science Education

81 Zuber-Skerritt, Professional and Leadership Development Through Action Learning and Action Research (Profess ., Practice . Learning 6)

Author Index

springer.com/booksellersVI Springer News 3/2010Title Index

A

11 Addiction Recovery Management 27 Additive Number Theory 70 Advanced Public Procurement as Industrial

Policy 49 Advances in Music Information Retrieval 78 Advancing Social Studies Education through

Self-Study Methodology 12 African Americans and HIV/AIDS 83 The Age of Supported Independence 40 An Introduction to the Boltzmann Equation

and Transport Processes in Gases 27 Analysis and Design of Nonlinear Control

Systems 17 Anesthesia and Perioperative Care for Aortic

Surgery 50 Animal Locomation 87 Animal Welfare 68 Antibody Engineering Volume 1 68 Antibody Engineering Volume 2 82 Applications of Mathematics in Models,

Artificial Neural Networks and Arts 80 Authentic Professional Learning 75 Aviation Security Law

B

69 Biocontrol-Based Integrated Management of Oilseed Rape Pests

66 Biology and Ecology of Earthworms 5 Blepharoptosis 8 Brain-Computer Interfaces 7 Breast Cancer in the Post-Genomic Era 25 Building Healthy Communities for Positive

Youth Development 33 Business Process Technology 71 Business Taxation and Financial Decisions

C

11 Cancer of the Testis 6 Cardiovascular Hemodynamics 1 Case-Based Echocardiography 20 Cell Cycle Deregulation in Cancer 26 Centers for Ending 82 Children, Gender and Families in

Mediterranean Welfare States 13 Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease 15 Clinical Approach to Infection in the

Compromised Host 3 Clinical Management of Renal Tumors 69 The Chloroplast 61 Coastal Water Bodies 32 Codes and turbo codes 35 Collaborative Knowledge Acquisition from

Semantically Disparate, Distributed Data Sources

75 The Colombian Peace Process and the Principle of Complementarity of the International Criminal Court

77 Comets, and How to Observe Them 45 Compact Modeling 67 The Comparative Embryology of Sponges 2 Complications in Neurosurgical Anesthesia

and Critical Care 7 Complications of Laparoscopic and Robotic

Urologic Surgery 52 Computational Intelligence for Technology

Enhanced Learning 19 Congenital Abnormalities and Preterm

Birth related to Maternal Illnesses during Pregnancy

84 A Consumer’s Guide to Archaeological Science

60 Continuum Description of Granular Materials 80 Critical Peace Education 43 Critical Regimes of Two-Phase Flows with a

Polydisperse Solid Phase 2 CT of the Airways 3 Cushing’s Syndrome 78 Cutting Costs and Improving Productivity in

Higher Education

D

88 Dao Companion to Neo-Confucian Philosophy

36 Data Mining and Knowledge Discovery Handbook

76 Data Protection in a Profiled World 44 Developments and Challenges for Autono-

mous Unmanned Vehicles 46 Digital Image Processing 59 Digital Soil Mapping 18 Drug Abuse and Addiction in Medical Illness: 42 Dynamic Response of Linear Mechanical

Systems

E

59 Earth System Modelling Software 67 Ecology in the Yangtze River Estuary 71 Economic Growth 72 The Economics of Foreign Exchange and

Global Finance 79 Elaborating Professionalism 65 Environmental Sociology 39 Environmentally Benign Photocatalysts 1 Epidemiology of Obesity in Children and

Adolescents 70 Essays on Port Economics 50 European and Chinese Cognitive Styles and

their Impact on Teaching Mathematics 1 Evidence-Based Procedural Dermatology 32 Exploring the Web

F

84 Fairness in International Trade 69 The familiy Orchidaceae in the Serra do Japi,

Sao Paulo state, Brazil 44 Fault Tolerant Flight Control 13 The Female Pelvic Floor 51 Finite Rotation Shells 63 The Fish Production Potential of the Baltic

Sea 48 Flows of Reactive Fluids 49 Fluid Mechanics for Engineers 87 Food Ethics 49 FPGA Based Design and Applications 50 From Boolean Logic to Switching Circuits and

Automata 56 From Classical to Quantum Fields 18 Fundamentals of Antimicrobial Pharmacoki-

netics and Pharmacodynamics 30 Fundamentals of Probability: A First Course

G

77 Galaxy Collisions 25 Genes, Memes, Culture, and Mental Illness 34 Geometric Algebra Computing 15 The Glaucoma Book 60 Global Change: Mankind-Marine Environ-

ment Interactions 63 Global Climate Change - The Technology

Challenge 64 Global Energy Economics and Climate

Protection Report 2009 64 Global Environmental Change: Challenges to

Science and Society in Southeastern Europe 52 Grippers in Motion

H

10 Handbook of Clinical Psychology in Medical Settings

8 Handbook of Evidence-Based Radiation Oncology

2 Handbook of Forensic Botany 16 Handbook of Job Accommodations in Mental

Health 23 Handbook of Medical Neuropsychology 74 Handbook of Metaheuristics 37 Handbook of Mobility Models and Mobile Ad

Hoc Networks 76 Handbook on International Organisations 16 The Hip and Pelvis in Sports Medicine and

Primary Care 83 Historical Archeology of Tourism in Yellow-

stone National Park 75 Human Rights in the Prevention and

Punishment of Terrorism 77 Humans on Earth . Past, Present and Future 59 Hydrological Processes of the Danube River

Basin

Author Indexspringer.com/librarybooks VIISpringer News 3/2010 Title Index

I

46 Identification of Dynamical Systems 16 Injection Procedures 48 Intelligent Autonomous Systems 43 Intelligent Multimedia Communication:

Techniques and Applications 42 Interactive Collaborative Information

Systems 37 The Integrated Architecture Framework

Explained 78 International Comparisons of China’s

Technical and Vocational Education and Training System

12 International Health and Development 33 Introduction to Bioinformatics Using

Bacterial Genomics 61 Introduction to Climate Modelling 53 Introduction to Evolutionary Algorithms 31 Introduction to Probability Simulation and

Gibbs Sampling with R

K

47 Knowledge-Free and Learning-Based Methods in Intelligent Game Playing

L

34 Learning Spaces 66 Life Science Ethics 30 Logistic Regression 71 Logistics Network Design and Collaboration 65 Long-Term Ecological Research

M

15 Management of Infections in Cancer Patients 34 Managing and Mining Graph Data 39 Mass Spectrometry 36 Master Data Management 52 Mastication Robots 6 Maternal Influences on Fetal

Neurodevelopment 85 Measuring Crime and Delinquency Over the

Life Course 51 Mechanical Vibrations and Structural

Dynamics 20 Mechanisms of Oncogenesis 11 Medication Management in Older Adults 45 MEMS Materials and Processes Handbook 81 Metacognition in Science Education 19 Metastasis of Colorectal Cancer 9 Methods of Cancer Diagnosis, Therapy, and

Prognosis 58 Modeling and Simulation of Polymerization

Reactions 30 Modeling, Analysis, Design, and Control of

Stochastic Systems

28 A Modern Approach to Functional Integration

6 Modern Dietary Fat Intakes in Disease Promotion

55 Modern Introductory Physics 22 Molecular Genetics of Liver Neoplasia 40 Mössbauer Spectroscopy and Transition

Metal Chemistry 32 Multi-Modal User Interactions in Controlled

Environments 81 Multiple Perspectives on Difficulties in

Learning Literacy and Numeracy 21 Multisensory Object Perception in the

Primate Brain 90 Muslim Societies and the Challenge of

Secularization: An Interdisciplinary Approach 14 Myeloma Bone Disease

N

43 Nanoparticulate Delivery to Cancerous Lesions

56 Nanoscience 88 Natural Deduction, Hybrid Systems and

Modal Logics 24 The Neuropsychology of Attention 23 Neuropsychology of Communication 83 Neurosociology 54 New Paths Towards Quantum Gravity 85 New Racism 19 Nitric Oxide (NO) and Cancer 3 99mTc-Sestamibi 29 Numerical Modeling in Materials Science and

Engineering

O

4 Optic Nerve Disorders 22 Optical-Thermal Response of Laser-Irradiated

Tissue 10 Oxidative Stress and Aging: 21 Oxidative Stress and Free Radical Damage in

Neurology

P

44 Pattern Recognition Using Neural and Functional Networks

23 Pediatric Neuropsychology Case Studies 45 Perspectives in Mathematical System Theory,

Control, and Signal Processing 5 Pharmacotherapy of Depression 68 Plant Geography of Chile 60 Plate Tectonics 28 The Poisson-Dirichlet Distribution and

Related Topics 72 The Politics of Partnerships 9 Practical Manual of Thoracic Anesthesia 7 Principles of Airway Management, 4th

Edition

40 Principles of Microbiological Troubleshooting in the Industrial Food Processing Environment

66 Principles of Soil Conservation and Management

87 Procedural Semantics for Hyperintensional Logic

28 Production Factor Mathematics 81 Professional and Leadership Develop-

ment Through Action Learning and Action Research

41 Protein Hydrolysates in Biotechnology 62 Proximal Soil Sensing

Q

55 Quantum Cosmology - The Supersymmetric Perspective - Vol . 1

56 Quantum Cosomology - The Supersymmetric Perspective - Vol . 2

55 Quantum Materials, Lateral Semiconductor Nanostructures, Hybrid Systems and Nanocrystals

R

17 Radiology of Non-Spinal Pain Procedures 79 Re/Structuring Science Education 35 Recommender Systems Handbook 8 Reducing Racial/Ethnic Disparities in Repro-

ductive and Perinatal Outcomes 67 Regulation of Biological Control Agents in

Europe 24 Relational Competence Theory 4 Renal Cell Carcinoma 82 Russian Organized Corruption Networks and

their International Trajectories

S

38 Safeguards in a World of Ambient Intelligence

57 Sample Preparation Handbook for Transmission Electron Microscopy

14 Seizures in Pediatric Neurocritical Care 51 Semantics in Adaptive and Personalized

Services 47 Setting up an IT Security Function 65 SIKU: Knowing Our Ice 85 Spatial and Social Disparities 61 Spatial Planning and Urban Development: 12 Sports Cardiology in Practice 42 Stem Cell Engineering 73 Storytelling 35 Structural Bioinformatics of Membrane

Proteins 18 Structural Heart Disease in the Adult: 80 Studying Virtual Math Teams 24 Subcortical Structures and Cognition 5 Surgical Urology 47 Symbiotic Multi-Robot Organisms 20 Systems Biology of Signaling Networks

springer.com/booksellersVIII Springer News 3/2010Title Index

T

79 Teaching Science with Geospatial Technology 73 Technological Trends in ICT 46 Test Facility for a Cryogenic Rocket Engine 54 Theoretical Mechanics 89 Theory and Applications of Ontology 88 Theory and Applications of Ontology:

Computer Applications 89 Theory and Applications of Ontology:

Philosophical Perspectives 29 The Theory of Differential Equations 58 Theory of Electron Transport in Semicon-

ductor Materials and Structures 54 Thermoelectric Power in Nanostructured

Materials under Strong Magnetic Field 86 Third Sector Research 10 Thoraco-lumbar degenerative spine 70 Traffic Data Collection and its

Standardization 36 Transactions on Rough Sets XI 39 Transformative Concepts for Drug Design:

Target Wrapping 25 Trauma Rehabilitation After War and Conflict 13 Type 1 Diabetes:

U

37 Understanding Concurrent Systems Universities and Climate Change 14 Urinary Tract Stone Disease

V

73 Valuation in Life Sciences 58 Variational Principles of Continuum

Mechanics 4 Vascular and Thrombotic Diseases of the

Liver 48 Vehicular-2-X Communication 9 Vitamin D 27 Von Karman Evolution Equations:

Well-posedness and Long Time Dynamics

W

63 Water Resources in Mexico 17 White Coat Tales 64 Wildlife Ecotoxicology

springer.com/librarybooks 1Springer News 3/2010 Medicine

T. Abraham, Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, MD, USA (Ed.)

Case-Based Echocardiography

The book will provide a case-based introduction/primer to the practice of echocardiography with liberal use of images and actual patient histories. The reader will be able to gain extensive practical knowledge of the practice of echocardiography with the use of these case reports. These will concentrate on the skills necessary to increase specialist knowledge of echocardiography practice.

Features7 First book to cover practically the explosion in new echocardiography technologies 7 Covers the day-to-day aspects of echocardiography practice 7 Includes details of vascular imaging reflecting the current towards a more integrated cardiovas-cular approach

From the contentsPhysics & Artifacts. Physical basis ultrasound, cardiac imaging. Artifacts mistaken for cardiac pathology.- LV mass,volumes. Qualitative & quantitative determination of LV wall thickness, mass. Qualitative & quantitative determination of LV volumes.- LV function. Ejection fraction assessment.- M-mode.Common pathologies for M mode use.- Wall motion & stress. Assess regional wall motion. Normal, hypokinetic & akinetic wall motion. Wall motion analysis. Stress echocardiography protocols-exercise; dobutamine; dipyridamole. Problem solving.- RV function assessment. Visual assessment of RV size, function. Tissue Doppler in RV assessment.- Valvular heart disease. Assessing valves.

Fields of interestCardiology; Emergency Medicine; Intensive / Critical Care Medicine

Target groupsTrainees in general cardiology and echocar-diography, sonographers, general internists with interest in echocardiography, individuals appearing for the echocardiography or cardiology board certification exams

M. Alam, Northwestern University, Chicago, IL, USA (Ed.)

Evidence-Based Procedural Dermatology

This title functions as a ready reference for best practices in procedural dermatology, a recently ACGME-approved subspecialty of dermatology. The first part of the book instructs the reader how to perform and how to critically appraise clinical research. The second, and main, part of the book is comprised of topical chapters that will review the current best evidence in skin cancer surgery, laser surgery of the skin, cosmetic dermatology, and many other procedures performed by the derma-tologist. These chapters are written by leading experts in each of these subfields. Evidence-Based Procedural Dermatology is packed with vital infor-mation for practicing dermatologic surgeons, and also dermatology residents and fellows, who will be able to apply the summaries of best practices in their training and certification exams.

Features7 Topical chapters review the current best evidence in various subfields of procedural derma-tology 7 Provides useful instruction on how to critically appraise clinical research 7 Serves as a tutorial for those interested in performing clinical research

From the contentsPART I. A Step-By-Step Guide to a Procedural Dermatology Clinical Trial.- Types of Studies: The Pyramid.- Searching the Literature.- Finding a Testable Question.- Obtaining IRB Approval.- Registering the Trial.- Patient Selection.- Random-ization and Blinding.- Constructing a Functional Experimental Design.- Primary and Secondary Outcome Measures.- Power Studies and Sample Size.- Intent-to-Treat and Per Protocol Analysis of Evaluable Subjects.- Common Statistical Tests.- Confidence Intervals, Statistical Significance and Clinical Significance.

Field of interestDermatology

Target groupsDermatologists, dermatology residents, procedural dermatology fellows

Discount groupMR

Medicine

Due May 2010

2010. Approx. 290 p. 800 illus., 300 in color. Softcover

7 $89.95ISBN 978-1-84996-150-9

Discount groupMC

Medicine

Due April 2010

2010. Approx. 300 p. 150 illus. Hardcover

7 approx. $99.00ISBN 978-0-387-09423-6

L. A. Aznar, Universidad de Zaragoza, Spain; W. Ahrens, I. Pigeot, University of Bremen, Germany (Eds.)

Epidemiology of Obesity in Children and AdolescentsPrevalence and Etiology

Features7 Comprehensive and authoritative 7 Global in scope

ContentsIntroduction.- Ethics.- Methodology.- Part I: Descriptive Epidemiology.- Europe and Russia.- North America.- South America.- Australia and the Pacific Region.- North Africa and Arab Coun-tries.- Remaining Africa.- Japan.- India.- China.- Remaining Asia.- Synthesis Chapter.- Part II: Etiological Factors.- Genetic Factors.- Nutrigenomics.- Neuroendocrine Regulation.- Imprinting/ Perinatal Factors/ Breastfeeding.- Diet I: Macro- and Micronutrients.- Diet II: Food Patterns.- Physical Activity/ Cardiorespiratory Fitness.- Sedentary Behavior/ Sleep.- Environ-mental Factors.- Psychosocial Factors.- Consumer Behavior.- Taste/ Sensory Perception/ Food Prefer-ences.- Synthesis Chapter.

Fields of interestEpidemiology; Public Health/Gesundheitswesen

Target groupsEpidemiologists, clinicians specializing in pediatric overweight and obesity

Discount groupMR

Medicine

Due March 2010

2010. Approx. 450 p. (Springer Series on Epidemiology and Health, Volume 2) Hardcover

7 approx. $79.95ISBN 978-1-4419-6038-2

springer.com/librarybooks2 Springer News 3/2010Medicine

J. H. Bock, D. O. Norris, University of Colorado, Boulder, CO, USA

Handbook of Forensic Botany

This book introduces the forensic scientist to the practice of forensic botany by providing technique instructions, reference photos and analysis of digested plant materials. Because humans cannot digest cellulose, plant foods can be traced and identified at various stages of digestion. Using the techniques described in this book, the forensic pathologist will be able to identify the type of plant consumed as well as whether it was consumed during the victim’s last meal. You will also learn to identify toxic and poisonous plants/herbal products and crime scene plant identification. The final section of the book explains how to utilize the botany expertise at colleges, museums, gardens and botany organizations throughout the world.

Fields of interestForensic Medicine; Plant Sciences

Target groupsForensic scientists, plant biologists

P. M. Boiselle, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA, USA; D. A. Lynch, National Jewish Medical and Research Center, Denver, CO, USA (Eds.)

CT of the AirwaysThis book provides an authoritative resource on the art of CT in the diagnosis and monitoring of pulmonary disease. Exploiting recent techno-logical advances in MDCT and 3-D rendering, CT of the Airways contains over 350 high impact figures illustrating relevant findings of necessity to the radiologist. The full spectrum of pulmonary diseases of the large and small airways is covered, including stenoses, neoplasms, bronchiectasis, asthma, infectious diseases, and smoking-related illnesses. Additional chapters address the clinical applications of CT in children. Throughout, the various modalities of CT scanning are discussed in the context of specific disease states, providing key insights to optimize imaging technique and proficiency. A vital reference for the radiologist, this book will also be of great utility to pulmonologists, thoracic surgeons, pulmonary pathologists, and others involved in the care of patients with airway disease.

Features7 A comprehensive review of large and small airways disorders 7 Emphasis on CT imaging 7 Draws on experts from around the world

Fields of interestDiagnostic Radiology; Pneumology/Respiratory System; Thoracic Surgery

Target groupsRadiologists, pulmonologists, thoracic surgeons, pulmonary pathologists

A. Brambrink, J. Kirsch, Oregon Health and Science University, Portland, OR, USA (Eds.)

Complications in Neurosurgical Anesthesia and Critical CarePrevention, Early Detection, and Perioperative Management

This handbook focuses on day-to-day clinical practice and supports the first-line health care provider to anticipate problems and complications in neurosurgical anesthesia and critical care, as well as suggesting solutions for the appropriate management should difficult situations occur. Single chapters walk the reader from the problem to the solution using a structured algorithmic approach. In addition, the handbook summarizes key knowledge for the practitioner in the field. Tables and illustrations are provided for quick and easy reference. At the end of each chapter the most important elements are summarized for the reader and references for further reading are suggested. This handbook is conceived and edited out of the strong belief that perioperative medicine is multi-disciplinary and patient care is best delivered in a genuine collaborative approach.

Features7 Quick reference guide for the perioperative care of neurosurgical patients 7 Chapters walk the reader from the problem to the solution using a structured algorithmic approach 7 A generous number of tables and figures illustrate key content

Fields of interestAnesthesiology; Intensive / Critical Care Medicine; Neurosurgery

Target groupsResidents in anesthesiology and neurosurgery, critical care fellows, faculty in anesthesiology and critical care, nurse anesthetists

Discount groupP

Medicine

Due April 2010

2010. Approx. 300 p. With CD-ROM. Hardcover

7 approx. $115.00ISBN 978-1-58829-123-3

Discount groupMR

Springer Protocols

Due March 2010

2010. XIV, 408 p. 347 illus., 94 in color. (Contemporary Medical Imaging) Softcover

7 $99.00ISBN 978-1-60761-550-7

Discount groupMC

Medicine

Due March 2010

2010. Approx. 500 p. 100 illus. Softcover

7 approx. $59.95ISBN 978-0-387-09561-5


M. D. Bronstein (Ed.)

Cushing’s SyndromePathophysiology, Diagnosis and Treatment

As a reversible cause of obesity, Cushing’s syndrome is increasingly considered in the differ-ential diagnosis of obese patients. This volume will review the difficulties in distinguishing Cushing’s syndrome from these and other common condi-tions, such as menstrual irregularity and depres-sion. It will provide all the up to date information on various strategies to establish the diagnosis of Cushing’s syndrome. Additionally, conditions that represent challenges for the diagnosis, such as renal failure, pediatric age, cyclic hypercortisolism and pregnancy, will be considered. Cushing’s syndrome is caused by a variety of conditions, and its treatment differs according to the etiology. Approaches to the differential diagnosis and specific treatments for each condition will be provided. Chapters that discuss controversies in diagnosis and differential diagnosis will provide a nuanced perspective of these areas.

From the contentsPhysiology and Pathophysiology of the HPA axis.- Etiologies of Cushing´s syndrome.- Pathogenesis of corticotropic tumors.- Pathogenesis of adreno-cortical tumors.- Clinical features of Cushing´s syndrome.- Laboratorial diagnosis of Cushing´s Syndrome: Differential diagnosis with pseudo-Cushing´s conditions as obesity, alcoholism and depression.- Laboratorial diagnosis of Cushing´s syndrome: Differential diagnosis among the different causes of ACTH-dependent and ACTH-independent Cushing´s syndrome.- Imaging for the differential diagnosis of Cushing´s syndrome: MRI, CT and isotopic scanning.- Inferior petrosal sampling for the differential diagnosis of ACTH-dependent Cushing´s syndrome.

Fields of interestEndocrinology; Internal Medicine; Oncology

Target groupsEndocrinologists, general internists, oncologists, pediatricians, gynecologists, neurosurgeons, urolo-gists, endocrine surgeons

Discount groupMC

Medicine

Due April 2010

2010. 350 p. (Contemporary Endocrinology) Hardcover

7 approx. $125.00ISBN 978-1-60327-448-7

J. Bucerius, H. Ahmadzadehfar, H. Biersack, Klinik und Poliklinik für Nuklearmedizin, Bonn, Germany (Eds.)

99mTc-SestamibiClinical Applications

99mTc-sestamibi is a single-photon emission computed tomography (SPECT) radiotracer that is widely used for the imaging of myocardial perfu-sion, as well as a variety of malignant and benign diseases. 99mTc-Sestamibi – Clinical Applications provides a detailed and informative overview of almost all the oncologic and non-oncologic applications of 99mTc-sestamibi SPECT, including several relatively rare indications. Different disease-related protocols for 99mTc-sestamibi SPECT are presented, and for each disease a comprehensive summary of the relevant pathology and epidemiology is provided. Throughout, there is a strong emphasis on the practical aspects of use of this popular tracer, including instructions for the preparation of several commercially available tracer kits. Clinical practitioners will find this book to be an invaluable guide to the application and benefits of 99mTc-sestamibi SPECT in both the inpatient and the outpatient setting.

Features7 First book to focus exclusively on the use of a specific SPECT tracer, 99mTc-sestamibi 7 Docu-ments the optimal use of 99mTc-sestamibi imaging in patients with cardiologic, oncologic, or various other diseases 7 Places strong emphasis on the clinical and practical aspects of 99mTc-sestamibi imaging 7 Of value to clinical practitioners in both an inpatient and an outpatient setting

Fields of interestNuclear Medicine; Imaging / Radiology; Cardiology

Target groupsClinicians and practitioners

R. M. Bukowski, A. Novick, Cleveland Clinic Founda-tion, Cleveland, OH, USA (Eds.)

Clinical Management of Renal Tumors

Clinical Management of Renal Tumors provides an in-depth review of the data relating to the management of renal tumors as well as an updated description regarding pathologic and molecular classification of renal tumors. The neoplasms covered include clear cell carcinomas, papillary cancers, nonepithelial tumors, and other mass lesions that resemble tumors. The management of patients with renal cancer having localized or advanced disease are discussed. Surgical approaches for primary and metastatic tumors, symptom palliation, and systemic therapy for metastatic disease including immunotherapy and targeted approaches are discussed in detail.

Features7 Compiles some of the best data on the clinical management of renal tumors by world-renowned experts 7 Includes diagnostic and therapeutic coverage 7 Details both medical and surgical approaches to therapy 7 Covers the work of experts like Andrew Novick, who has devised groundbreaking minimally invasive techniques for renal surgery

From the contentsPreface.- 1. Renal Cell Carcinoma: Background.- 2. Imaging of Renal Cell Carcinoma.- 3. The Role of Percutaneous Imaging Guided Biopsy in the Diagnosis and Management of Renal Masses.- 4. Pathology of Renal Cell Carcinomas.- 5. The Epidemiology of Renal Tumors.- 6. Molecular Genetics in Inherited Renal Cell Carcinoma: Iden-tification of Targets in the Hereditary Syndromes.

Fields of interestUrology/Andrology; Oncology; Surgical Oncology

Target groupsOncologists, nephrologists, urologists, radiation oncologists, oncological surgeons, immunologists, pharmacologists, internists

Discount groupMR

Medicine

Due May 2010


7 approx. $69.95ISBN 978-3-642-04232-4

Discount groupMR

Springer Protocols

Due April 2010

2010. XVIII, 665 p. Softcover

7 approx. $99.95ISBN 978-1-60761-469-2


R. M. Bukowski, Cleveland Clinic Foundation, Cleve-land, OH, USA; R. A. Figlin, University of California at Los Angeles, CA, USA; R. Motzer, Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center, New York, NY, USA (Eds.)

Renal Cell CarcinomaMolecular Targets and Clinical Applications, Second Edition

In the second edition of their critically acclaimed book, Ronald Bukowski, Robert Motzer, and Robert Figlin have thoroughly updated and expanded their survey of clinical, biological and pathological management of localized and advanced renal cell carcinoma. A panel of interna-tionally renowned contributors explores the latest developments in molecular genetics, focusing on the novel targets that have been discovered in epithelial renal tumors. The discussion includes the specific biology of selected target molecules or receptors and the various agents that inhibit these targets, including full chapters devoted to drugs that selectively inhibit receptor tyrosine kinases, such as sunitinib and axitinib. Further attention is paid to leading-edge strategies that target and inhibit tumor associated angiogenesis and block the vascular endothelial growth factor pathway.

Features7 Explores the development and use of angio-genesis and tyrosine kinase inhibitors in epithelial renal tumor treatment 7 Presents the latest findings in the field of molecular medicine and the exploration of novel targets as therapies for renal cell carcinomas 7 Provides substantive back-ground on the research data and clinical findings of the latest gene therapy studies

Fields of interestOncology; Nuclear Medicine

Target groupsOncologists, nephrologists, urologists, radiation oncologists, oncological surgeons, immunologists, pharmacologists, internists

S. H. Caldwell, University of Virginia, Charlottesville, VA, USA; M. Thursz, Imperial College, London, UK (Eds.)

Vascular and Thrombotic Diseases of the Liver

Vascular and thrombotic diseases of the liver constitute a common set of problems that cross many sub-specialty fields and require the coopera-tion of multiple disciplines for optimal patient care. Vascular and Thrombotic Diseases of the Liver provides a much needed single source of information to help clinicians in caring for patients with these syndromes. All chapters are written by specialists instrumental to bringing recent change to the field in just the past few years. This multidisciplinary work provides guidelines for improved patient care by bringing controversial areas into sharper focus and by translating recent advances into practical clinical applications. It covers distinct syndromes and conditions that may have bearing on other primary diseases.

Features7 Authors are specialists in multiple fields 7 The only single source of recent advances 7 Provides practical clinical applications

From the contentsIntroduction and Overview.- Parenchymal Extinc-tion.- Non-cirrhotic Portal Hypertension – Portal Sclerosis.- Portal Vein Thrombosis in Cirrhosis.- Idiopathic Portal Vein Thrombosis.- Venoocclusive Disease (Sinusoidal Obstruction Syndrome – SOS) in the 21st Century.- Budd-Chiari Syndrome.- Cardiac Ascites and Cirrhosis.- Nodular Regenera-tive Hyperplasia and Nodular Transformation.- Vasculitis and the Liver.

Fields of interestHepatology; Gastroenterology; Minimally Invasive Surgery

Target groupsHepatologists, gastroenterologists, endoscopists, hematologists, transplant surgeons

J. W. Chan, Reno, NV, USA (Ed.)

Optic Nerve DisordersDiagnosis and Management

The optic nerve and the brain comprise the main anatomic components of neuro-ophthalmology. Although there are numerous handbooks and major texts describing all the common disorders of neuro-ophthalmology, Optic Nerve Disorders is the only practical reference book focusing only on common optic nerve disorders. The author discusses diagnosis, pathophysiology, manage-ment, and prognosis of complex optic nerve disorders. Optic Nerve Disorders is organized by optic nerve diagnoses commonly encountered in a neuro-ophthalmologic practice. It is written in a clear, concise style for quick, easy reference in the clinic. Each chapter is formatted in a similar manner and thoroughly discusses epidemiology, diagnosis (by clinical signs and symptoms and by electrophysi-ologic, ocular and neuroimaging techniques), pathophysiology, management (by both conven-tional treatments and experimental/newer medica-tions under consideration) and prognosis.

Features7 The only practical reference book focusing only on common optic nerve disorders 7 Discusses diagnosis, pathophysiology, management, and prognosis of complex optic nerve disorders

ContentsOptic Neuritis.- Ischemic Optic Neuropathies.- Papilledema.- Compressive And Infiltrative Optic Neuropathies.- Traumatic Optic Neuropathies.- Nutritional And Toxic Neuropathies.- Hereditary Optic Neuropathies.- Congenital Disc Anoma-lies.- Optic Disc Tumors.- Optical Coherence Tomography in Optic Nerve Disorders.- The use of Multifocal Electroretinograms and Visual Evoked Potentials in Diagnosing Optic Nerve Disorders.

Fields of interestOphthalmology; Neurology

Target groupsOphthalmologists, neurologists

Discount groupMR

Springer Protocols

Due April 2010

2nd ed. 2010. XVIII, 506 p. Softcover

7 approx. $99.95ISBN 978-1-60761-468-5

Discount groupMR

Springer Protocols

Due April 2010

2010. Approx. 200 p. 10 illus. in color. (Clinical Gastroen-terology) Hardcover

7 approx. $129.00ISBN 978-1-60761-032-8

Discount groupMC

Medicine

Due March 2010

2010. 284 p. 62 illus., 47 in color. Softcover

7 $39.95ISBN 978-1-4419-1587-0


C. Chapple, The Royal Hallamshire Hospital, Shef-field, UK; W. D. Steers, University of Virginia Health System, Charlottesville, VA, USA (Eds.)

Surgical UrologyEssential Principles and Practice

This book is an update on aspects of urology which are often forgotten in contemporary practice because they appear so mundane, but nevertheless are often the subject of incremental advances and form the basis of much of the non-oncological practice. This book reviews the upper tract, pelvo-ureteric junction obstruction, recent advances in renal calculus disease, pharmacology of the bladder and functional disorders of the lower urinary tract. It also addresses aspects of physiology of the lower tract and important issues of neurourology and urogynaecology. Laparoscopy is also becoming increasingly important and this is extensively covered in the context of an essential update on laparoscopic anatomy. This book there-fore provides an important contribution to those who wish to have a global overview of what is new in functional urology and also acts as a useful quick reference for others.

Features7 Novel format - each clinical chapter is always preceded by a scientific foundation chapter 7 Accompanied by a DVD with videos

From the contentsPathophysiology of Renal Obstruction.- Manage-ment of Ureteropelvic junction obstruction.- Phys-ical chemistry of urinary calculi.- Management of renal and ureteral calculi.- Pharmacology of the urinary bladder.- Management of OAB and urge urinary incontinence.- Pharmacology of the bladder outlet.- Management of bladder outlet obstruction.- Essentials in Physiology of the lower urinary tract.

Fields of interestUrology/Andrology

Target groupsUrologists in training

D. A. Ciraulo, Boston University School of Medicine, Boston, MA, USA; R. I. Shader, Tufts University School of Medicine, Boston, MA, USA (Eds.)

Pharmacotherapy of Depression

One of the focal points of Pharmacotherapy of Depression, Second Edition will be the treatment of depression in special populations. The treatment of depression in these special populations will include geriatric depression, bipolar depression, psychotic depression, substance abuse and depres-sion, HIV/AIDS-related depression, depression associated with pregnancy, posttraumatic stress disorder, and depression in children. Treatment of depression in the medically ill, a topic not covered in the First Edition, will also be covered in a new chapter. Another new addition will be a chapter devoted to providing an overview of the Star*D trial, a recently completed clinical study sponsored by the National Institute of Mental Health which focused on finding optimal treatment methods for adults with major depressive disorders who did not respond favorably to a first treatment with medication.

From the contentsBiological Theories of Depression and Implica-tions for Current and New Treatments.- Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics of Antidepres-sants.- Antidepressant Treatment of Geriatric Depression.- Treatment of Bipolar Depression.- Treatment of Depression in Psychotic Disorders.- Substance Abuse and Depression.- Depressive Disorders in the Context of HIV/AIDS: Prevalence and Treatment.

Fields of interestPsychiatry; Psychology, general; General Practice / Family Medicine

Target groupsPsychiatrists, family physicians, internal medicine physicians, nurse practitioners, physician assis-tants, psychologists

A. J. Cohen, Evanston Northwestern Hosptial, Evanston, IL, USA; D. A. Weinberg, Maine Eye Center, Portland, ME, USA (Eds.)

BlepharoptosisDiagnosis and Management

This comprehensive and detailed text deals with the diagnosis and surgery of blepharoptosis, and will benefit any practicing physician, fellow or resident who deals with blepharoptosis.

Features7 A comprehensive and detailed text dealing with the diagnosis and surgery of blepharoptosis 7 Essential text for anyone operating on ptotic eyelids 7 Includes preoperative considerations and complications of blepharoptosis surgery

ContentsI. INTRODUCTION.- II. ANATOMY.- III. PATIENT EVALUATION.- IV. ETIOLOGIES OF BLEPHAROPTOSIS.- Congenital Etiolo-gies.- Acquired Etiologies.- V. PREOPERATIVE CONSIDERATIONS.- VI. SURGERY FOR BLEPHAROPTOSIS.- Frontalis Muscle Suspen-sion.- Orbicularis Oculi and Frontalis Muscle Advancement.- Levator Advancement.- Muller’s Muscle Conjunctival Resection.- VII. COMPLICA-TIONS OF BLEPHAROPTOSIS SURGERY.

Fields of interestOphthalmology; Plastic Surgery; Surgery

Target groupsOphthalmologists, oculoplastic surgeons, otolaryngologists, facial plastic surgeons, plastic surgeons, aesthetic surgeons, neurologists, neuro-ophthalmologists

Discount groupMR

Medicine

Due March 2010

2010. Approx. 350 p. 60 illus. in color. With online files/update. (Springer Specialist Surgery Series) Hardcover

7 approx. $199.00ISBN 978-1-84882-033-3

Discount groupMC

Springer Protocols

Due April 2010

2nd ed. 2010. Approx. 350 p. With CD-ROM. Hardcover

7 $129.00ISBN 978-1-60327-434-0

Discount groupP

Medicine

Due April 2010

2010. Approx. 180 p. 200 illus., 150 in color. Hardcover

7 approx. $115.00ISBN 978-0-387-92854-8


S. Connors, Kennedy Krieger Institute, Baltimore, MD, USA; A. Zimmerman, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine, Baltimore, MD, USA (Eds.)

Maternal Influences on Fetal NeurodevelopmentClinical and Research Aspects

This volume joins together research from various disciplines and demonstrates interrelated and common themes that can direct current and future multidisciplinary research and clinical care. Of value to practitioners and researchers in the areas of pediatric neurology, obstetrics and gynecology, fetal physiology, neuroscience, genetics, developmental medicine, perinatology, toxicology and developmental psychology, as well as medical students, Maternal Influences on Fetal Neurodevelopment: Clinical and Research Aspects discusses a wide range of issues impacting several neurodevelopmental disorders. These include ADHD, autism, schizophrenia, bipolar disorder and obsessive-compulsive disorder. The altered developmental cell programs that lead to these disorders of function are established during fetal life. Historically, these disorders have been individually classified and studied, and much of the research involved has focused on genetics and treatment, rather than mechanisms and causes.

From the contentsFetal Environment and Neurodevelopmental Outcomes, An Overview.- Prenatal Fetal Moni-toring and What It can Tell Us About Outcome.- Maternal Exposure to Drugs and Future Susceptibility of Offspring to Environmental Factors.- Prenatal Exposure to Infectious Agents and Risk of Adult Psychiatric Disorders.

Fields of interestNeurology; Obstetrics/Perinatology; Gynecology

Target groupsPediatric neurology, obstetrics and gynecology, fetal physiology, neuroscience, genetics, toxicology and developmental psychology, developmental medicine, perinatology, as well as medical students

F. DeMeester, S. Zibadi, R. R. Watson (Eds.)

Modern Dietary Fat Intakes in Disease Promotion

The industrial and agricultural revolutions have dramatically changed our lifestyles including where we get foods and what we eat. Modern diets have moved away from a close association with historically beneficial foods and diets towards foods and diets with increased fats and contami-nants and with much lower intakes of fruits and vegetables. Modern Dietary Fat Intakes in Disease Promotion focuses on the scientific evidence that define such risks in modern diets with the consequences of increased illness, cancer and disease. There is also an emphasis on methods to reverse negative components of modern diets for health improvement. The volume is divided into six sections.

Features7 Written by international experts 7 Well illustrated throughout with summary points 7 Section on definitions and key terms 7 Each chapter is "self contained" 7 Wide coverage and well indexed 7 In-depth analysis and discourse at all levels 7 Consistent style and level of coverage from novice to expert

From the contentsDietary fatty acids: Biosynthesis, metabolism and mechanisms of disease causation.- Modern Western diets in disease promotion and illness: The reverse Columbus concept.- Nutrition challenges of the 21st century: Role in disease causation.- The adverse role of dietary fat in the metabolic syndrome/insulin-resistant states.- Obesity and dietary fats: a social determinant of ill health.- Fatty acid ratios in animals: Modulation and role in illness promotion.

Fields of interestClinical Nutrition; Nutrition; Metabolic Diseases

Target groupsNutritionists

M. D. Faulx, J. A. Martin, A. T. Askari, Cleveland Clinic Foundation, Cleveland, OH, USA (Eds.)

Cardiovascular HemodynamicsAn Introductory Guide

The target audience would be medical students, medical residents, cardiology fellows and any person involved in the day-to-day management of patients with hemodynamic derangements. The truly unique angle of this book is that it reinforces the basic tenets of hemodynamics often overlooked in other manuals of hemodynamics. It achieves its goals through the use of hemodynamic tracings and clinical correlation.

Features7 Takes the reader back to the basics of cardiac performance 7 Highlights key history and physical exam findings 7 Provides a concise overview of the available techiniques used to assess cardiovascular performance

ContentsSection 1: Components of Myocardial Perfor-mance.- Preload.- Afterload.- Contrac-tility.- Cardiac Output.- Section 2: Methods of Hemodynamic Evaluation.- Key clinical findings.- Echocardiography.- CT/MRI.- Cardiac Cath-eterization – LHC and RHC.- Section 3: Specific Disease States.- Tamponade.- Constriction.- Restriction.- Valvular Heart Disease.- Pulmonary Hypertension.- Acute Decompensated Heart Failure.- Intracardiac Shunts.- Shock.

Fields of interestCardiology; Emergency Medicine; Internal Medicine

Target groupsMedical students, medical residents, cardiology fellows

Discount groupMC

Springer Protocols

Due April 2010


7 approx. $125.00ISBN 978-1-60327-920-8

Discount groupMR

Springer Protocols

Due March 2010

2010. Approx. 470 p. 24 illus. (Nutrition and Health) Hardcover

7 approx. $219.00ISBN 978-1-60327-570-5

Discount groupMC

Springer Protocols

Due April 2010

2010. Approx. 300 p. 100 illus. With CD-ROM. (Contem-porary Cardiology) Hardcover

7 approx. $79.00ISBN 978-1-60761-194-3


B. T. Finucane, University of Alberta, Edmonton, AB, Canada; A. H. Santora, Athens, GA, USA; B. C. Tsui, University of Alberta, Edmonton, AB, Canada

Principles of Airway Management, 4th Edition

Principles of Airway Management, 4th Edition, reviews the essential aspects of airway manage-ment: anatomy, equipment, intubation, fiberoptic endoscopy, surgical approaches, intubating LMA (lightwand), pediatric airway, CPR, and mechan-ical ventilation. The book features well-balanced discussions of the complexities and difficult issues associated with airway management; excellent organization that ensures the material can be learned and applied to various situations; the latest equipment and techniques; summary boxes which highlight the most important points of each chapter; more than 250 illustrations, tables, and boxes; and case studies to reinforce each point.

Features7 Well-balanced discussion of the complexi-ties and difficult issues associated with airway management 7 Excellent organization ensures that the materials will be learned as well as applied in various situations 7 A new chapter on optical and digital laryngoscopy covers the latest tech-nologies in airway management

From the contents1. Anatomy of the Airway.- 2. Basic Airway Management and Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR).- 3. Basic Airway Management Equipment.- 4. Fiberoptic Airway Management Techniques.- 5. Evaluation of the Airway Before Intubation.- 6. Indications and Preparation of the Patient for Intubation.- 7. Techniques of Intubation.- 8. The Difficult Airway.- 9. Complications of Endotra-cheal Intubation.- 10. Surgical Approaches to Airway Management.- 11. The Pediatric Airway.

Fields of interestAnesthesiology; Intensive / Critical Care Medicine; Emergency Medicine

Target groupsAnesthesiologists, nurse anesthetists, critical care physicians, emergency medicine physicians

R. Ghavamian, Montefiore Medical Center, Bronx, NY, USA (Ed.)

Complications of Laparoscopic and Robotic Urologic Surgery

There has been a huge rise in minimally invasive surgery (MIS) in urology. This has led for an urgent need for a textbook specifically dedicated to the issues and complications arising from laparo-scopic and robotic procedures. With contributions from recognized urologic experts in MIS, Complications of Laparoscopic and Robotic Urologic Surgery fills this need by familiarizing the modern urologist with the common and the more eccentric complications of laparoscopic and robotic urologic surgery. Brief descriptions of the procedures are provided, as well as an in-depth discussion of the diagnosis and management of complications associated with that particular procedure. The book is divided into three specific sections.

Features7 Unique textbook which would be of extreme value for the practicing Urologist 7 Specifically addresses issues and complications with laparo-scopic and robotic procedures 7 New approaches in the surgical management of these disorders

Fields of interestUrology/Andrology; Minimally Invasive Surgery; Abdominal Surgery

Target groupsUrologists studying for their Board certification and experienced Urologists sitting for board recer-tification exam

A. Giordano, Temple University, Philadelphia, PA, USA; N. Normanno, INT-Fondazione Pascale, Naples, Italy (Eds.)

Breast Cancer in the Post-Genomic Era

Breast Cancer is the most common tumor in women and the second leading cause of cancer deaths worldwide. Due to breakthroughs in gene profiling, the knowledge of the pathophysiology of the mammary gland has greatly increased over the last decade. In Breast Cancer in the Post Genomic Era, Antonio Giordano, Nicola Normanno, and a panel of international authorities in their field provide a comprehensive approach to the biology, diagnosis, prevention, and treatment of human breast carcinoma. The book provides a comprehensive approach to breast cancer, describing the use of gene profiling techniques to distinguish specific features of individual carcinomas, as well as emerging novel therapeutic approaches to treatment. Additional chapters cover the use of transgenic mice to model human breast cancer and the role of the EGF-CFC family in mammary gland development and neoplasia.

Features7 Highlights the most recent findings in the field of tumor biology, as well as the development of novel diagnostic procedures and therapeutic approaches in breast cancer 7 Provides a comprehensive approach to the biology, diag-nosis, prevention, and treatment of human breast carcinoma

Fields of interestOncology; Surgical Oncology; Pathology

Target groupsMedical, radiation, and surgical oncologists, cancer biologists, pathologists

Discount groupMC

Medicine

Due March 2010

4th ed. 2010. Approx. 500 p. 300 illus. Softcover

7 approx. $99.00ISBN 978-0-387-09557-8

Discount groupP

Springer Protocols

Due April 2010

2010. Approx. 400 p. 129 illus., 65 in color. With 8 page color insert. Hardcover

7 approx. $219.00ISBN 978-1-60761-675-7

Discount groupMR

Springer Protocols

Due April 2010

2010. 312 p. 13 illus., 10 in color. (Current Clinical Oncology) Softcover

7 approx. $99.95ISBN 978-1-60761-466-1


B. Graimann, B. Allison, G. Pfurtscheller, Technische Universität Graz, Austria (Eds.)

Brain-Computer InterfacesRevolutionizing Human-Computer Interaction

A brain-computer interface (BCI) establishes a direct output channel between the human brain and external devices. BCIs infer user intent via direct measures of brain activity and thus enable communication and control without move-ment. This book, authored by experts in the field, provides an accessible introduction to the neuro-physiological and signal-processing background required for BCI, presents state-of-the-art non-invasive and invasive approaches, gives an over-view of current hardware and software solutions, and reviews the most interesting as well as new, emerging BCI applications. The book is intended not only for students and young researchers, but also for newcomers and other readers from diverse backgrounds keen to learn about this vital scien-tific endeavour.

Features7 Gives detailed insight into a revolutionary new technology 7 Accessible treatment of a vital and highly interdisciplinary endeavour

ContentsIntroduction.- Neurophysiological and Neuro-psychological Background.- Signal Processing.- Non-Invasive Approaches.- Invasive Approaches.- Hardware and Software.- Applications.

Fields of interestNeurology; Circuits and Systems; Biomedical Engineering

Target groupsStudents, scientists and engineers, medical profes-sionals

A. Handler, J. Kennelly, N. Peacock, University of Illinois, Chicago, IL, USA (Eds.)

Reducing Racial/Ethnic Disparities in Reproductive and Perinatal OutcomesThe Evidence for Population-Based Intervention

The core of evidenced-based maternal and child health is about using the best research about the safety and effectiveness of specific tests, treat-ments, and other interventions to help guide MCH decisions. Females of child-bearing age especially need to be informed about the best strategies to ensure and protect their health. Reducing Racial/Ethnic Disparities in Reproduc-tive and Perinatal Outcomes takes several key topics on reproductive outcomes and approaches them from a population-based standpoint. Chap-ters include sexually transmitted infections (STIs), infertility, pregnancy and birth, and maternal morbidity, among others. Authors will focus on overall strategies for prevention, reduction, and/or promotion and would address particular strategies to reduce disparities in the selected outcome.

Features7 As maternal and child health is one of the core areas of study for public health students, the text will cater to the students specializing in this area 7 Focuses on the extent possible on population interventions, rather than clinically focused inter-ventions, related to particular outcomes 7 Offers "summary of the evidence" tables that reflect studies related to key interventions discussed in each chapter

Field of interestMaternal and Child Health

Target groupsResearchers, students, public health professionals with interest in maternal and child health

E. K. Hansen, The Oregon Clinic, Portland, OR, USA; M. I. Roach, University of California, San Francisco, CA, USA (Eds.)

Handbook of Evidence-Based Radiation Oncology

Building on the success of this book’s first edition, Dr. Eric Hansen and Dr. Mack Roach have updated, revised, and expanded the Handbook of Evidence-based Radiation Oncology, a portable reference that utilizes evidence-based medicine as the basis for practical treatment recommendations and guidelines. Organized by body site, concise clinical chapters provide easy access to critical information. Important “pearls” of epidemiology, anatomy, pathology, and clinical presentation are highlighted. Key facets of the work-up are listed, followed by staging and/or risk classifica-tion systems. Treatment recommendations are discussed based on stage, histology, and/or risk classification. Brief summaries of key trials and studies provide rationale for the recommendations.

Features7 Practical and portable reference on radiation oncology that contains essential information on cancer management for all anatomic sites 7 Summarizes the most important studies and trials from the medical literature that form the basis of evidence-based treatment recommendations

From the contentsSkin Carcinoma & Melanoma.- Central Nervous System.- Eye and Orbit.- Ear.- Nasopharynx.- Nasal Cavity and Paranasal Sinues.- Oropharynx.- Cancer of the lip and oral cavity.- Cancer of the larynx and Hypopharynx.- Salivary Gland tumors.- Thyroid cancer.- Unusual Tumors of the Head and Neck.- Small cell lung cancer.

Fields of interestOncology; Imaging / Radiology; Diagnostic Radiology

Target groupsRadiation oncologists, radiation oncology resi-dents, medical oncologists, surgical oncologists, medical students, and radiation therapists

Discount groupP

Medicine

Due May 2010

2010. Approx. 300 p. 90 illus., 30 in color. (The Frontiers Collection) Hardcover

7 $99.00ISBN 978-3-642-02090-2

Discount groupP

Medicine

Due March 2010

2010. Approx. 400 p. Hardcover

7 approx. $159.00ISBN 978-1-4419-1498-9

Discount groupMC

Medicine

Due April 2010

2nd ed. 2010. Approx. 600 p. 30 illus., 24 in color. Softcover

7 $69.95ISBN 978-0-387-92987-3


P. M. Hartigan, Brigham and Women's Hospital, Boston, MA, USA (Ed.)

Practical Manual of Thoracic Anesthesia

This concise, practical handbook is an essential guide to clinical decisions in thoracic anesthesia. The book takes a perioperative approach with a focus on the management of specific surgical procedures. Critical background information on anatomy and radiographic imaging, respiratory physiology, and respiratory pathophysiology is also detailed. This pocket handbook has a format geared toward quick reference, with bullet points and tables highlighting and providing easy access to essential information.

Features7 Concise pocket reference 7 Organized by surgical procedure for easy reference 7 Appendix contains critical equations and drug dosing information

From the contentsI. ESSENTIAL FOUNDATIONS.- Anatomy and Radiographic Imaging.- Basic Respiratory Physiology.- Respiratory Pathophysiology.- Physi-ology of One-Lung Anesthesia.- II. ESSENTIAL TECHNICAL ASPECTS.- Thoracic Positioning and Incisions.- Bronchoscopy and Bronchoscopic Anatomy.- Lung Isolation.- Airway Devices.- Alternative Ventilatory Techniques.- Respiratory Therapy Devices.- Selected Surgical Devices.- Thoracic Epidural.- Intercostal and Paravertebral blocks.- III. ESSENTIAL CLINICAL MANAGE-MENT.- Preoperative Evaluation of the Thoracic Surgical Patient.- General Principles of Anes-thesia for Pulmonary Resection. IV. THORACIC SURGICAL PROCEDURES.- Bronchoscopy.- Cervical and Anterior Mediastinoscopy.- Pneumo-nectomy and Extrapleural Pneumonectomy.- Pleu-roscopy and Pleurodesis.

Fields of interestAnesthesiology; Thoracic Surgery

Target groupsAnesthesia residents and fellows, practicing anes-thesiologists, nurse anesthetists

M. A. Hayat, Kean University, Union, NJ, USA (Ed.)

Methods of Cancer Diagnosis, Therapy, and PrognosisBrain Cancer

This eighth volume in the series Methods of Cancer Diagnosis, Therapy, and Prognosis discusses in detail the classification of the CNS tumors as well as brain tumor imaging in Europe. Scientists and Clinicians have contributed state of the art chapters on their respective areas of exper-tise, providing the reader a whole field view of the CNS tumors and brain tumor imaging in Europe.

Features7 The only book that discusses cancer diagnosis, therapy, and prognosis together in one volume 7 Discusses the molecular processes that lead to the development and proliferation of cancer cells 7 Includes recent major advances in cancer diagnosis and therapy assessment 7 The text is supported throughout with illustrations

From the contents1. The World Health Organization Classification of the Central Nervous System Tumors: an Update Using Imaging; 2. Brain Tumor Imaging: European Association of Nuclear Medicine Procedure Guide-lines; 3. Assessment of Heterogeneity in Malignant Brain Tumors; 4. Diagnosing and Grading of Brain Tumors: Immunohistochemistry; 5. Malignant Brain Tumors: Roles of Aquaporins; 6. Brain Metastases: Gene Amplification Using Quantitative Real-time Polymerase Chain Reaction Analysis; 7. Cyclic Amp Phosphodiesterase-4 in Brain Tumor Biology: Immunochemical Analysis; 8. Radiosurgical Treatment of Progressive Malig-nant Brain Tumors.

Fields of interestCancer Research; Oncology; Surgical Oncology

Target groupsOncologists, clinicians, surgeons, medical teachers, hospital laboratories, medical students, drug industry and libraries

M. F. Holick, Boston University School of Medicine, Boston, MA, USA (Ed.)

Vitamin DPhysiology, Molecular Biology, and Clinical Applications

In Vitamin D: Physiology, Molecular Biology, and Clinical Applications, Second Edition, leading researchers provide a comprehensive, highly read-able overview of the biological functions and clin-ical applications of vitamin D and its metabolites. Topics range from the most recent recommenda-tions for vitamin D intake to new approaches for the treatment and prevention of vitamin D deficiency and the development of active vitamin D drugs to treat psoriasis and cancer. The book demonstrates the significant role that vitamin D has in maintaining good bone health and the prevention of osteoporosis, an important health problem for adults over the age of fifty.

Features7 Most recent recommendations for vitamin D intake 7 Comprehensive, highly readable overview of the biological functions and clinical applications of vitamin D and its metabolites 7 Provides a roadmap for how to evaluate and treat patients with vitamin D deficiency

From the contentsDedication to Louis V. Avioli.- Vitamin D and Health: Evolution, Biologic Functions, and Dietary Requirements for Vitamin D.- Photobiology of Vitamin D.- The Functional Metabolism and Molecular Biology of Vitamin D.- Metabolism and Catabolism of Vitam D, its Metabolites and Clini-cally Relevant Analogs.- The Molecular Biology of the Vitamin D Receptor.

Fields of interestClinical Nutrition; Nutrition; Endocrinology

Target groupsOsteoporosis and other bone specialists, endo-crinologists, nutritionists, dieticians, orthopedic researchers

Discount groupMC

Medicine

Due April 2010

2010. 150 illus. Softcover

7 approx. $64.95ISBN 978-0-387-88492-9

Discount groupP

Biomedical and Life Sciences

Due June 2010

2010. Approx. 600 p. 78 illus., 44 in color. (Methods of Cancer Diagnosis, Therapy and Prognosis, Volume 8) Hardcover

7 approx. $239.00ISBN 978-90-481-8664-8

Discount groupMR

Springer Protocols

Due April 2010

2nd ed. 2010. Approx. 1050 p. 219 illus. (Nutrition and Health) Hardcover

7 $269.00ISBN 978-1-60327-300-8


T. Hoshi, R. Pignolo, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, PA, USA; S. H. Heinemann, Friedrich Schiller University, Jena, Germany (Eds.)

Oxidative Stress and Aging:From Chemistry to Human Dietary Supplements

Oxidative stress and aging is a multi-dimensional/factorial subject matter encompassing different degrees of organism complexity (from single-cell animals to humans), different molecules (DNA, RNAs, proteins and lipids), different cellular components (mitochondria, cytoplasm and plasma membrane), different tissues and organs, and different human subpopulations including those with different “lifestyles.” This book roughly follows this complexity hierarchy, from molecules to organisms; and within each section, pro- and anti-oxidant components will be presented and human implications will be discussed. Some overlap in coverage of topics is anticipated and this is deemed both necessary and preferable for the existing literature is often controversial. The book concludes with a chapter focusing on possible lifespan extension strategies based on our under-standing of oxidative stress protection.

From the contentsOxidation, Aging and lifespan: an overview and a brief assessment of the oxidative damage theory of aging.- Experimental measurements and statistical analysis of aging and lifespan.- Oxidative chem-istry and markers of damaged molecules.- DNA damage.- Regulatory RNAs as a modulator of aging and lifespan.- Amino-acid/protein oxidation and aging I.- Selenoprotein and aging.- Oxida-tion of lipids in aging.- AGE in aging.- Oxidative damage to mitochondria and aging.

Fields of interestGeriatrics/Gerontology; Endocrinology; Immu-nology

Target groupsGeriatricians, gerontologists, fellows, graduate/medical students, basic science researchers

C. M. Hunter, National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Disorders (NIDDK), Bethesda, MD, USA; C. L. Hunter, National Naval Medical Center, Bethesda, MD, USA; R. Kessler, Berlin Family Health, Montpelier, VT, USA (Eds.)

Handbook of Clinical Psychology in Medical SettingsEvidence-Based Assessment and Intervention

Builds upon the Handbook of Clinical Psychology in Medical Settings (1991), edited by Rozensky, Sweet, and Tovian. Translates research into evidence-based practice recommendations that are geared to real-world patient assessment and treat-ment and creates practical, hands-on tools that clinicians can directly apply to patient care. This book builds on the excellent foundation provided in the earlier book by addressing areas of overlap and divergence in assessment and intervention skills used across medical settings. The book addresses areas of practice that are unique to various settings, such as understanding the medical culture and reimbursement issues that drive modern practice. In addition to providing a solid update of the evidence, the current book includes practical clinical advice for operational-izing and adapting the existing data to practical applications. In short, this book aims to maintain the strengths of the earlier volume and address the weaknesses of current handbooks.

Features7 Utilizes a novel collaboration approach by combining the analytical talents of researchers with top practitioners in each area 7 Provides summaries of important assessment tools and intervention strategies that are considered the state of the art in evidence-based behavioral care

Fields of interestPrimary Care Medicine; Health Psychology; Clinical Psychology

Target groupsHealth Psychologists, clinical psychologists, neuro-psychologists, primary care physicians, primary care nurses and rehabilitation professionals

J. Husson, CHU Rennes, Hôtel-Dieu, Rennes, France

Thoraco-lumbar degenerative spine

Features7 This book with its extensive chapters is accom-panied by a DVD including a huge number of color figures and videos, showing the principles of the surgical techniques in this domain

Fields of interestOrthopedics; Surgical Orthopedics; Surgery

Target groupsSpine surgeons, surgeons

Discount groupMC

Springer Protocols

Due April 2010


7 approx. $135.00ISBN 978-1-60327-548-4

Discount groupP

Medicine

Due April 2010


7 approx. $179.00ISBN 978-0-387-09815-9

Discount groupMR

Medicine

Due May 2010

2010. Approx. 660 p. Softcover

7 approx. $179.00ISBN 978-2-8178-0003-5


J. F. Kelly, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA, USA; W. White, Chestnut Health Systems, Bloomington, IL, USA (Eds.)

Addiction Recovery ManagementTheory, Research and Practice

Addiction Recovery Management: Theory, Research and Practice is the first book on the recovery management approach to addiction treatment and post-treatment support services. Distinctive in combining theory, research, and practice within the same text, this ground-breaking title includes authors who are the major theoreticians, researchers, systems administra-tors, clinicians and recovery advocates who have developed the model. State-of-the art and the definitive text on the topic, Addiction Recovery Management: Theory, Research and Practice is mandatory reading for clinicians and all profes-sionals who work with patients in recovery or who are interested in the field.

From the contentsThe natural history of addiction.- The nature and role of formal and informal help for addiction.- Mobilizers and Mechanisms of behavior change.- Relapse, remission, and recovery.- A model of recovery management.- Addiction as a Chronic Disease; Recovery Management Checkups.- Asser-tive Approaches to Continuing Care.- Residential recovery homes / Oxford Houses.- Research review on Continuing Care with adults.- Processes of long-term addiction recovery.

Fields of interestPsychiatry; Neurology; Internal Medicine

Target groupsPhysicians, health and human service administra-tors, managers, and policy maker professionals, psychologists, social workers, addiction coun-selors, school counselors, child welfare workers, judges, probation officers, youth workers, student assistance counselors, employee assistance coun-selors, correctional staff, and clergy

S. Koch, F. M. Gloth, R. Nay (Eds.)

Medication Management in Older AdultsA Concise Guide for Clinicians

This book will present available evidence on research interventions and strategies to reduce the incidence of medication errors. This will include discussion regarding common errors and present the best available evidence related to the identification and management of medication incidents (errors) associated with the prescribing, dispensing and administration of medicines in the older person in the acute, subacute, and residential care settings.

ContentsIs There A Problem? The Evidence Of Types and Causes Of Medication Errors By Health Care Workers.- Quality Use Of Medicines: History And Progress In Policy And Practice.- The Ethics Of Prescribing Medications For Older Adults.- Common Medication Errors In The Acute Care Sector.- Common Medication Errors In Long-Term Care Settings.- The Impact Of Medication On Nutritional Status Of Older People.- Best Practices In Medication Management.- Misuse of Formulations.- Electronic Health Records, Medica-tions, and Long-Term Care.- Computerized Order Entry.- Inappropriate Prescribing – Beers Criteria, Polypharmacy, and Drug Burden.- Dosing Errors: Age-Related Changes in Pharmacokinetics.

Fields of interestGeriatrics/Gerontology; Internal Medicine

Target groupsGeriatricians, internal medicine physicians, family practice physicians, physicians in a range of other fields, physician assistants, nurse practitioners, registered nurses

M. P. Laguna, University of Amsterdam, The Netherlands; P. Albers, Klinikum Kassel, Germany; C. Bokemeyer, Universitätsklinikum Eppendorf, Hamburg, Germany; J. P. Richie, Brigham and Women's Hospital, Boston, MA, USA (Eds.)

Cancer of the Testis Cancer of the Testis covers the complete field of testis cancer including the germ cell tumors and the stromal tumors, from epidemiology to new chemotherapeutic agents and schedules, throughout genetic features, risk factors, risk adapted treatments, role of different types of surgery and special clinical situations. Special attention is focused on fertility issues, late effects of the primary therapy and the economical aspects of the different treatment policies. This book is the state-of-the-art reference text on testis cancer and is an essential resource for all urologists, medical oncologists and radio-oncologists.

Features7 Provides a comprehensive pathological and clinical classification allowing choosing risk adapted therapeutic strategies 7 Presents the current role of all types of surgery in testis cancer 7 Offers (for the first time in a book) chapters on fertility, economical considerations and late effects of primary treatment

From the contentsHistological Classification and Pathology of Testic-ular Tumors.- Risk Factors and Genetical Charac-terization.- Primary Non-Germ Cell Tumors of the Testis.- Staging and Prognostic Systems.- Testicular Tumor Markers.- Radical Orchiectomy and Testis Sparing Procedures for the Management of Germ Cell Tumors.- CIS and Bilateral Cancer: Clinical Presentations and Diagnostics.- Diagnostic and Therapeutic Laparoscopic Retroperitoneal Lymph Node Dissection: The American View.

Fields of interestUrology/Andrology; Oncology; Imaging / Radi-ology

Target groupsUrologists, medical oncologists, radio-oncologists and radiologists

Discount groupMC

Springer Protocols

Due April 2010

2010. Approx. 250 p. 30 illus. (Current Clinical Psychiatry) Softcover

7 approx. $49.95ISBN 978-1-60327-959-8

Discount groupMC

Springer Protocols

Due April 2010


7 approx. $69.00ISBN 978-1-60327-456-2

Discount groupMR

Medicine

Due May 2010


7 $189.00ISBN 978-1-84800-369-9


C. Lawless, Davis Heart & Lung Research Institute, Ohio State University, Columbus, OH, USA (Ed.)

Sports Cardiology in PracticeEvaluation, Management and Case Studies

This book presents an invaluable symptoms-based approach to sports cardiology for sports medicine physicians, primary care physicians, and cardiolo-gists. Edited by an authority in the field, the text offers sought-after insight on caring for the cardiac health of athletes. The first part of the book covers diagnostic tools and treatments. Readers will learn the fundamentals of the preparticipation exam, cardiac screening, and ECG use. Cardiac imaging and electrophysiologic testing are addressed as well. To aid with diagnosis, the second part of the book is organized by symptom and sign. Chapters on common signs such as shortness of breath, chest pain, and syncope provide guidance on which tests to perform and how to formulate a clinical workup. Referral is also noted. The third part of the book ties the text together and outlines specific cardiac diseases and disorders. Sudden cardiac arrest, congenital heart disease, and hyper-tension are among the topics discussed.

Features7 Editor is a dual-certified authority in the field 7 Highlights a multidisciplinary perspective 7 Symptoms-based focus aids with decision making 7 Case studies facilitate clinical application

From the contentsPart 1. Diagnostic Tools and Treatments: Overview of Sports Cardiology, Sudden Death, and Sudden Cardiac Arrest.- Preparticipation Exam, Cardiac Screening, and ECGs in Athletes.- Advanced Cardiac Imaging in Athletes.- Electrophysiologic Testing and Ablation in Athletes.

Fields of interestSports Medicine; Primary Care Medicine; Cardiology

Target groupsSports medicine physicians, primary care physi-cians, cardiologists, internal medicine physicians, critical care physicians, cardiac electrophysiologists

D. H. McCree, K. T. Jones, A. O'Leary, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Atlanta, GA, USA (Eds.)

African Americans and HIV/AIDSUnderstanding and Eliminating this Epidemic

The HIV/AIDS epidemic is burgeoning among African American men and women. Despite comprising only 13% of the population, 50% of new HIV diagnoses in 2004 were among African Americans. Among women and men who have sex with men (MSM), African Americans are grossly disproportionately affected by this epidemic, and this trend shows no sign of abating. This book seeks to explore some of the contextual factors that contribute to this disparity as well as ways to inter-vene to slow the growth of the epidemic in the U.S. This volume will focus on the history and context of HIV/AIDS in African Americans and interven-tions targeting specific subpopulations including adolescents, heterosexual men and women, men who have sex with men, incarcerated populations, and injection drug users.

Features7 Broken down into different populations: prison inmates, adolescents, MSM, etc. etc. all of current research interest 7 Contextual chapters look at cultural aspects (religion, mass media)

From the contentsPart 1: Context.- History & statistics.- Context: Poverty and racism.- Context: Organized religion, i.e., the role of the Black church (positive and negative effects).- Context: Racial disparities in incarceration.- Context: Mass media (e.g., hip-hop culture) effects on youth.

Fields of interestHealth Promotion and Disease Prevention; Public Health

Target groupsPractitioners, researchers and graduate students in public health, disease prevention, health dispari-ties, minority health

A. Morgan, National Institute for Health and Clinical Excellence (NICE), London, UK; E. Ziglio, WHO Euro-pean Office for Investment for Health and Develop-ment, Venice, Italy; M. Davies (Eds.)

International Health and DevelopmentInvesting in Assets of Individuals, Communities and Organizations

From the contentsIntroduction: Why Assets, Why Now?.- Part I: Conceptualising the Notion of Health Assets.- Revitalising the Public Health Evidence Base: An Assets Model.- A Salutogenic Approach to Tackling Health Inequalities.- Asset Mapping in Communities.- Assessing the Impact of Assets Based Approaches: New Approaches to Evalua-tion.- Part II: Building an Evidence Base on Assets and Health.- Resilience as an Asset for Healthy Development.- Identifying Key Assets for Adoles-cents: Experience from Four Countries.- The Relationship Between Health Assets, Social Capital and Cohesive Communities.- Does Social Capital Determine Health: Evidence from Eight Transition Countries.- An Economic Assessment of the Asset Approach to Health and Development.- Part III: Health Assets in Action.- Releasing the Assets of Local Communities.- Strengthening the Assets of Women Living in Disadvantaged Situations: The German Experience.- Influence of Internal and External Assets on Romanian Adolescent Health.

Fields of interestPublic Health; Health Promotion and Disease Prevention; Health Administration

Target groupsResearchers and graduate students in public health, especially those interested in health promo-tion, health disparities, social determinants of health, and global health

Discount groupMC

Medicine

Due March 2010


7 approx. $69.95ISBN 978-0-387-92774-9

Discount groupMR

Medicine

Due March 2010


7 approx. $59.95ISBN 978-0-387-78320-8

Discount groupMR

Medicine

Due April 2010


7 approx. $64.95ISBN 978-1-4419-5920-1


L. Nici, The Warren Alpert Medical School of Brown University, Providence, RI, USA; R. ZuWallack, Univer-sity of Connecticut School of Medicine, Hartford, CT, USA (Eds.)

Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary DiseaseCo-Morbidities and Systemic Consequences

Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (COPD) is a major cause of morbidity and mortality world-wide. By 2020, COPD is expected to be the fifth leading cause of disability and the third leading cause of death. COPD is associated with signifi-cant co-morbid illnesses including cardiovascular disease, pulmonary vascular disease, osteoporosis, depression and thoracic malignancies. In addition, COPD patients often have systemic manifesta-tions of their disease, including peripheral muscle dysfunction, decreased activity levels and nutri-tional abnormalities, all of which contribute to poor functional status, decreased quality of life and increased health care utilization. Lack of recogni-tion and understanding of the complex interac-tions of these common co-morbid conditions and systemic effects often contributes to sub-optimal care for patients with COPD.

Features7 Delivers a concise, evidence-based review of the common co-morbidities and systemic manifesta-tions of COPD 7 Provides practicing clinicians with an approach to treating complex COPD patients who often have significant cases of other co-morbid illnesses

Fields of interestPneumology/Respiratory System; Internal Medi-cine; Primary Care Medicine

Target groupsPulmonology, internal medicine, primary care

T. Orban, Joslin Diabetes Center, Boston, MA, USA (Ed.)

Type 1 Diabetes:Autoimmune Process and Management

Type 1 Diabetes gives an up-to-date review what is known about the disease process, both on the clinical aspects as well as on the basic science (autoimmunity) aspects. It puts primary focus on what has been and is being done to stop and /or prevent Type 1 Diabetes Mellitus autoimmunity in humans and what the future trends are to achieve that ultimate goal.

Features7 Up to date review on both clinical and basic science aspects 7 Primary focus to stop/prevent Type 1 Diabetes 7 Future trends to achieve the goal

ContentsGenetics factors.- Environmental factors.- Animal models.- Predisposition to T1DM autoimmu-nity.- Preclinical phase of the T1DM autoim-munity.- Clinical phase of the T1DM autoimmu-nity.- Towards near normo-glycaemia.- Short term complications and their prevention and treat-ment.- Long term complication and their preven-tion and treatment.- Prevention Trials.- Interven-tion trials.- Future directions to manage and stop the autoimmune destruction of the beta cells.

Fields of interestEndocrinology; Internal Medicine; Pediatrics

Target groupsDiabetologists, endocrinologists, pediatricians, internists

P. E. Petros, Royal Perth Hospital, Perth, WA, Australia

The Female Pelvic FloorFunction, Dysfunction and Management According to the Integral Theory

From the contentsOverview.- The Anatomy and Dynamics of Pelvic Floor Function and Dysfunction.- Diagnosis of Connective Tissue Damage.- Reconstructive Pelvic Floor Surgery According to the Integral Theory.- Pelvic Floor Rehabilitation.- Mapping the Dynamics of Connective Tissue Dysfunction.- Current and Emerging Research Issues.- Conclu-sion.- Patient Questionnaire and Other Diagnostic Resource Tools.- References and Further Reading.

Fields of interestGynecology; Urology/Andrology

Target groupsUrogynaecologists

Discount groupMC

Springer Protocols

Due April 2010

2010. Approx. 300 p. 60 illus. (Respiratory Medicine) Hardcover

7 approx. $189.00ISBN 978-1-60761-672-6

Discount groupP

Springer Protocols

Due April 2010

2010. Approx. 350 p. (Contemporary Diabetes) Hard-cover

7 approx. $129.00ISBN 978-1-60327-846-1

Discount groupMR

Medicine

Due March 2010

3rd ed. 2010. Approx. 280 p. 206 illus., 157 in color. Hardcover

7 approx. $109.00ISBN 978-3-642-03786-3


G. Roodman, University of Pittsburgh Medical Center, Pittsburgh, PA, USA (Ed.)

Myeloma Bone Disease This state-of-the-art book presents the forefront in the science and clinical management of myeloma bone disease. Assembling the work of the world’s premier thought leaders, this book begins with sections on clinical presentation, imaging, and biochemical markers and then goes on to discuss radiation, surgical, and medical therapies. Specific chapters are devoted to bisphosphonates and novel therapeutic agents, such as RANKL inhibitors, Wnt signaling inhibitors, and IMiDs. The mechanisms of osteoclast activation and osteoblast suppression in multiple myeloma are also explored. Myeloma Bone Disease is a valuable resource for medical, surgical, and radiation oncologists and cancer researchers.

Features7 Presents state-of-the-art knowledge gleaned from revolutionary clinical trials 7 Explores exciting advances in novel therapeutics 7 Covers medical, surgical, and radiation oncology perspec-tives 7 Discusses new imaging techniques for myeloma bone disease 7 Discusses the use of new bone markers for monitoring disease progres-sion 7 Features unique material of interest to both clinicians and researchers

From the contentsClinical presentation of myeloma bone disease (MBD).- Imaging of myeloma bone disease.- Bone Markers in MBD.- Radiation therapy for MBD.- Surgical treatment (kyphoplasty, vertebroplasty and standard surgery).- Pathophysiology of MBD.- Osteoclast activation in MBD.- Osteoblast Suppression in MBD.

Fields of interestOncology; Hematology; Radiotherapy

Target groupsMedical and hematological oncologists, orthope-dists, radiation oncologists

N. P. Rao, J. P. Kavanagh, University of Manchester, UK; G. M. Preminger, Duke University Medical Center, Durham, NC, USA (Eds.)

Urinary Tract Stone DiseaseFeatures7 Extensive coverage of all aspects of urinary stone disease 7 Authoritative up-to-date text written by internationally recognised experts 7 Extensively referenced

From the contentsBasic sciences I. Basic sciences II. Basic sciences III. Diagnostic and labarotory methods.- Paedi-atric stone disease.- Surgical management I: Extracorporeal shock wave lithotripsy.- Surgical management II: Endoscopy.- Surgical management III: Open surgery.- Medical management.

Fields of interestUrology/Andrology; Nephrology

Target groupsUrologists, nephrologists

J. J. Riviello, JR, Baylor College of Medicine, Houston, TX, USA; R. S. Rust, The University of Virginia School of Medicine, Charlottesville, VA, USA (Eds.)

Seizures in Pediatric Neurocritical Care

This book will have four sections. The first section will be an introduction to the basic mechanisms of epilepsy; the basics of airway, breathing, circula-tion, and hemodynamics; the pathophysiology of the intracranial vault; and electrolyte disturbances. The next section will be on the evaluation of the child with a seizure or status epilepticus, including the examination; the use of EEG in both neonates and older children; neuroimaging; and very important, the differential diagnosis of disorders that mimic seizures. The third section will include the specific disease categories in which seizures and status epilepticus occur; and the fourth will review the treatment of neonatal seizures and status epilepticus; seizures and status epilepticus in the older child; and finally refractory status epilepticus.

From the contentsBasic Mechanisms of Epilepsy.- A,B,C’s, and hemo-dynamics.- The intracranial Vault, ICP, CBP.- Basic electrolyte disturbances.- Evaluation.- Examina-tion of the Critically Ill Child.- EEG: Neonatal and older.- Neuroimaging.- Epilepsy Mimics: the Differential Diagnosis, Syncope.- Infec-tious/Inflammatory Disorders.- Stroke.- Cardiac Neurology.- Transplantation.- Systemic Disorders.- Metabolic Disorders.- Neonatal Seizures: Etiology.- Intoxication/Ingestion.- Non-convulsive status epilepticus.- Neurosurgical Issues, Head Trauma.

Fields of interestNeurology; Pediatrics; Neurosurgery

Target groupsNeurologists, pediatricians, epileptologists, emer-gency medicine physicians, internal medicine and family physicians

Discount groupP

Springer Protocols

Due March 2010

2010. Approx. 355 p. 75 illus., 43 in color. (Current Clinical Oncology) Hardcover

7 $219.00ISBN 978-1-60761-553-8

Discount groupMR

Medicine

Due April 2010


7 approx. $189.00ISBN 978-1-84800-361-3

Discount groupMC

Springer Protocols

Due April 2010

2010. Approx. 400 p. (Current Clinical Neurology) Hardcover

7 approx. $125.00ISBN 978-1-60327-587-3


R. H. Rubin, Massachusetts General Hospital, Boston, MA, USA; L. S. Young, Kuzell Institute for Arthritis and Infectious Diseases, San Francisco, CA, USA (Eds.)

Clinical Approach to Infection in the Compromised Host

There is an ever increasing population of patients who merit the designation “compromised host.” They fall into two separate categories, one a disaster, the other a triumph. The disaster is, of course, the HIV/AIDS epidemic which has resulted in an epidemic of opportunistic infection around the world. However, since the summer of 1981, when AIDS was first recognized, remark-able progress has been made- the etiology and pathogenesis of AIDS have been established; diagnosis and prognosis (viral load and CD4-posi-tive lymphocyte counts) have been defined; and HAART (Highly Active Anti-Retroviral Therapy) therapy has become the standard of care. Despite drug toxicities and interactions, despite high costs, and despite problems with drug resistance, HAART therapy has made a major difference in the lives of those infected with HIV.

Features7 5th updated and profusely illustrated edition 75% larger than its first incarnation 7 New coverage includes transplantation

Fields of interestInfectious Diseases; Public Health; Immunology

Target groupsResearchers, clinicians, practitioners, administra-tors, graduate and post graduate students working in infectious disease, public health, medical microbiology, immunology, virology, bacteriology, and medicine

A. Safdar, University of Texas, Houston, TX, USA (Ed.)

Management of Infections in Cancer Patients

This book is intended to provide a comprehen-sive update on recent Infectious Diseases-related issues and emerging concerns with relevant (but succinct) background information. The emphasis will remain on real (Infectious Disease) clinical problems faced in this particular patient popula-tion. The last Section will represent strategies used to prevent infections, for patients in whom response to conventional preventive measures may not be as effective as in a non-cancer and non-Stem Cell Transplant population.

Features7 Provides a comprehensive update on recent Infectious Diseases-related issues and emerging concerns 7 Emphasis will remain on real infec-tious disease

From the contentsCritically Ill Patients: Treatment of Patients with Sepsis and Septic Shock.- Catheter-Related Blood-stream Infections: Strategies for Catheter Salvage.- Post-Surgical Infections: Role of Polymicrobial Infections.- Febrile Neutropenia: Empiric and Preemptive Therapy.- Pneumonia: Emerging Drug-Resistant Pseudomonas, Stenotrophomonas and Staphylococcus aureus.- Invasive Fungal Disease: Early Diagnosis, Changing Epidemiology and the New Antifungal Therapy.- Systemic Viral Diseases: Diagnosis and Treatment of Cytomegalovirus.

Fields of interestInfectious Diseases; Oncology; Hematology

Target groupsHealthcare providers caring for cancer patients and hematopoietic transplant recipients, infectious diseases consultants, oncologist/hematologist and stem cell transplant physicians, physicians in training and Infectious diseases fellows

P. N. Schacknow, Visual Health & Surgical Center, Lake Worth and Palm Beach Gardens, FL, USA; J. R. Samples, OHSU Casey Eye Institute, Portland, OR, USA (Eds.)

The Glaucoma BookA Practical, Evidence-Based Approach to Patient Care

The Glaucoma Book is both a comprehensive academic work with evidence-based science and exhaustive bibliographies, and an everyday, pragmatic guide for general ophthalmologists, optometrists, and resident physicians who need immediate answers while examining patients. Its 92 chapters and 38 sidebar essays range from conventional topics (e.g., open angle glaucoma, pigmentary dispersion syndrome, pediatric glau-comas) to those that have not previously appeared in a glaucoma text (e.g., medical-legal aspects of glaucoma care, doing community-based glaucoma research). Diagnostic tests and instrumentation, current and possible future medical therapies, and traditional and cutting-edge surgical interventions are thoroughly explored. The contributors come from well-known academic institutions and high-volume community based glaucoma practices. Photos, illustrations, and tables are sprinkled liberally throughout the book. The Glaucoma Book embodies the art and science of caring for glaucoma patients.

Features7 Complete evidence-based medical and surgical management of glaucoma for both the general ophthalmologist in practice and residents 7 Includes the latest laser treatments for glau-coma including micro diode and titanium saphire trabeculoplasty as well as laser from an external approach 7 The most comprehensive coverage of the optic nerve and the importance of nerve fiber layer hemorrhage

Fields of interestOphthalmology

Target groupsGeneral ophthalmologists, optometrists

Discount groupMR

Medicine

Due April 2010

5th ed. 2010. Approx. 1000 p. 65 illus. Hardcover

7 approx. $225.00ISBN 978-0-387-77981-2

Discount groupP

Springer Protocols

Due April 2010

2010. Approx. 350 p. (Current Clinical Oncology) Hardcover

7 approx. $99.00ISBN 978-1-60761-643-6

Discount groupMR

Medicine

Due March 2010


7 approx. $225.00ISBN 978-0-387-76699-7


T. P. Stitik, UMDNJ-NJ Medical School, University Rehabilitation Associates, Newark, NJ, USA (Ed.)

Injection ProceduresOsteoarthritis and Related Conditions

This practical guide is ideal for healthcare profes-sionals, including family medicine and sports medicine physicians, who wish to integrate peripheral joint and soft tissue injection proce-dures into their practices. Emphasis is placed on helping clinicians perform injections with accuracy and efficiency. Procedures are presented in a step-by-step fashion. A wealth of illustrations adds clarity, and fluoroscopic images are featured where applicable. Billing and coding are covered in order to aid readers in obtaining reimburse-ment. Chart documentation designed to improve patient management and medical-legal protec-tion is presented via ready-to-use templates that can be inserted into office notes. Key information on needle gauge sizes and medication dosages is summarized in an easily accessible table. A useful discussion on conducting clinical trials is outlined as well.

Features7 Practical approach facilitates rapid integra-tion of procedures into practice 7 User-friendly design makes essential information highly accessible 7 Helpful fluoroscopic images reflect emphasis on improving accuracy 7 Invaluable chapter on billing and coding assists with reim-bursement and payment 7 Features ready-to-use templates for chart documentation and patient management

Fields of interestGeneral Practice / Family Medicine; Primary Care Medicine; Sports Medicine

Target groupsFamily medicine physicians, sports medicine physicians, rheumatologists, physiatrists, rehabili-tation specialists, athletic trainers, orthopedists, hospital/university libraries

I. Z. Schultz, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, BC, Canada; S. Rogers, Boston University, Boston, MA, USA (Eds.)

Handbook of Job Accommodations in Mental Health

Growing interest in the field of mental health in the workplace among policy makers, clinicians, and researchers alike has been fueled by equal employment rights legislation and increasing disability statistics in mental heath. The impor-tance of addressing this topic is underscored by the fact that depression now ranks second on the hierarchy of occupational disabilities. The problem is compounded by a host of factors, including major difficulties in job retention and produc-tivity experienced by persons with mental health disabilities; younger age and higher education of persons with mental health problems; and labor shortages and an aging workforce in many industrialized countries. In addition, particularly in the United States, the vocational needs of army veterans returning from duty with mental health disorders require system-based solutions and new rehabilitation approaches.

Features7 This is the only evidenced-based handbook focusing on job accommodations for workers with mental health conditions. Most books about mental health in the workplace focus on issues of stress on the job and any interest in job accommo-dations for workers with mental health conditions is minimal or absent 7 The editors are well-known experts working at the interface of mental health and vocational rehabilitation

Fields of interestOccupational Medicine/Industrial Medicine; Health Psychology; Labor Economics

Target groupsMultidisciplinary readership in occupational medicine; psychiatry; clinical, rehabilitation, industrial/organizational, and neuropsychology; vocational rehabilitation counselors; occupational therapy, disability management, and human resource management

P. H. Seidenberg, Illini Sports Medicine, Belleville, IL, USA; J. D. Bowen, Navy Recruiting Command, Millington, TN, USA (Eds.)

The Hip and Pelvis in Sports Medicine and Primary Care

This handbook is an invaluable resource for improving the management of hip and pelvis injuries in sports medicine and primary care. Chapters cover the fundamentals, including epide-miology, history and physical examination, and functional and kinetic chain evaluation. Injuries to children, adolescents, adults, and geriatrics are addressed. Differential diagnosis is emphasized, and evidence-based guidelines and sports-specific considerations aid the reader with injury evalu-ation and care. Notably, the book highlights the importance of understanding core stability when determining the source of pain. Gait assessment and imaging are featured as well. In addition, the text presents the spectrum of treatment options for hip and pelvis injuries and hip osteoarthritis. Functional therapeutic interventions, osteopathic manipulation, taping and bracing, and injection techniques are discussed. Indications for surgical interventions are also outlined.

Features7 Presents key information for differential diagnosis 7 Provides evidence-based guidelines 7 Emphasizes core stability 7 Includes the full range of treatment options

From the contentsEpidemiology.- History & Physical Examination.- Functional and Kinetic Chain Evaluation.- Gait Assessment.- Imaging.- Adult Hip and Pelvis Disorders.- Injuries in Pediatrics and Adoles-cence.- Specific Considerations in the Geriatric Athlete.- Injuries in Special Populations.

Fields of interestSports Medicine; Primary Care Medicine; General Practice / Family Medicine

Target groupsSports medicine physicians, primary care physi-cians, physical therapists, physiatrists, athletic trainers, orthopedic surgeons, hospital/university libraries

Discount groupMR

Medicine

Due April 2010


7 approx. $59.95ISBN 978-0-387-76594-5

Discount groupMR

Medicine

Due March 2010


7 approx. $129.95ISBN 978-1-4419-0427-0

Discount groupMR

Medicine

Due March 2010


7 approx. $69.95ISBN 978-1-4419-5787-0


K. Subramaniam, University of Pittsburgh Medical Center, Pittsburgh, PA, USA; K. T. Park, Ohio State University Medical Center, Columbus, OH, USA; B. Subramaniam, Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Boston, MA, USA (Eds.)

Anesthesia and Perioperative Care for Aortic Surgery

This book is the first of its kind – a comprehensive reference for anesthesia and perioperative clini-cians involved in aortic surgery. With a primary focus on anesthesia for various aortic surgical procedures, including endovascular aortic surgery, the title also provides expanded coverage of CNS monitoring and protection, intraoperative trans-esophageal echocardiography, renal and spinal cord protection during surgery, management of aortic trauma, and postoperative care. Written by top cardiac anesthesiologists, surgeons, and inten-sivists, this indispensable reference provides every-thing you need to know about the burgeoning field of aortic surgery in one handy volume.

Features7 The definitive reference on anesthesia and perioperative care for aortic surgery 7 Extensive coverage of minimally invasive endovascular aortic surgery 7 Highly detailed chapter on trans-esophageal echocardiography to improve patient outcomes

From the contentsApplied Aortic Anatomy.- Preoperative Evaluation and Preparation of Aortic Surgical Patient.- Anes-thesia for Thoracic Ascending and Arch of Aorta Surgery.- Central Nervous System Monitoring and Protection During Thoracic Ascending and Arch Aortic Surgery.- Anesthesia for Descending Thoracic Aortic Surgery.

Fields of interestAnesthesiology; Intensive / Critical Care Medicine; Cardiac Surgery

Target groupsAnesthesiologists, critical care physicians, cardiac surgery and cardiothoracic anesthesia fellows, nurse anesthetists

M. I. Syed, Dayton Interventional Radiology, Dayton, OH, USA; A. Shaikh, Beavercreek, OH, USA

Radiology of Non-Spinal Pain ProceduresA Guide for the Interventionalist

This handy, well-illustrated manual has been designed to meet the need of interventional pain physicians to understand the radiologic imaging involved in the performance of non-spinal pain procedures. It provides information on such topics as radiologic anatomy, the radiologic manifesta-tions of indications and contraindications to interventional procedures, and the radiologic appearance of complications that may arise from these procedures. In addition, it will be useful for the diagnostic radiologist, who may be unaware of many of the interventional pain procedures. The chosen format will ensure that the reader is quickly able to reference any given procedure. As this is a guidebook, it does not encompass every patho-logic entity that may be encountered; however, the commonly performed non-spinal pain procedures are included. This text will prove essential for any interventionalist who does not have easy access to a radiologist and vice versa.

Features7 Well-illustrated manual in a format that will ensure the reader is quickly able to reference any given procedure 7 Meets the needs of interven-tional pain physicians by providing information on the radiologic manifestations of indications and contraindications to interventional procedures, and of potential complications 7 Also of value for the diagnostic radiologist unfamiliar with many interventional pain procedures

Fields of interestPain Medicine; Interventional Radiology; Radio-therapy

Target groupsInterventional pain physicians or other physicians performing interventional pain procedures

R. B. Taylor, Oregon Health & Sciences University, Portland, OR, USA

White Coat TalesMedicine’s Heroes, Heritage, and Misadventures

The book, divided into three parts, covers topics such as how physicians became physicians, how the use of terms that are used everyday in medicine came about and how there have been both good and bad experiences in medicine. The material that is presented in this book is written in a way that is not only easily comprehended but can be used in the day to day life of a physician.

Features7 What health professionals should know about medical history 7 Written by a distinguished leader in medical education and highly respected author of over 23 medical books 7 Stories that put today's medical practice into perspective 7 Insights into the history, language and culture of medicine

ContentsPart I: Our Heritage as Physicians.- Milestones in Medical History.- Diseases that Shaped History.- Lesser Known Chapters in Medical History.- Part II: The Language and Literature of Medicine.- Stories of Favorite Medical Words and Phrases.- Whose What? The Men and Women behind the Eponyms.- Medical Abbreviations, Acronyms and Euphemisms.- Medical Aphorisms.- Mnemonics in Medical Education and Practice.- Memorable Medical Quotations.- Medicine in Literature and Literature in Medicine.- Part III: Clinical Adven-tures and Misadventures.- Famous Persons as Patients and Retrospective Diagnosis.- Searching for Clinical Pearls.- Medical Irony, Serendipity, Surprises and Trivia.- Myths, Misinformation and Misadventures in Medicine.- Care Gone Wrong : Frauds Quacks and Rogues.- Now and Future Practice.

Field of interestHistory of Medicine

Target groupsPhysicians, residents, medical students, and anyone interested in the history of medicineDiscount group

MR

Medicine

Due March 2010


7 approx. $199.00ISBN 978-0-387-85921-7

Discount groupMR

Medicine

Due March 2010


7 $69.95ISBN 978-3-642-00480-3

Discount groupMC

Medicine

Due March 2010

1st ed. 2008. 2nd printing 2010. XVI, 272 p. Softcover

7 $19.95ISBN 978-1-4419-1619-8


F. G. Welt, A. C. Eisenhauer, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA, USA (Eds.)

Structural Heart Disease in the Adult:A Guide to Percutaneous Interventional Therapies

Structural Heart Disease in the Adult: A Guide to Percutaneous Interventional Therapies primarily addresses novel strategies for percutaneous approaches to structural heart disease. As such, chapters will give only brief descriptions of pathophysiology and standard surgical therapy, and instead will explain newer techniques available for these diseases and also future directions. The market for textbooks and reference material in structural heart disease in the adult and its treat-ment would include interventional cardiologists, general cardiologists, cardiac surgeons, and cardiac anesthesiologists.

Features7 Addresses novel strategies for percutaneous approaches to structural heart disease in the adult 7 Explains newer techniques available and future directions 7 One of the fastest-growing fields within cardiology

ContentsIntroduction.- Valvular Disease.- Common Congenital Chamber Communications.- Addi-tional Congenital Heart Disease in the Adult.- The Failing Heart.- Imaging for Structural Heart Disease Intervention.

Fields of interestCardiology; Cardiac Surgery; Anesthesiology

Target groupsInterventional cardiologists, general cardiologists, cardiac surgeons, and cardiac anesthesiologists

J. C. Verster, Utrecht Institute for Pharmaceutical Sciences, The Netherlands; K. Brady, Medical University of South Carolina, Charleston, SC, USA; M. Galanter, NYU School of Medicine, New York, NY, USA; P. J. Conrod, King's Colllege London, UK (Eds.)

Drug Abuse and Addiction in Medical Illness:Causes, Consequences, and Treatment

It is the expectation of the editors that this volume will become a gold standard book – the only singular source of current and cutting-edge information for all those working with drug abusing or addicted patients or for those interested in this topic from other research perspectives. In brief, Drug Abuse and Addiction in Medical Illness: Causes, Consequences, and Treatment, will contain 62 chapters covering drugs of abuse and how they play a role in a wide range of medical illnesses. That is, the volume will discuss how, for some diseases, drug abuse will cause or enhance the progress of that disease/disorder, while other diseases may result in or enhance drug abuse. The chapters in that section will thus deal with this crucial, bi-directional relationship. Leading experts in the field of addiction throughout the world will contribute to the volume.

From the contentsDrug abuse, dependence and addiction.- Epide-miology and trends in drug abuse.- Brain reward system and compulsive drug use.- Genetic vulner-ability for Drug Abuse and Addiction.- Adolescent brain development and vulnerability for addiction.

Fields of interestPsychiatry; Anesthesiology; Internal Medicine

Target groupsAll physician groups, addiction specialists and researchers, psychologists, various social science groups, and allied health professionals with an interest in drug abuse and addiction in medical illness as well as graduate trainees, clinical scien-tists and researchers

A. Vinks, Cincinnati Children's Hospital, Cincin-nati, OH, USA; H. Derendorf, University of Florida, Gainesville, FL, USA; J. Mouton, Canisius Wilhelmina Hospital, Nijmegen, Netherlands (Eds.)

Fundamentals of Anti- microbial Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacodynamics

Over the past decade, significant progress has been made in the theory and applications of pharma-codynamics of antimicrobial agents. On the basis of pharmacokinetic-pharmacodynamic modeling concepts it has become possible to describe and predict the time course of antimicrobial effects under normal and pathophysiological conditions. The study of pharmacokinetic-pharmacodynamic relationships can be of considerable value in understanding drug action, defining optimal dosing regimens, and in making predictions under new or changing pre-clinical and clinical circum-stances. Not surprisingly, pharmacokinetic-phar-macodynamic modeling concepts are increasingly applied in both basic and clinical research as well as in drug development. The book will be designed as a reference on the application of pharmacokinetic-pharmacodynamic principles for the optimization of antimicrobial therapy, namely pharmacotherapy, and infectious diseases.

Features7 This is the first book to deal with the theoretical aspects and with the clinical applications of phar-macokinetic and pharmacodynamic modeling in the field of antimicrobial drug therapy 7 Numerous subjects will be discussed including basic pharmacodynamic theory, pharmacokinetic complexities, and the use of in vitro and animal PK/PD models

Fields of interestInfectious Diseases; Pharmacology/Toxicology; Immunology

Target groupsSpecialists, researchers, and professionals in the fields of infectious diseases, pharmacology, immu-nology, medical microbiology, and public health

Discount groupP

Springer Protocols

Due March 2010

2010. Approx. 350 p. 82 illus., 12 in color. (Contemporary Cardiology) Hardcover

7 approx. $149.00ISBN 978-1-60761-064-9

Discount groupMC

Springer Protocols

Due April 2010


7 approx. $189.00ISBN 978-1-60327-515-6

Discount groupP

Medicine

Due March 2010


7 approx. $139.00ISBN 978-0-387-75612-7

springer.com/librarybooks 19Springer News 3/2010 Biomedicine

N. Ács, F. Bánhidy, Semmelweis University, Budapest, Hungary; A. E. Czeizel, Foundation for the Community Control of Hereditary Diseases, Budapest, Hungary

Congenital Abnormalities and Preterm Birth Related to Maternal Illnesses during Pregnancy

The possible adverse birth outcomes of babies born to mothers diagnosed with important diseases have not yet been evaluated in such a material by the same method. The greatest merit of these studies is that by analyzing their data the authors managed to identify some new previously unknown associations between maternal diseases and adverse birth outcomes. The first aim of the authors was to summarize 50 years of experiences in human teratology which may help younger experts to use them. The second objective was to show the methodological weaknesses of previous studies and to recommend the use of up-to-date methods when designing new studies. A surveil-lance database like the one used in these studies effectively helps to monitor the most important indicators of adverse birth outcomes such as congenital anomalies, preterm births, and low birth weight, to evaluate the efficacy of medical care of pregnant women, and to detect possible causes of adverse birth outcomes in order to help in their prevention.

Features7 Uniquely large database 7 Systematic analysis of maternal diseases 7 Recommendations for future studies

Fields of interestMaternal and Child Health; Health Promotion and Disease Prevention; Obstetrics/Perinatology

Target groupsEpidemiologists, obstetricians, paediatricians, researchers, pharmaceutical companies, medical students, libraries

N. Beauchemin, McGill University, Montreal, QC, Canada; J. Huot, Le Centre de recherche en cancérologie de l’Université Laval et Centre de recherche du CHUQ, l’Hôtel-Dieu de Québec, QC, Canada (Eds.)

Metastasis of Colorectal Cancer

Colorectal cancer is the third most common cancer worldwide, and in many parts of the western world, it is the second leading cause of cancer-related deaths. This book covers colon cancer metastasis from the most fundamental aspects to clinical practice. Major topics include physiopathology, genetic and epigenetic controls, cancer initiating cells, epithelial-mesenchymal transition, growth factors and signalling, cell adhesion, natures of liver metastasis, angiogenesis and lymphangiogenesis, inflammatory response, prognostic markers, sentinel node and staging, and finally diagnosis and treatment. Each chapter has been contributed by leaders in the field. A key feature is that it connects with a large readership including students, fundamental-ists and clinicians. Another specific feature of the book is that the chapters are written in a didactic and illustrative fashion. These characteristics coupled with the choice of the topics and authors, makes this book a reference in the field.

Features7 Comprehensive and up-to-date information 7 Excellent summary of present treatment options 7 Novel techniques in sentinel lymph node detection, colorectal stem cells and rectal cancer 7 Recent signalling pathways involved in colorectal cancer progression 7 Excellent discus-sion of immunology, angiogenesis and lymphan-giogenesis with relation to colorectal cancer

Fields of interestCancer Research; Oncology; Molecular Medicine

Target groupsLibraries, researchers in colorectal cancer and cancer in general, clinicians and oncologists, medical students, all major pharmaceutical companies

B. Bonavida, Microbiology, Immunology & Molecular Genetics, UCLA, Los Angeles, CA, USA (Ed.)

Nitric Oxide (NO) and CancerPrognosis, Prevention, and Therapy

Nitric Oxide (NO) is a pleitropic, ubiquitous modulator of cellular functions. Aryl nitrite and glyceryl trinitrate, representative intravasadilators, were introduced as therapeutic agents more than a century ago for relief from acute attacks of angina. The vasodilator action is mediated by the release of NO following treatment. NO has important therapeutic applications in several diseases such as inflammatory diseases, erectile dysfunction, inflammation, pain and neural protective activity. However, the role of NO in cancer and its applica-tion in therapy has received little attention. This monograph will be the first to focus on studies that investigate the role of NO in tumor cell pathogen-esis, growth, angiogenesis, response to cytotoxic therapies and NO translational applications in cancer therapy, alone or in conjunction with other therapies.

Features7 The first volume to focus on studies that investigate the role of NO in tumor cell pathogen-esis, growth, angiogenesis, response to cytotoxic therapies and NO translational applications in cancer therapy, alone or in conjunction with other therapies

From the contentsNitrous Oxide and Cancer.- A role for eNOS in oncogenic Ras-driven cancer.- Multifaced Role of NItric Oxide in Cancer Biology.- Nitric oxide expression in cancer.- S-Nitrosylation: How Cancer Cells Say NO to Cell Death.- Cytotoxic and protective activity of nitric oxide cancers.

Fields of interestCancer Research; Oncology; Pharmacology/Toxi-cology

Target groupsResearchers, scientists, professionals, clinicians, physicians, and graduate students in the fields of cancer research, oncology, and pharmacology and toxicology

Discount groupMR

Medicine

Due May 2010


7 $199.00ISBN 978-90-481-8619-8

Discount groupP


Due June 2010

2010. Approx. 550 p. (Cancer Metastasis - Biology and Treatment, Volume 14) Hardcover

7 $229.00ISBN 978-90-481-8832-1

Discount groupP


Due March 2010

2010. Approx. 400 p. 36 illus., 15 in color. (Cancer Drug Discovery and Development) Hardcover

7 approx. $139.99ISBN 978-1-4419-1431-6

springer.com/librarybooks20 Springer News 3/2010Biomedicine

S. Choi, Ajou University, Suwon, Korea (Ed.)

Systems Biology of Signaling Networks

This collection of articles contains a collection of pioneering work by scientists working in regula-tory signaling networks and the use of large scale gene expression and omics data. The distinctive features of this book are: 1) Act a single source of information to understand the various compo-nents of different signaling network (roadmap of biochemical pathways, the nature of a molecule of interest in a particular pathway, etc.), 2) Serve as a platform to highlight the key findings in this highly volatile and evolving field, and 3) Provide answers to various techniques both related to microarray and cell signaling to the readers.

From the contentsPart I: “Omics”: Analysis of the whole genome, proteome & transcriptome: Development and advances in the techniques and algorithms for the analysis of whole genome expression data. Embry-ogenomics: Global gene regulation in develop-ment and aging. Microarray analysis of Metastasis Cell Signaling. Computational methodologies for large-scale gene expression data analysis. SAGE analysis of T-cell biology. Gene expression analysis of the hedgehog signaling cascade. Dictyoste-lium transcriptomics. Comparative Genomics analysis and Molecular Evolution. Comparative Genome Hybridization array data analysis with CLAC (CLuter Along Chromosome) method. A Comparative Review of Statistical Methods for Discovering Differentially Expressed Genes in Replicated Microarray Experiments. What is in a name? Enzyme Nomenclature in System Biology.

Fields of interestHuman Genetics; Bioinformatics; Cell Biology

Target groupsCell biologists, bioinformatics, systems biologists and computational biologists, researchers, senior level and graduate students in transcriptomics, cellular signaling, DNA Microarrays and regula-tory networks

D. Coppola, Moffitt Cancer Center, Tampa, FL, USA (Ed.)

Mechanisms of OncogenesisAn update on Tumorigenesis

This volume is part of a book series that was first published in 10-volumes by Kluwer in 1989 under the series editorship of Professor Hans E. Kaiser, D.Sc., former Professor of Pathology at the School of Medicine, University of Maryland at Baltimore, MD, USA along with other leaders in the field of Cancer. In order to encompass the growing body of knowledge on various aspects of cancer growth and progression since then, the series has now been expanded to 17 volumes. This volume is a comprehensive update on the mechanisms of tumorigenesis, and includes the advances in the field, as provided by the use of the most recent molecular techniques (microarray, proteomic, and other omics). While the first portion of the book contains chapters discussing pediatric cancer, the influence of environmental factors and oncogene activity in tumorigenesis, the second portion of the book is structured by organ sites.

Features7 Authoritative 7 Up-to-date 7 Comprehen-sive 7 Easy accessibility 7 Leading contributors

From the contents1. Cytokines and Stressors: Implications for Cancer Immunotherapy. 2. The Role of Oncogene Activa-tion in Tumor Progression. 3. Carcinogenic Effects of Ionising Radiation. 4. Chemical Carcinogenesis Role of Chloroform – An Update. 5. Use of Organ Explant and Cell Culture in Cancer Research. 6. Chromosomal Abnormalities in Selected Hema-topoietic Malignancies Detected by Conventional and Molecular Cytogenetics: Diagnostic and Prognostic Significance.

Fields of interestCancer Research; Oncology; Gene Expression

Target groupsResearch community, oncologists, oncologic pathologists, academic physicians, clinicians and any medical professional interested in the field of carcinogenesis

G. H. Enders, Fox Chase Cancer Center, Philadelphia, PA, USA (Ed.)

Cell Cycle Deregulation in Cancer

Some of the key oncogenic events in cancer directly perturb proteins that regulate progression through the cell division cycle, others alter cell cycle progression indirectly, through effects on signaling pathway that impinge on the cell cycle. This biology is fundamentally important in cancer therapy. Many of the workhorse treatments for cancer rely on killing proliferating cells. Further-more, there is growing recognition that stem cell-transit amplifying cell hierarchies may persist or be generated during tumorigenesis, generating important functional heterogeneity in cell cycle control among tumor cells, with far-reaching scientific and clinical implications. This volume outlines major cell cycle perturbations that drive tumorigenesis and considers the prospects for using such knowledge in cancer therapy.

Features7 Outlines major cell cycle perturbations that drive tumorigenesis 7 Considers the prospects for using such knowledge in cancer therapy

ContentsEscape from cellular quiescence. Interplay between Cyclin-dependent Kinases and E2F-dependent Transcription. Regulation of pre-RC assembly: A complex symphony orchestrated by CDKs. Mitotic checkpoint and chromosome instability in cancer.- Mitotic catastrophe. p53, ARF and the control of autophagy. Regulation of self-renewing divisions in normal and leukaemia stem cells. Maintenance of Telomeres in Cancer. The senescence secretome and its impact on tumor suppression and cancer. Cell cycle deregulation in pre-neoplasia: case study of Barrett’s esophagus. Targeting cyclin dependent kinases for cancer therapy.

Fields of interestCancer Research; Pharmacology/Toxicology

Target groupsOncologists, scientists, clinicians

Discount groupP


Due March 2010


7 approx. $159.00ISBN 978-1-4419-5796-2

Discount groupP


Due April 2010

2010. 680 p. (Cancer Growth and Progression, Volume 12) Hardcover

7 $229.00ISBN 978-90-481-3724-4

Discount groupP


Due March 2010

2010. Approx. 170 p. 19 illus., 11 in color. (Contemporary Cancer Research) Hardcover

7 approx. $159.00ISBN 978-1-4419-1769-0

springer.com/librarybooks 21Springer News 3/2010 Biomedicine

Oxidative Stress in Applied Basic Research and Clinical Practice

Series editor: D. Armstrong

The goal of the Oxidative Stress in Basic Research and Clinical Practice series is to present data from experimental, human and veterinary clinical trials illustrating the efficacy of AOX supplementation. Each volume covers a medical specialty, or major disease known to be associated with an imbalance between free radical production and AOX defense. The expectation of the series is to critically eval-uate the potential of AOXs in therapeutic interven-tion using simple and sophisticated methodology that could be adapted to point-of-care testing for diagnosis, intervention strategies and prognosis. This approach of combining methodology, technology and epidemiology will benefit medical practitioners and may subsequently improve health care and reduce medical cost.

N. Gadoth, Tel Aviv University, Ramat Aviv, Israel; H. Goebel, Johannes Gutenberg University Medical Center, Mainz, Germany (Eds.)

Oxidative Stress and Free Radical Damage in Neurology

This book will examine the role of oxidative stress in neurological disorders. The role of free radicals and antioxidants, referred to collectively as “oxidative stress”, is receiving constant attention in relation to disease processes. As of October 2007, a search on PubMed indicates there are 6661 reports linked with oxidative stress in the CNS and 534 reports in the PNS. The number for psychoso-cial behavior is 1113. These articles are primarily concerned with the use of predictive biomarkers and the effect of multiple antioxidants adminis-tered for therapeutic intervention on neuropa-thology. There is increasing evidence that oxidative stress is a causative, or at least a supportive factor, in several neurological diseases. Oxidative stress also plays a regulatory role in transcription, signal transduction, gene expression, mitochondrial function, membrane trafficking and postsynthetic damage.

From the contentsWhy is the nervous tissue vulnerable to oxidative stress.- The role of free radicals in the nervous system.- Neuronal oxidative stress and heavy metals.- Antioxidant enzymes mimics and metal co-factors.- The potential role of glutamate in neurodegeneration.- The potential role of homo-cysteine in neurodegeneration.- The possible role of free radicals in bacterial and viral infection of the CNS.- Free radical damage in traumatic brain injury.- Free radicals and brain edema.- The role of free radicals in inborn errors of metabolism.

Fields of interestNeurosciences; Cell Biology; Molecular Medicine

Target groupsMolecular and cellular biologists, neuroscientists

New Series

Discount groupP

Springer Protocols

Due March 2010

2010. Approx. 400 p. (Oxidative Stress in Applied Basic Research and Clinical Practice, Volume 1) Hardcover

7 approx. $159.00ISBN 978-1-60327-513-2

J. Kaiser, M. J. Naumer (Eds.)

Multisensory Object Perception in the Primate Brain

This work has identified both multisensory integration regions and crossmodal influences in brain areas traditionally thought to be specific to one sensory modality. Furthermore, several factors have been identified that enhance integration such as spatio-temporal stimulus coincidence and semantic congruency. Multisensory Object Perception in the Primate Brain elucidates the mechanisms of multisen-sory integration of object-related information with a focus on the visual, auditory, and tactile sensory modalities. Evidence is presented in four sections: methodological considerations, audio-visual processing, visuo-tactile processing, and plasticity, and includes studies in both human and nonhuman primates at different levels of analysis. Studies range from intracranial electrophysi-ological recordings to non-invasive electro- or magnetoencephalography, functional magnetic resonance imaging, behavioral approaches, and computational modeling.

Fields of interestNeurosciences; Neurobiology; Cognitive Psychology; Neurosciences; Neurobiology; Cognitive Psychology

Target groupsCognitive neuroscientists (psychologists, physiolo-gists, neuroimagers) interested in perception and object recognition

Discount groupP


Due March 2010


7 approx. $159.00ISBN 978-1-4419-5614-9

springer.com/librarybooks22 Springer News 3/2010Biomedicine

X. W. Wang, J. Grisham, S. S. Thorgeirsson, NIH, Bethesda, MD, USA (Eds.)

Molecular Genetics of Liver Neoplasia

Primary liver cancer is the third most deadly and fifth most common cancer worldwide (~500,000 deaths annually), with a sharp increase of incidence in the United States in recent years. Hepatocellular carcinoma (HCC) and cholangio-carcinoma (CC) are the major types of primary liver cancer. Risk factors include gender, hepatitis B virus (HBV), hepatitis C virus (HCV), cirrhosis, metabolism diseases, diabetes, obesity, toxins, excess alcohol consumption and smoking. Liver cancer arises most frequently in inflammatory livers with extensive oxidative stress due to viral hepatitis which causes over 80% of HCC cases worldwide. Currently, survival remains dismal for most HCC and CC patients, largely due to the tumor’s aggressiveness at the time of diagnosis and the lack of effective therapy.

Features7 Provides an exciting overview of the most recent advances in the genetics and biology of liver cancer, their diagnosis, treatment and prevention 7 Each chapter starts with a state-of-the-art topic, ranging from genetics and environmental risk factors of liver cancer, genetics of liver develop-ment and pathogenesis, genetics and epigenetic changes associated with liver cancer, the utilities of genetic animal models

From the contentsPart I: Introduction. Part II: Liver development and pathogenesis. Part III: Genetics and epidemi-ology of liver cancer. Part IV: Molecular Basis of Cancer Susceptibility. Part V: Animal models. Part VI: Global gene expression profiling of human liver cancer. Part VII: Cancer stem cells. Part VIII: Liver cancer genetics in the clinic.

Fields of interestCancer Research; Pharmacology/Toxicology

Target groupsPhysicians and researchers in the field of liver cancer, hepatologists and oncologists

A. J. Welch, University of Texas, Austin, TX, USA; M. J. Gemert, University of Amsterdam, The Netherlands (Eds.)

Optical-Thermal Response of Laser-Irradiated Tissue

The second edition of ‘Optical-Thermal Response of Laser-Irradiated Tissue’ maintains the standard of excellence established in the first edition, while adjusting the content to reflect changes in tissue optics and medical applications since 1995. The material concerning light propagation now contains new chapters devoted to electromagnetic theory for coherent light. The material concerning thermal laser-tissue interactions contains a new chapter on pulse ablation of tissue. The medical applications section now includes several new chapters on Optical Coherent Tomography, acoustic imaging, molecular imaging, forensic optics and nerve stimulation. A detailed overview is provided of the optical and thermal response of tissue to laser irradiation along with diagnostic and therapeutic examples including fiber optics. Material covered includes: 1. light propagation and diagnostic application; 2. the thermal response of tissue and therapeutic application; 3. denaturation; 4. ablation.

Features7 Theory and models for light propagation in tissue 7 Response of tissue to absorbed laser light 7 Use of reflectance and fluorescence for measurement of optical properties and for diag-nostics 7 Dynamic changes in the optical and thermal properties of tissue during laser irradia-tion. 7 Methods for measurement of thermal properties

Fields of interestPhysics, general; Biomedicine general

Target groupsLibraries, researchers concerned with laser-tissue interaction, industry developing diagnostic and therapeutic laser devices, doctoral and masters students, government laboratories and health care agencies

Discount groupP


Due March 2010

2010. Approx. 300 p. 30 illus. (Cancer Genetics) Hardcover

7 approx. $159.00ISBN 978-1-4419-6081-8

Discount groupP

Physics and Astronomy

Due June 2010

2nd ed. 2010. Approx. 600 p. Hardcover

7 $229.00ISBN 978-90-481-8830-7

springer.com/librarybooks 23Springer News 3/2010 Psychology

J. N. Apps, R. F. Newby,L. Weiss Roberts, Medical College of Wisconsin, Milwaukee, WI, USA (Eds.)

Pediatric Neuropsychology Case StudiesFrom the Exceptional to the Commonplace

The first section of this book will present cases involving neurological disorders. The intention of this section is to provide not only “classic” examples of neurological dysfunction in children, but also to provide interesting cases of unique or remarkable presentations. The second section will present an accumulation of cases representing both common and progressive conceptualizations of developmental disabilities. Section three has been designed to highlight cases which often present complex issues to neuropsychologists. The case examples in this section will highlight the use of alternative treatments, pathologies that are often a source of inquiry, and situations that lack the more rigorous scientific data often utilized in other diag-nostic procedures. Additionally, this section may include chapters on common differential diagnosis dilemmas in clinical practice.

Features7 First book to utilize a case study approach in neuropsychology where the focus is entirely pedi-atric but not limited to one etiology. 7 Several chapters provide clinical case exempli-fying innovative areas of diagnosis and treatment. 7 Colorful, intriguing chapter titles ranging from the exceptional to the ordinary

Fields of interestNeuropsychology; Neurology; Child and School Psychology

Target groupsNeuropsychologists, neuorologists, neuropsychia-trists, child psychologists

C. L. Armstrong, Children's Hospital of Philadelphia and the University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine, Philadelphia, PA, USA (Ed.)

Handbook of Medical NeuropsychologyApplications of Cognitive Neuroscience

Medical advances have brought under scrutiny many behavioral syndromes that were undifferen-tiated in the past, as well as a greater appreciation of the cognitive and behavioral consequences of medical and neurological disorders. This book will focus on the diseases, syndromes, and disorders that involve neurocognitive dysfunction with the intention of providing a reference book for clinical evaluation, treatment, and design of research studies. Chapters will be consistently structured to 1) provide history and background on the develop-ment of knowledge about the neurocognitive function/dysfunction association with the topic, 2) review and identify the most specific assessment instruments for the disorder (or group of disor-ders), 3) practical information on the process of diagnosis and working within the medical setting, 4) most recent diagnostic tools used by medical practitioners, and 5) family and social issues that are relevant to the specific disease/disorder.

Features7 Organized by disease/disorder, rather than by testing techniques 7 Breadth of topics, includes many not addressed by other books on neuropsy-chology: infectious diseases, genetic disorders, endocrine disorders, nutrition-based Syndromes, neuro-oncology, structural abnormalities, and stress disorders, and includes a chapter on ethics

From the contentsAutoimmune disease.- Autism.- Autonomic nervous system disorders.- Cardiovascular disor-ders and diseases.- Cerebellar disorders.- Cerebral palsy.- Cerebrovascular disease and disorders.- Dementia.- Endocrine disease.- Ethics of neuro-psychology.- Epilepsy.

Fields of interestNeuropsychology; Cognitive Psychology; Neurology

Target groupsClinicians, researchers, and graduate students in neuropsychology

M. Balconi, Catholic University of Milan, Italy (Ed.)

Neuropsychology of Communication

In this volume, the communicative and neuro-psychological correlates of daily interactions are discussed. The predominant account on explaining the construction of meaning by humans is the inter-relational perspective, that postulates an intentional convergence of meaning arising as a consequence of the active exchanges between people. The neural correlates of communica-tion were illustrated in the light of new empirical results, considering the main topics of: a) language and language development; b) pragmatics and neuropragmatics of communication; c) neurocog-nition and the cognitive bases of intentions; d) nonverbal communication and emotion contri-bution to the communicative systems. New methodological approaches are considered, with particular attention to neuroimaging (such as PET and fMRI) and brain stimulation techniques (as MEG and TMS), as well as their application to the clinical field.

Features7 No other book has widely explored the topic of the neuropsychology of communication from both cognitive and neuropsychological perspec-tives 7 This integrated perspective makes the contribution highly innovative and unique within the recent scientific field 7 Moreover, method-ological contribution of new neuropsychological techniques was exhaustively considered for the first time

From the contentsNeuropsychology of language and communi-cation: From neurolinguistics to neuroprag-matics.- Methods and research perspectives on neuropsychology of communication.- Linguistics and neurolinguistics of semantic meaning.- Elec-trophysiology and magnetoencephalography of language and communication..

Fields of interestMedicine/Public Health, general; Speech Pathology; Linguistics (General)

Target groupsNeuropsychologists, general practitioners, speech pathologists

Discount groupP

Behavioral Science

Due April 2010


7 approx. $59.95ISBN 978-1-4419-6080-1

Discount groupP

Behavioral Science

Due March 2010


7 approx. $159.95ISBN 978-1-4419-1363-0

Discount groupP

Medicine

Due May 2010


7 approx. $129.00ISBN 978-88-470-1583-8

springer.com/librarybooks24 Springer News 3/2010Psychology

R. Cohen, University of Massachusetts Medical School, Worcester, MA, USA

The Neuropsychology of Attention

It has been 15 years since the original publication of Neuropsychology of Attention. At the time of its publication, attention was a construct that had long been of theoretical interest in the field of psychology and was receiving increased research by cognitive scientists. Yet, attention was typically viewed as a nuisance variable; a factor that needed to be accounted for when assessing brain function, but of limited importance in its own right. There is a need for a new edition of this book within Neuropsychology to present an updated and integrated review of what is know about atten-tion, the disorders that affect it, and approaches to its clinical assessment and treatment. Such a book will provide perspectives for experimental neuro-psychological study of attention and also provide clinicians with insights on how to approach this neuropsychological domain.

Features7 Integrates current neuropsychological knowl-edge with research coming from cognitive and neuroscientific research 7 Presents information derived from recent developments in the fields of functional and structural brain imaging

ContentsPart One: Foundations of Attention. 1: Introduc-tion. 2: Cognitive Science of Attention. 3: Behav-ioral perspectives on Attention. 4: Developmental Consideration: Attention across the Lifespan. 5: Psychophysiology of Attention. 6: Functional Brain Imaging. 7: Models and Mechanisms of Attention: An Overview.- Part Two: Neuropsy-chology of Attention. 8: Functional Neuroanatomy of Attention. 9: Neglect Syndrome: A disorder of selective attention.

Fields of interestNeuropsychology; Neurosciences; Neurology

Target groupsNeuropsychologists, medical psychologists, neurologists, psychiatrists, and rehabilitation professionals

L. F. Koziol, Chicago Medical School, IL, USA; D. E. Budding

Subcortical Structures and CognitionImplications for Neuropsychological Assessment

The book is organized around three sources of evidence: 1) neuroanatomical connections; 2) patients with various disease processes; 3) experimental studies, including various imaging techniques. These three sources of data present compelling evidence that the basal ganglia and cerebellum are involved in cognition, affect, and emotion. The question is no longer if these subcortical regions are involved in these processes, but instead, how they are involved. The book is also organized around two basic concepts: (1) the functional neuroanatomy of the basal ganglia and the cerebellum; and (2) how this relates to behavior and neuropsychological testing. Cognitive neuroscience is entering a new era as we recognize the roles of subcortical structures in the modulation of cognition. The fields of neuropsy-chology, cognitive psychology, neuropsychiatry, and neurology are all developing in the direction of understanding the roles of subcortical structures in behavior.

Features7 There are no other books available that discuss the cognitive and emotional aspects of subcortical pathology at the level of clinical neuropsychology 7 Book is at the cutting edge of clinical research connecting subcortical processes to cognition and affect

Fields of interestNeuropsychology; Cognitive Psychology; Psychiatry

Target groupsNeuropsychologists, rehabilitation specialists, cognitive neuroscientists, and psychiatrists

L. L'Abate, Georgia State University, Atlanta, GA, USA; M. Cusinato, University of Padua, Italy; E. Maino, Scientific Institute Eugenio Medea, Bosisio Parini, Italy; W. Colesso, University of Padua, Italy; C. Scilletta, Milano, Italy

Relational Competence TheoryResearch and Mental Health Applications

The authors of Relational Competence Theory begin with the conceptual and empirical bases for the theory, and sixteen models demonstrate the range of RCT concerns and their clinical relevance, including: 1) Socialization settings for relational competence. 2) The ability to control and regulate the self. 3) Relationship styles. 4) Intimacy and negotiation. 5) The use of practice exercises in prevention and treatment of pathology. 6) Appen-dices featuring the Relational Answers Question-naire and other helpful tools. Relational Competence Theory both challenges and confirms much of what we know about the range of human relationships, and is important reading for researchers, scholars, and students in personality and social psychology, psychotherapy, and couple and family counseling.

Features7 Comprehensive theoretical model 7 Theory in an evidence-based context 7 Implications for therapeutic practice

Fields of interestPersonality and Social Psychology; Psychotherapy

Target groupsResearchers and scholars in the areas of person-ality and social psychology, psychotherapy, psychiatry, and couple and family counseling

Discount groupMR

Behavioral Science

Due March 2010

2nd ed. 2010. Approx. 500 p. (Critical Issues in Neuropsychology) Hardcover

7 approx. $199.95ISBN 978-0-387-72638-0

Discount groupP

Behavioral Science

Due April 2010

2010. XIII, 405 p. Softcover

7 approx. $69.95ISBN 978-0-387-84867-9

Discount groupP

Behavioral Science

Due April 2010


7 $159.00ISBN 978-1-4419-5664-4

springer.com/librarybooks 25Springer News 3/2010 Psychology

H. Leigh, University of California, San Francisco, CA, USA

Genes, Memes, Culture, and Mental IllnessToward an Integrative Model

The book is organized in two major sections. The first, “Genes, Memes, Culture, and the Individual”, devotes eight chapters to the nature of biological and environmental inheritance, including charac-teristics of relatives and characteristics of groups, genes and memes as units of inheritance, evolution of the human brain, imitation as a shortcut to learning, memes as replicators of information, and culture as the repository of meme stores. The second section, “Mental Illness”, applies current knowledge about memes to mental illness and psychiatric practice both broadly and in specific clinical contexts. Chapters in this section cover genes and mental illness, the relation between stress and memetic infusion (“vulnerable brain”), the genetic-memetic model of mental illness, a diagnostic scheme for a memetic multiaxial model of mental illness, memetic diagnosis, memetic therapies, memetic prevention, and specific mental syndromes such as anxiety, depression, bipolarity, OCD, psychosis, and substance abuse.

Features7 In this volume, the same world-famous psychiatrist who advanced integration of the psychosocial model of health and disease into the fields of psychiatry and medicine in Plenum book "The Patient" in 1980 (and subsequent editions) is going a step further by proposing the integration of meme theory with clinical psychiatry 7 Dr. Leigh proposes a diagnostic scheme for a memetic multiaxial model of mental illness

Fields of interestPsychiatry; Cross Cultural Psychology; Sociology

Target groupsPsychiatrists, psychologists, and sociologists, including postgraduate students

E. Martz, Portland, OR, USA (Ed.)

Trauma Rehabilitation After War and ConflictCommunity and Individual Perspectives

Trauma Rehabilitation after War and Conflict’s dual focus on individual and community healing builds on the concept of the protective “trauma membrane,” a component crucial to coping and healing, to humanitarian efforts (though one which is often passed over in favor of rebuilding infrastructure), and to promoting and sustaining peace. The book’s multiple perspectives—including public health, community-based systems, and trauma-focused approaches—reflect the complex psychological, social, and emotional stresses faced by survivors, to provide authoritative informa-tion on salient topics such as: 1) Psychological rehabilitation of U.S. veterans, non-Western ex-combatants, and civilians; 2) Forgiveness and social reconciliation after armed conflict; 3) Psychosocial adjustment in the post-war setting; 4) Helping individuals heal from war-related rape; 5) The psychological impact on prisoners of war; 6) Rehabilitating the child soldier.

Features7 Provides a multidimensional perspective on the concept of trauma membrane 7 Covers a broad perspective of the concept of rehabilitation 7 Includes rehabilitation perspectives on both the individual and communitly level

Fields of interestSocial Work; Psychotherapy and Counseling; Rehabilitation

Target groupsResearchers in psychology, social work, and public health

M. J. Nakkula, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, PA, USA; K. C. Foster, Andover, MA, USA; M. Mannes, Search Institute, Minneapolis, MN, USA; S. Bolstrom, Medtronic, Inc., Minneapolis, MN, USA

Building Healthy Communi-ties for Positive Youth Development

Building Healthy Communities for Positive Youth Development explains the Developmental Assets framework in depth and demonstrates how eight local initiatives across the country have adapted and implemented it to fit the unique cultures and resources of their neighborhoods and the needs and strengths of their young people. In this visionary book, the authors provide readers with a flexible, living blueprint for promoting the well-being of children and teenagers. Areas of coverage include: 1) Core themes of the eight HC • HY initiatives. 2) The use of an asset-based common language among participants. 3) Building common ground among the various sectors involved in the initiatives. 4) The varied roles of young people within the initiatives. 5) Research design and methodology; data collection and interpretation. 6) Funding issues and challenges.

Features7 Explores how youth development and commu-nity development intersect and influence one another 7 Focuses on multiple manifestations of a community-designed approach rather than a replication of a national model or program 7 Provides a unique window into what is arguably the broadest grassroots community organizing movement for youth development 7 Provides examples of strength-based commu-nity approaches to youth development

Fields of interestChild and School Psychology; Social Work; Educa-tion (general)

Target groupsDevelopmental psychologists; child, youth, and family services professionals; clinical child and school psychologists as well as allied educational and mental health professionals who work with adolescents

Discount groupP

Medicine

Due March 2010


7 $129.00ISBN 978-1-4419-5670-5

Discount groupP

Humanities, Social Sciences and Law

Due May 2010


7 $179.00ISBN 978-1-4419-5721-4

Discount groupP

Behavioral Science

Due April 2010

2010. Approx. 255 p. (The Search Institute Series on Developmentally Attentive Community and Society, Volume 7) Hardcover

7 $129.00ISBN 978-1-4419-5743-6

springer.com/librarybooks26 Springer News 3/2010Psychology

S. B. Sarason, Yale University, New Haven, CT, USA

Centers for EndingThe Coming Crisis in the Care of Aged People

This concise volume combines a critical review and analysis of health care policies and practices with the reflections of one currently living in and experiencing personally the issues of which he speaks. Centers for Ending provides readers with the unique opportunity to examine possible chal-lenges confronting the nation given its impending surge in demand for facilities and personnel care for the elderly. What comes through most clearly is the extent to which those delivering care lose sight of the fact that people rather than symptoms and diagnoses are the recipients of those services. Dr. Sarason’s poignant descriptions of unintended albeit hurtful interactions between providers and recipients will sensitize readers to examine carefully the nursing care options available for themselves or their loved ones. In many respects, this volume provides the nation and its citizens with a valuable peek into their futures.

Features7 Offers a critical review and analysis of elder care policies and practices in the United States 7 Provides first-person insights into the experi-ence of living in a long-term nursing care facility 7 Humanizes issues surrounding elder care to ensure that individuals and their caregivers, both professional and family, are able to understand key concepts

From the contentsAcknowledgments. Foreword. Themes of the Book. Becoming a Resident in a Total Care Facility. Residents as Immigrants. Some Aspects of Orga-nizational Craziness. Two Months in the Nursing Home. Planning Programs: Social Security and Head Start. The Haves and the Have Nots.

Fields of interestGeriatrics/Gerontology; Aging; Health Psychology

Target groupsProfessionals and researchers in geriatric medi-cine, social work, health psychology, public health as well as caregivers and policy makers

Discount groupMR

Medicine

Due March 2010

2010. Approx. 150 p. (Caregiving: Research, Policy, and Practice , Volume) Softcover

7 $89.95ISBN 978-1-4419-5724-5

springer.com/librarybooks 27Springer News 3/2010 Mathematics

D. Cheng, Institute of Systems Science, AMSS, Chinese Academy of Sciences, China; X. Hu, Royal Institute of Technology, Sweden; T. Shen, Sophia University, Japan

Analysis and Design of Nonlinear Control Systems

Analysis and Design of Nonlinear Control Systems provides a comprehensive and up to date introduc-tion to nonlinear control systems, including system analysis and major control design techniques. The book is self-contained, providing sufficient mathematical foundations for understanding the contents of each chapter. Scientists and engineers engaged in the field of Nonlinear Control Systems will find it an extremely useful handy reference book.

Features7 Comprehensive introduction for nonlinear control systems, including system analysis and major control design techniques 7 Updated and adapted for readers with engineering background 7 Self-contained with sufficient mathematical foundations for studying nonlinear control systems

ContentsIntroduction. Topological Space. Differentiable Manifold. Algebra, Lie Group and Lie Algebra. Controllability and Observability. Global Control-lability of Affine Control Systems. Stability and Stabilization. Decoupling. Input-output Structure. Linearization of Nonlinear Systems. Design of Center Manifold. Output Regulation. Dissipative Systems. H-infinity Control. Switched Systems. Non-smooth Control.

Fields of interestSystems Theory, Control; Control

Target groupsScientists and engineers engaged in nonlinear control systems

D. Chudnovsky, G. Chudnovsky, Polytechnic University, New York, NY, USA (Eds.)

Additive Number TheoryFestschrift In Honor of the Sixtieth Birthday of Melvyn B. Nathanson

This impressive volume is dedicated to Mel Nathanson, a leading authoritative expert for several decades in the area of combinatorial and additive number theory. Nathanson’s numerous results have been widely published in top notch journals and in a number of excellent graduate textbooks (GTM Springer) and reference works. For several decades, Mel Nathanson’s seminal ideas and results in combinatorial and additive number theory have influenced graduate students and researchers alike. The invited survey articles in this impressive volume reflect the work of distinguished math-ematicians in number theory, and represent a wide range of important topics in current research.

Features7 Celebrates the contributions which Melvyn B. Nathanson has made to additive number theory

From the contentsPreface. Sum-product theorems and applications. Can you hear the shape of a Beatty sequence? Variance of signals and their finite Fourier trans-forms. Sparse sets in time and frequency related to diophantine problems and integrable systems. Addition theorems in acyclic semigroups. Small sumsets in free products of Z/2Z. A combinatorial approach to sums of two squares and related prob-lems. A note on Elkin’s improvement of Behrend’s construction. The postage stamp problem and essential subsets in integer bases. A universal Stein-Tomas restriction estimate for measures in three dimensions. The Erdos-Turán problem in infinite groups.

Fields of interestNumber Theory; Algebra; Mathematical Logic and Foundations

Target groupsGraduate students, researchers in mathematics

I. Chueshov, I. Lasiecka

Von Karman Evolution EquationsWell-posedness and Long Time Dynamics

The main goal of this book is to discuss and present results on well-posedness, regularity and long time behavior of nonlinear dynamic plate (shell) models described by von Karman evolu-tions. While many of the results presented are the outgrowth. of very recent studies by the authors, they provide for a comprehensive and reasonably self-contained exposition.

Features7 Exhaustive introduction in theory and methods of evolutionary Karman plate theory 7 Self-contained exposition of methods pertaining to well-posedness, stability 7 Critical nonlinearities and nonlinear damping highly exposed. Relevant tools developed. These constitute new and original results in the field. 7 Treatment of nonlinear damping with geometrically restricted support (boundary damping)

ContentsWell-posedness.- Evolutionary Equations.- Von Karman models with rotational forces.- Von Karman equations without rotational intertia.- Thermoelasticity of Plates.- Structural Acoustic Problems and Plates in a Potential Flow of Gas.- Attractors for evolutionary equations.- Long-time behaviour of second order abstract equations.- Plates with Internal Damping.- Plates with Boundary Damping.- Thermoelasticity.- Composite Wave/Plate Systems.- Inertial Mani-folds for von Karman Plate Equations.

Fields of interestPartial Differential Equations; Dynamical Systems and Ergodic Theory; Analysis

Target groupsResearchers, graduate students

Discount groupP

Mathematics

Due April 2010

Distribution rights in China: Science Press

Jointly published with Science Press


7 approx. $139.00ISBN 978-3-642-11549-3

Discount groupP

Mathematics

Due April 2010


7 approx. $139.00ISBN 978-0-387-37029-3

Discount groupP

Mathematics

Due March 2010

2010. Approx. 700 p. 10 illus. (Springer Monographs in Mathematics) Hardcover

7 approx. $89.95ISBN 978-0-387-87711-2

springer.com/librarybooks28 Springer News 3/2010Mathematics

S. Feng, McMaster University, Hamilton, ON, Canada

The Poisson-Dirichlet Distribution and Related TopicsModels and Asymptotic Behaviors

The Poisson-Dirichlet distribution is an infinite dimensional probability distribution. It was introduced by Kingman over thirty years ago, and has found applications in a broad range of areas including Bayesian statistics, combinatorics, differential geometry, economics, number theory, physics, and population genetics. This monograph provides a comprehensive study of this distribu-tion and some related topics, with particular emphasis on recent progresses in evolutionary dynamics and asymptotic behaviors. One central scheme is the unification of the Poisson-Dirichlet distribution, the urn structure, the coalescent, the evolutionary dynamics through the grand particle system of Donnelly and Kurtz. It is largely self-contained. The methods and techniques used in it appeal to researchers in a wide variety of subjects.

Features7 First book to our knowledge that solely treats the Poisson-Dirichlet distribution 7 Focuses also on recent progresses in evolutionary dynamics and asymptotic behaviors

Fields of interestProbability Theory and Stochastic Processes

Target groupsResearchers and graduate students

M. Grötschel, ZIB, Berlin, Germany; K. Lucas, RWTH Aachen, Germany; V. Mehrmann, TU Berlin, Germany (Eds.)

Production Factor Mathematics

Mathematics as a production factor or driving force for innovation? Those, who wants to know and understand why mathematics is deeply involved in the design of products, the layout of production processes and supply chains will find this book an indispensable and rich source. Describing the interplay between mathematics and engineering sciences the book focuses on such questions as: - How can mathematics improve to the improvement of technological processes and products; - What is happening already? - Where are the deficits? - What can we expect for the future? 19 articles written by mixed teams of authors of engineering, industry and mathematics offer a fascinating insight of the interaction between mathematics and engineering.

Features7 Offers fascinating insight in the interplay between mathematics and engineering 7 Describes the tremendous scientific and economic advantages of this cooperation

Fields of interestMathematical Modeling and Mathematics in Industry; Appl.Mathematics/Computational Methods of Engineering; Mathematics, general

Target groupsMathematicians, engineers

J. R. Klauder, University of Florida, Gainesville, FL, USA

A Modern Approach to Functional Integration

The modern treatment used by the author is an attempt to make a major paradigm shift in how the art of functional integration is practiced. The techniques developed in the work will prove valuable to graduate students and researchers in physics, chemistry, mathematical physics, and applied mathematics who find it necessary to deal with solutions to wave equations, both quantum and beyond. Functional Integration: A Modern Treatment offers insight into a number of contemporary research topics, which may lead to improved methods and results that cannot be found else-where in the textbook literature. Exercises are included in each chapter, making the book suitable for a one-semester graduate course on functional integration; prerequisites consist mostly of some basic knowledge of quantum mechanics.

Features7 Takes advantage of recent developments in the theory of path integration to provide an improved treatment of quantization of systems 7 Modern treatment used by the author is an attempt to make a major paradigm shift in how the art of functional integration is practiced 7 Strong emphasis is placed on the coherent state form of the path inte-gral, briefly mentioned in the textbook literature

ContentsPreface.- Introduction.- Probability.- Infinite-Dimensional Integrals.- Functional Techniques.- Stochastic Variable Theory.- Quantum Mechanical Path Integrals.- Application to Quantum Field Theory.- Some Soluble Models: Integration Without Integration.- Summary and Outlook.- Index.

Fields of interestMeasure and Integration; Mathematical Methods in Physics; Functional Analysis

Target groupsGraduate students and researchers in physics, chemistry, mathematical physics, and applied mathematics

Discount groupP

Mathematics

Due May 2010

2010. Approx. 230 p. (Probability and its Applications) Hardcover

7 approx. $109.00ISBN 978-3-642-11193-8

Discount groupP

Mathematics

Due May 2010


7 approx. $69.95ISBN 978-3-642-11247-8

Discount groupP

Mathematics

Due April 2010


7 approx. $42.95ISBN 978-0-8176-4790-2

springer.com/librarybooks 29Springer News 3/2010 Mathematics

A. C. Peterson, University of Nebraska-Lincoln, Lincoln, NE, USA; W. G. Kelley, University of Oklahoma, Norman, OK, USA

The Theory of Differential EquationsClassical and Qualitative

This second edition is updated to be compatible with Mathematica, version 7.0. It also provides 81 additional exercises, a new section in Chapter 1 on the generalized logistic equation, an additional theorem in Chapter 2 concerning fundamental matrices, and many more other enhancements to the first edition. This book can be used either for a second course in ordinary differential equations or as an introduc-tory course for well-prepared students. The prereq-uisites for this book are three semesters of calculus and a course in linear algebra, although the needed concepts from linear algebra are introduced along with examples in the book. An undergraduate course in analysis is needed for the more theo-retical subjects covered in the final two chapters.

Features7 Provides 81 new problems in the exercises in addition to the problems from the first edition 7 Updated to be compatible with Mathematica, version 7.0 7 Elegant and carefully written, with many examples and exercises throughout the book 7 Any needed concepts from linear algebra are introduced with examples as needed throughout the text 7 Contains up-to-date modern material as well as classical topics

Fields of interestOrdinary Differential Equations; Dynamical Systems and Ergodic Theory

Target groupsAdvanced undergraduate students taking a course in ordinary differential equations

M. Rappaz, Ecole Polytechnqiue Fédérale de Lausanne, Switzerland; M. Bellet, CEMEF, Mines ParisTech, Sophia Antipolis, France; M. Deville, Ecole Polytechnqiue Fédérale de Lausanne, Switzerland

Numerical Modeling in Materials Science and Engineering

Translated from the French: R. Snyder

This is a softcover reprint of a very popular hard-cover edition. This book introduces the concepts and methodologies related to the modelling of the complex phenomena occurring in materials processing. After a short reminder of conservation laws and constitutive relationships, the authors introduce the main numerical methods: finite differences, finite volumes and finite elements. These techniques are developed in three main chapters of the book that tackle more specific problems: phase transformation, solid mechanics and fluid flow. The two last chapters treat inverse methods to obtain the boundary conditions or the material properties and stochastic methods for microstructural simulation. This book is intended for undergraduate and graduate students in materials science and engineering, mechanical engineering and physics and for engineering professionals or researchers who want to get acquainted with numerical simulation to model and compute materials processing.

Features7 Computing application to materials science is one of the fast growing research areas

Fields of interestComputational Mathematics and Numerical Analysis; Characterization and Evaluation of Mate-rials; Mechanical Engineering

Target groupsResearchers and graduate students in materials science and engineering, mechanical engineering and physics

Discount groupP

Mathematics

Due March 2010

Originally published by Prentice Hall, 2004

2nd ed. 2010. XII, 424 p. 68 illus. Softcover

7 approx. $69.95ISBN 978-1-4419-5782-5

Discount groupP

Mathematics

Due May 2010

Original French edition published by Presses polytechniques et universitaires romandes, Lausanne, 1998

1st. ed. 2002. 2nd printing 2010. XI, 556 p. (Springer Series in Computational Mathematics, Volume 32) Softcover

7 approx. $89.95ISBN 978-3-642-11820-3

springer.com/librarybooks30 Springer News 3/2010Statistics

A. DasGupta, Purdue, West Lafayette, IN, USA

Fundamentals of Probability: A First Course

This is a text encompassing all of the standard topics in introductory probability theory, together with a significant amount of optional material of emerging importance. The emphasis is on a lucid and accessible writing style, mixed with a large number of interesting examples of a diverse nature. The text will prepare students extremely well for courses in more advanced probability and in statis-tical theory and for the actuary exam. The book covers combinatorial probability, all the standard univariate discrete and continuous distri-butions, joint and conditional distributions in the bivariate and the multivariate case, the bivariate normal distribution, moment generating func-tions, various probability inequalities, the central limit theorem and the laws of large numbers, and the distribution theory of order statistics. In addition, the book gives a complete and accessible treatment of finite Markov chains, and a treatment of modern urn models and statistical genetics.

ContentsIntroducing probability.- The birthday and matching problems.- Conditional probability and independence.- Integer-valued and discrete random variables.- Generating functions.- Stan-dard discrete distributions.- Continuous random variables.- Some special continuous distributions.- Normal distribution.- Normal approximations and the Central Limit Theorem.- Multivariate discrete distributions.- Multidimensional densi-ties.- Convolutions and transformations.- Markov chains and applications.- Urn models in physics and genetics.- Appendix I: Supplementary homework and practice problems.- Appendix II: Symbols and formulas.

Field of interestProbability Theory and Stochastic Processes

Target groupsUndergraduates/grad text

V. Kulkarni, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, NC, USA

Modeling, Analysis, Design, and Control of Stochastic Systems

Features7 This book provides a self-contained review of all the relevant topics in probability theory

Fields of interestStatistics, general; Probability Theory and Stochastic Processes; Operations Research/Deci-sion Theory

Target groupsGraduate students and researchers

D. G. Kleinbaum, M. Klein, Emory University, Atlanta, GA, USA

Logistic RegressionA Self-Learning Text

This very popular textbook is now in its third edition. Whether students or working profes-sionals, readers appreciate its unique “lecture book” format. They often say the book reads like they are listening to an outstanding lecturer. This edition includes three new chapters, an updated computer appendix, and an expanded section about modeling guidelines that consider causal diagrams. Like previous editions, this textbook provides a highly readable description of fundamental and more advanced concepts and methods of logistic regression. It is suitable for researchers and statisti-cians in medical and other life sciences as well as academicians teaching second-level regression methods courses. The new chapters are: Additional Modeling Strategy Issues, including strategy with several exposures, screening variables, collinearity, influ-ential observations and multiple-testing, assessing Goodness to Fit for Logistic Regression, assessing Discriminatory Performance of a Binary Logistic Model: ROC Curves.

From the contentsIntroduction to logistic regression.- Important special cases of the logistic model.- Computing the odds ratio in logistic regression.- Maximum likelihood techniques: An overview.- Statistical inferences using maximum likelihood techniques.- modeling strategy guidelines.- Modeling strategy for assessing interaction and confounding.- Additional modeling strategy issues.- Assessing Goodness of Fit for logistic regression.- Assessing discriminatory performance of a binary logistic regression model: ROC curves.

Fields of interestStatistics for Life Sciences, Medicine, Health Sciences; Epidemiology; Statistics for Social Science, Behavorial Science, Education, Public Policy, and Law

Target groupsGraduate students

Discount groupP

Mathematics

Due March 2010

2010. XVI, 494 p. (Springer Texts in Statistics) Hardcover

7 $99.00ISBN 978-1-4419-5779-5

Discount groupP

Mathematics

Due April 2010

2010. XVI, 350 p. With online files/update. (Springer Texts in Statistics) Hardcover

7 approx. $89.95ISBN 978-1-4419-1771-3

Discount groupP

Mathematics

Due March 2010

3rd ed. 2010. XIV, 616 p. (Statistics for Biology and Health) Hardcover

7 approx. $99.95ISBN 978-1-4419-1741-6

springer.com/librarybooks 31Springer News 3/2010 Statistics

E. A. Suess, B. E. Trumbo, California State University, Hayward, CA, USA

Introduction to Probability Simulation and Gibbs Sampling with R

Simulation has become a basic tool for the practice of applied probability and statistics. The Gibbs Sampler is an especially important, but not widely understood simulation method. With a basic intro-duction to Monte Carlo simulation that provides enough background in other topics, students can understand the rationale for and use of the Gibbs Sampler as a practical simulation tool.

ContentsPseudorandom Numbers.- Screening Tests.- Two-State Markov Chains.- Simple Gibbs Sampler.- Basics of Bayesian Estimation.- Bayesian Gibbs Sampler.- Additional Uses of the Gibbs Sampler.

Fields of interestStatistical Theory and Methods; Statistics and Computing/Statistics Programs

Target groupsGraduate students

Discount groupP

Mathematics

Due March 2010


7 approx. $59.95ISBN 978-0-387-40273-4

springer.com/librarybooks32 Springer News 3/2010Apress

C. Berrou (Ed.)

Codes and turbo codesThis book is devoted to one of the essential func-tions of modern telecommunications systems: channel coding or error correction coding. Its main topic is iteratively decoded algebraic codes, convolutional codes and concatenated codes. It also presents digital modulation with which channel coding is closely associated to make up the heart of the physical layer of telecommunications systems. The most important theoretical aspects are given, and the building of codes is detailed and justified. Decoding algorithms are developed and, whenever possible, accompanied by simulation results characteristic of their correcting power.The authors are researchers and lecturers recognised for their expertise in the field of encoding and decoding algorithms and associated circuits. Codes and Turbo Codes is intended both as a means for discovering the domain, a valuable source of information about the many techniques imagined since the mid-XXth century, and as a step towards addressing problems not yet entirely solved.

Features7 THE work of reference on turbocodes by the world leading specialists in this fieldThe editor has won the 2005 Marconi Prize and several other prestigious distinctions for his work on turbocodes

Contents1. Introduction. 2. Digital communications. 3. Theoretical limits. 4. Block codes. 5. Convolu-tional codes and their decoding. 6. Concatenated codes. 7. Convolutional turbo codes. 8. Turbo product codes. 9. LDPC codes. 10. Turbo codes and large spectral efficiency transmissions. 11. The turbo principle applied to equalization and detection

Fields of interestCoding and Information Theory; Signal, Image and Speech Processing; Information and Commu-nication, Circuits

Target groupsEngineers in telecommunication student working in the telecommunication area researcher in telecommunication

C. Djeraba, USTL, Villeneuve, France

Multi-Modal User Interactions in Controlled Environments

Multi-Modal User Interactions In Controlled Envi-ronments investigates the capture and analysis of user’s multimodal behavior (mainly eye gaze, eye fixation, eye blink and body movements) within a real controlled environment (controlled-super-market, personal environment) in order to adapt the response of the computer/environment to the user. Such data is captured using non-intrusive sensors (for example, cameras in the stands of a supermarket) installed in the environment. This multi-modal video based behavioral data will be analyzed to infer user intentions while assisting users in their day-to-day tasks by adapting the system’s response to their requirements seamlessly. This book also focuses on the presentation of information to the user.

Features7 One of first books to cover primarily multimo-dality and behavioral data, rather than mono-modality tracking and analysis (mainly eye gaze, eye fixation, eye blink, body movements) 7 Discusses video based system that boosts productivity and increases satisfaction by auto-mating repetitive human tasks; optimizes gestures for information we need, plus enables us to work together with other people through space and time

ContentsVision of the book.-Multi-modal analysis of user behavior.- User profiling and context capture.- Multi-modal interface.- Intellectual property, ethic and private life preservation issues.- Applications.- Book resources and web site.

Fields of interestMultimedia Information Systems; User Interfaces and Human Computer Interaction; Artificial Intel-ligence (incl. Robotics)

Target groupsProfessionals

D. Dori, Technion, Israel Institute of Technology, Technion City, Haifa, Israel

Exploring the WebVisualizing Semantics, Services, and Applications

Exploring The Web presents a unique, comprehen-sible treatment of the Web, from its foundations to cutting-edge technologies and applications. The work goes beyond major web developments by demonstrating how the Semantic Web facilitates joint interaction between human beings and machines. In a systematic exposition, the book examines the principles underlying web design, the technolo-gies that support its operations, and a host of web applications. The material covers web fundamen-tals and XML, Web Services, the Semantic Web, and an array of applications. This work targets researchers and profes-sionals working in web areas that affect software engineering, systems architecture, analysis and design methods, and modeling and simulation, making the book relevant to developers of various domains.

Features7 This unique web resource is a comprehensive, yet comprehensible treatment of the Web, from its foundations to cutting-edge technologies and applications, and has strong utility for researchers, professionals, advanced students, and individuals alike

Fields of interestInformation Systems Applications (incl.Internet); Computer Communication Networks; Software Engineering

Target groupsResearchers & professionals in software engi-neering, systems architecture, analysis and design, and modeling and simulation

Discount groupP

Computer Science

Due April 2010

2010. Approx. 410 p. (Collection IRIS) Softcover

7 approx. $89.95ISBN 978-2-8178-0038-7

Discount groupP

Computer Science

Due March 2010

2010. Approx. 250 p. 20 illus. (Multimedia Systems and Applications, Volume 42) Hardcover

7 approx. $125.00ISBN 978-1-4419-0315-0

Discount groupP

Computer Science

Due March 2010


7 approx. $69.95ISBN 978-0-387-21891-5

springer.com/librarybooks 33Springer News 3/2010 Apress

D. Draheim, University of Innsbruck, Austria

Business Process TechnologyA Unified View on Business Processes, Workflows and Enterprise Applications

Currently, we see a lot of tools and techniques for specifying and implementing business processes. But there are still gaps and tensions between the different disciplines needed to improve business process execution and improvement in enterprises. Business process modeling, workflow execution and application programming are examples of disciplines that are hosted by different communi-ties and emerged separately from each other. In particular, at the system analysis level concepts are not yet fully elaborated. Therefore, practitioners are faced again and again with similar questions in concrete business process projects: which decomposition mechanism to use? Who to find the correct granularity for business process activities? Which implementing tech-nology is the optimal one in a given situation? This book approaches a systematization of the field. It tries to provide a landscape of rationales and concepts in business processes with a discus-sion of alternatives.

Features7 The author reveals that currently emerging integrated platforms for specifying and controlling processes are the enabling technology of the future to use this potential in enterprises 7 Arguments with results from established theories and stan-dards in computer science, software engineering and business economics 7 Thus it contributes to the current vision of next-generation business-process platforms

Fields of interestMultimedia Information Systems; Input/Output and Data Communications; Computer Communi-cation Networks

Target groupsIT-architects, developers, project managers, and system administrators

J. C. Setubal, VA. Bioinformatics Institute, Blacksburg, VA, USA; N. F. Almeida, Jr., UFMS, Campo Grande, Brazil

Introduction to Bioinformatics Using Bacterial Genomics

Introduction to Bioinformatics for Bacterial Genomics introduces bioinformatics techniques and programming using bacterial genomics as the main application area. This advanced-level text book introduces the student to both bioinformatics and bacterial genomics, with one topic motivating the other and vice versa. The strategy of this text is to lead the reader to a series of progressively more complex steps in the analysis of a bacterial genome, introducing new bioinformatics tech-niques at each step. Introduction to Bioinformatics for Bacterial Genomics includes three classes of exercises: 1) theoretical exercises; 2) tool-development programming exercises; 3) genome analysis exercises. This book helps the student be as technology-independent as possible, concentrating on basic concepts, ideas, biological and math-ematical problems, and techniques to solve them. After reading this text, the student will develop an essential “toolkit” for genome analysis. The results of applying this toolkit to a real genome is described in detail.

Features7 First text book to present hands-on approach to teach bioinformatics using bacterial genomics as the platform 7 Includes algorithm design, algorithm implementation, and application on real data 7 Will help improve programming skills of life science students and introduce mathematical sciences students to genomics

Fields of interestComputational Biology/Bioinformatics; Pattern Recognition; Computer Applications in Chemistry

Target groupsAdvanced-level students, professionals, practitio-ners and researchers

Discount groupP

Computer Science

Due July 2010


7 $79.95ISBN 978-3-642-01587-8

Discount groupP

Computer Science

Due March 2010


7 approx. $69.00ISBN 978-0-387-76708-6

springer.com/librarybooks34 Springer News 3/2010Computer Science

C. C. Aggarwal, IBM T.J. Watson Research Center, Hawthorne, NY, USA; H. Wang, Microsoft Research Asia, Beijing, China (Eds.)

Managing and Mining Graph Data

Managing and Mining Graph Data is a compre-hensive survey book in graph management and mining. It contains extensive surveys on a variety of important graph topics such as graph languages, indexing, clustering, data generation, pattern mining, classification, keyword search, pattern matching, and privacy. It also studies a number of domain-specific scenarios such as stream mining, web graphs, social networks, chemical and biolog-ical data. The chapters are written by well known researchers in the field, and provide a broad perspective of the area. This is the first comprehen-sive survey book in the emerging topic of graph data processing. Managing and Mining Graph Data is designed for a varied audience composed of professors, researchers and practitioners in industry. This volume is also suitable as a refer-ence book for advanced-level database students in computer science and engineering.

Features7 Edited volume combines research in one, easily-accessible resource 7 Each chapter serves as point of entry into a specific topic

ContentsPreface.- Introduction to Graph Data Manage-ment.- Graph Mining and Management Methods, Indexing Graph Data, Clustering Graph Data, Data Generators for Graphs, Pattern Mining, Classifi-cation, Pattern Matching, Reachability Queries, Keyword Search, Web Graph Data, Chemical Data, Biological Data, Social Network Applications, XML Data, etc.- Index.

Fields of interestDatabase Management; Data Mining and Knowl-edge Discovery; Computer Graphics

Target groupsProfessors, researchers and practitioners in industry; a reference book for advanced-level data-base students in computer science and engineering

E. Bayro-Corrochano, CINVESTAV, University of Guadalajara, Mexico; G. Scheuermann, University Leipzig, Germany (Eds.)

Geometric Algebra Computingin Engineering and Computer Science

This book presents contributions from a global selection of experts in the field. This useful text offers new insights and solutions for the devel-opment of theorems, algorithms and advanced methods for real-time applications across a range of disciplines. Written in an accessible style, the discussion of all applications is enhanced by the inclusion of numerous examples, figures and experimental analysis. Features: provides a thorough discussion of several tasks for image processing, pattern recognition, computer vision, robotics and computer graphics using the geometric algebra framework; introduces nonspecialists to screw theory in the geometric algebra framework; explores new developments in the domain of Clifford Fourier Transforms and Clifford Wavelet Transform; presents a detailed study of fluid flow problems with quaternionic analysis; examines new algorithms for geometric neural computing and cognitive systems; analyzes computer software packages for extensive calcula-tions in geometric algebra.

Features7 Presents novel, pioneering research on the study and applications of Clifford (geometric) algebra 7 Diverse areas of application are discussed, including neural computing and learning, robotics and computer vision, image processing, colour and scene analysis

Fields of interestComputer-Aided Engineering (CAD, CAE) and Design; Math Applications in Computer Science; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics)

Target groupsResearchers, advanced students

J. Falmagne, University of California, Irvine, CA, USA; J. Doignon, Université Libre de Bruxelles, Belgium

Learning SpacesInterdisciplinary Applied Mathematics

Learning spaces offer a rigorous mathematical foundation for practical systems of educational technology. Learning spaces generalize partially ordered sets and are special cases of knowledge spaces. The various structures are investigated from the standpoints of combinatorial properties and stochastic processes. Learning spaces have become the essential struc-tures to be used in assessing students’ competence of various topics. A practical example is offered by ALEKS, a Web-based, artificially intelligent assessment and learning system in mathematics and other scholarly fields. At the heart of ALEKS is an artificial intelligence engine that assesses each student individually and continously. The book is of interest to mathematically oriented readers in education, computer science, engi-neering, and combinatorics at research and graduate levels. Numerous examples and exercises are included, together with an extensive bibliog-raphy.

Features7 Introduces learning space as a special case of knowledge space 7 Exposes theory and several applications of learning spaces and ancillary assessment procedures 7 Presents ALEKS as a practical application of learning spaces for an efficient web based learning environment

ContentsOverview and Mathematical Glossary.- Knowl-edge Structures and Learning Spaces.- Knowledge Spaces.- Well-Graded Families.- Surmise Systems.- Skill Maps, Labels and Filters.- Entailments and the Maximal Mesh.- Galois Connections.- Descrip-tive and Assessment Languages.

Fields of interestApplications of Mathematics; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics); Multimedia Information Systems

Target groupsResearchers and graduate students of cognitive sciences, computer science, combinatorics, educa-tion, online learning, engineering, psychometryDiscount group

P

Computer Science

Due March 2010

2010. Approx. 635 p. 20 illus. (Advances in Database Systems, Volume 40) Hardcover

7 $159.00ISBN 978-1-4419-6044-3

Discount groupP

Computer Science

Due May 2010


7 $159.00ISBN 978-1-84996-107-3

Discount groupP

Mathematics

Due July 2010


7 $129.00ISBN 978-3-642-01038-5

springer.com/librarybooks 35Springer News 3/2010 Computer Science

D. Frishman, TUM Computational Genetics Group, Freising, Germany (Ed.)

Structural Bioinformatics of Membrane Proteins

This represents the first work to cover the struc-tural bioinformatics of membrane proteins. With a focus on membrane proteins from the perspective of bioinformatics, the present work covers a broad spectrum of topics in evolution, structure, func-tion, and bioinformatics of membrane proteins focusing on the most recent experimental results. Leaders in the field who have recently reported breakthrough advances cover algorithms, data-bases and their applications to the subject. The sufficient number of membrane protein structures beginning to emerge makes the expert coverage presented here very timely. Structural bioinformatics of membrane proteins has been an active area of research over the last three decades and proves to be a growing field of interest.

Features7 The first treatment of structural bioinformatics of membrane proteins 7 Written by leaders in the field who have recently reported breakthrough advances

From the contents1. Evolutionary origin of membrane proteins. 2. Molecular Archeological Studies of Trans-membrane Transport Proteins. 3. Resources for structure related information on transmembrane proteins. 4. Prediction of three-dimensional membrane protein structures. 5. Prediction of re-entrant helices and other structural features beyond traditional topology models.

Fields of interestComputational Biology/Bioinformatics; Systems Biology; Theoretical and Computational Chem-istry

Target groupsGraduates, post-docs and researchers working in computational biology

V. Honavar, Iowa State University, Ames, IA, USA; D. Caragea, Kansas State University, KS, USA

Collaborative Knowledge Acquisition from Semantically Disparate, Distributed Data Sources

This is the first book to offer a cohesive treat-ment of the research problems in collaborative knowledge acquisition from semantically disparate information sources & approaches for addressing the problems. The book discusses the fundamental advances in this area covering a broad range & complexity of research issues. The approach taken incorporates a synergistic synthesis of insights, algorithms & results drawn from multiple areas including: - Artificial Intelligence – especially machine learning, data mining, knowledge representation & inference, intelligent agents & multi-agent systems; - Information Systems – especially databases, information integration, semantic web; - Distrib-uted computing & software engineering (e.g. service-oriented computing).

Features7 Comprehensive treatment of the theoretical framework, algorithms & applications involving knowledge acquisition from large distributed autonomous data repositories 7 Treatment of the theoretical framework for integration of informa-tion, from a user’s point of view 7 Theoretically well-founded algorithms for learning classifiers from semantically heterogeneous information sources

Fields of interestInformation Storage and Retrieval; Information Systems Applications (incl.Internet); Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics)

Target groupsResearchers and graduates in information systems, data mining, machine learning, artificial intel-ligence, service-oriented computing

P. B. Kantor, Rutgers University, New Brunswick, NJ, USA; F. Ricci, Free University of Bozen-Bolzano, Italy; L. Rokach, B. Shapira, Ben-Gurion University, Beer-Sheva, Israel (Eds.)

Recommender Systems Handbook

Recommender Systems Handbook, is a multi-disciplinary effort that involves world-wide experts from fields, such as artificial intelligence, human computer interaction, information technology, data mining, statistics, adaptive user inter-faces, decision support systems, marketing, and consumer behavior. Theoreticians and practitio-ners from these fields continually seek techniques for more efficient, cost-effective and accurate recommender systems. This handbook aims to impose a degree of order on this diversity, by presenting a coherent and unified repository of recommender systems’ major concepts, theories, methodologies, trends, challenges and applica-tions. Extensive artificial applications, a variety of real-world applications, and detailed case studies are included. Recommender Systems Handbook supports the user in decision-making, planning and purchasing processes who work for well known corporations such as Amazon, Google, Microsoft and AT&T.

Features7 First comprehensive handbook which is dedicated entirely to the field of recommender systems 7 IT professionals that provides services and products to the end-customers via the Internet or other communication means, will find this book very valuable, because it contains detailed algorithms and provides a Java source for all algorithms

Fields of interestArtificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics); Information Storage and Retrieval; Data Mining and Knowl-edge Discovery

Target groupsResearchers and practitioners; graduate-level students in computer science

Discount groupP

Computer Science

Due July 2010

2010. Approx. 415 p. 20 illus. in color. Hardcover

7 approx. $129.00ISBN 978-3-7091-0044-8

Discount groupP

Computer Science

Due March 2010

2010. Approx. 250 p. (Advanced Information and Knowledge Processing) Hardcover

7 $99.00ISBN 978-1-84628-894-4

Discount groupP

Computer Science

Due March 2010


7 approx. $199.00ISBN 978-0-387-85819-7


O. Maimon, Tel-Aviv University, Israel; L. Rokach, Ben-Gurion University, Beer-Sheva, Israel (Eds.)

Data Mining and Knowledge Discovery Handbook

Data Mining and Knowledge Discovery Hand-book, 2nd Edition organizes the most current concepts, theories, standards, methodologies, trends, challenges and applications of data mining (DM) and knowledge discovery in databases (KDD) into a coherent and unified repository. This book first surveys, then provides compre-hensive yet concise algorithmic descriptions of methods, including classic methods plus the extensions and novel methods developed recently. This volume concludes with in-depth descriptions of data mining applications in various interdisci-plinary industries including finance, marketing, medicine, biology, engineering, telecommunica-tions, software, and security.

Features7 Covers over 25 new topics, as well as most updated information on topics presented in first edition 7 Includes over 30 new world wide contributors, who are experts in this field 7 New case studies introduced based on real world examples

From the contentsPart I Preprocessing methods.- Part II Supervised methods.- Part III Unsupervised methods.- Part IV Soft computing methods.- Part V Supporting methods.- Part VI Advanced methods.- Part VII Applications.- Part VIII Software.- Index.

Fields of interestDatabase Management; Information Storage and Retrieval; Pattern Recognition

Target groupsResearchers, libraries, graduate and under-grad-uate students in computer science as a reference; practitioners in industry

F. Régnier-Pécastaing, Logica France; M. Gabassi, J. Finet, EDF/GDF Suez, France

Master Data Management The aim of this book is to outline methods and solutions for better data management, and, more particularly, the management of master data, i.e., data structuring numerous processes and used in several applications. To this end, the authors explain the notion of “Master Data Management” (MDM), based on the essential “point of truth” concept. Their presentation is organized into three parts: Part I outlines the basic concepts, require-ments and issues relating to data management. Part II details best practices, the architectures and solutions for improving data management, focusing in particular on the MDM concept. Finally, Part III details control methods and organizations based on the key concept of data governance. This book targets IS responsibles who want to better manage their company’s data as well as business managers or enterprise architects who want to analyze interdepartmental processes and applications.

ContentsIntroduction. 1. Managing Reference Data. 2. Data and Its Value Dimensions. 3. Data and Processes. 4. Different Types of Architecture. 5. Tools for a Repository Solution. 6. Functional MDM Architec-ture. 7. Positioning the Repository in the IS. 8. Guide to Choosing Architectures and Solutions. 9. Reference Data Governance. 10. Stages in Rolling Out a Reference Data Management Project. 11. Key Points to Remember. Appendix, Glossary, Bibliography.

Fields of interestDatabase Management; Information Systems; Management of Computing and Information Systems

Target groupsEnterprise architects, data managers, project managers, and software developers in business information systems development

J. F. Peters, A. Skowron

Transactions on Rough Sets XI The 10 articles contained in this volume intro-duce a number of advances in the foundations and applications of rough sets. The topics covered include calculus of attribute-value pairs useful in mining numerical data; definability and coales-cence of approximations; a variable consistency generalization approach to bagging, controlled by measures of consistency; the use of classical and dominance-based rough sets in the search for genes; judgement about satisfiability with incom-plete information; irreducible descriptive sets of attributes for information systems useful in the design of concurrent data models; computational theory of perceptions (CTP) and its characteristics and relation with fuzzy-granulation; methods and algorithms of Net-processing; and decision table reduction methods based on fuzzy rough sets.

Fields of interestMathematical Logic and Formal Languages; Computation by Abstract Devices; Theory of Computation

Target groupsResearchers and professionals

Discount groupP

Computer Science

Due March 2010

2010. IX, 189 p. (Lecture Notes in Computer Science / Transactions on Rough Sets, Volume 5946) Softcover

7 $98.00ISBN 978-3-642-11478-6

Discount groupP

Computer Science

Due March 2010

2nd ed. 2010. Approx. 1000 p. 40 illus. Hardcover

7 approx. $269.00ISBN 978-0-387-09822-7

Discount groupP

Computer Science

Due April 2010


7 $59.95ISBN 978-3-642-11399-4

springer.com/librarybooks 37Springer News 3/2010 Computer Science

R. R. Roy, Howell, NJ, USA

Handbook of Mobility Models and Mobile Ad Hoc Networks

The Mobile Ad Hoc Network (MANET) has emerged as the next frontier for wireless commu-nications networking in both the military and commercial arena. The mobility models play the fundamental role in analyzing and designing MANET, and this is the first book to cover Mobility Models. The Handbook of Mobile Ad Hoc Networks for Mobility Models will introduce 40 different mobility models to be used in a variety of MANET networking environments in the ground, air, space, and/or under water mobile vehicles and/or hand-held devices. These vehicles include cars, armours, ships, under sea vehicles, manned and unmanned airborne vehicles, spacecrafts and more. This hand-book also describes how each mobility pattern affects the MANET performance from physical to application layer; such as throughput capacity, delay, jitter, packet loss and packet delivery ratio, longevity of route, route overhead, reliability, and survivability.

Features7 The mobility models play a fundamental role in analyzing and designing MANET, and this is the first handbook that covers mobility models 7 Will describe 40 different mobility models and their impact on MANET performances compre-hensively

Fields of interestComputer Communication Networks; Simulation and Modeling; Communications Engineering, Networks

Target groupsAdvanced-level students and researchers concen-trating on electrical engineering and computer science within wireless technology, industry professionals in the areas of mobile ad hoc networks, communications engineering, military establishments engaged in communications engineering, equipment manufacturers designing radios, mobile wireless routers, wireless local area networks, and mobile ad hoc network equipment

J. van ’t Wout, M. Waage, H. Hartman, M. Stahlecker, A. Hofman, Capgemini Nederland B.V., Utrecht, The Netherlands

The Integrated Architecture Framework ExplainedWhy, What, How

Contents1. IAF Background, Value, and Strategy. 2. IAF’s Architecture. 3. IAF’s Aspect Areas Explained. 4. IAF in Perspective with Other Frameworks and Methods. 5. Applying IAF and Using Its Outcomes. 6. Real Life Case Studies. 7. The Making of IAF.

Fields of interestInformation Systems; Models and Principles; Information Systems Applications (incl.Internet)

Target groupsProfessionals in enterprise modeling and enter-prise information systems

A. Roscoe, University of Oxford, UK

Understanding Concurrent Systems

Since the introduction of Hoares’ Communi-cating Sequential Processes notation, powerful new tools have transformed CSP into a practical way of describing industrial-sized problems. This book presents the fundamental knowledge of CSP concepts readers require to take advantage of those tools. This text benefits from the author’s ten years of teaching experience to guide the reader through an introductory course on the theory and practice of concurrency. The book is divided into three parts; the first begins with an introductory course into the theories behind computer concurrency. The second part summarises the main ideas and results featuring chapters on advanced specification techniques, buffer tolerance, induction and data independence. The final part focuses on practice, containing chapters on the bully algorithms and deadlock. Bridging the gap between theory and practice, this logical and practical guide provides readers with in-depth examples explained, and shown in practice.

Features7 Featuring new chapters on specification tech-niques, buffer tolerance and induction and data independence, this book will provide readers with a comprehensive and updated guide to the field 7 This essential reference text seamlessly links theory with practice, as well as providing addi-tional materials online

Fields of interestOperating Systems; Logics and Meanings of Programs

Target groupsAcademics, advanced students, specialists in: parallel operators, hiding and renaming, piping and enslavement, buffers and communication, termination and sequencing, semantic theory, sequential processes, advanced specification tech-niques, induction and data independence

Discount groupP

Computer Science

Due April 2010

2010. Approx. 450 p. (Texts in Computer Science) Hardcover

7 approx. $79.95ISBN 978-1-84882-257-3

Discount groupP

Computer Science

Due April 2010


7 approx. $249.00ISBN 978-1-4419-6048-1

Discount groupP

Business and Economics

Due April 2010


7 approx. $49.95ISBN 978-3-642-11517-2


The International Library of Ethics, Law and Technology

Series editors: A. M. Cutter, B. Gordijn, G. E. Marchant, A. Pompidou

Technologies are developing faster and their impact is bigger than ever before. Synergies emerge between formerly independent technology that trigger accelerated and unpredicted effects. Alongside these technological advances new ethical ideas and powerful moral ideologies have appeared which force us to consider the applica-tion of these emerging technologies. In attempting to navigate utopian and dystopian visions of the future, it becomes clear that technological progress and its moral quandaries call for new policies and legislative responses. Against this backdrop this new book series provides a forum for interdisciplinary discussion and normative analysis of emerging technologies that are likely to have a significant impact on the environment, society and/or humanity. These will include, but by no means be limited to nanotech-nology, neurotechnology, information technology, biotechnology, weapons and security technology, energy technology, and space-based technologies.

D. Wright, S. Gutwirth, M. Friedewald, E. Vildjiounaite, Y. Punie (Eds.)

Safeguards in a World of Ambient Intelligence

The AmI world is not far off. We already have surveillance systems, biometrics, personal commu-nicators, machine learning and more. AmI will provide personalised services – and know more about us – on a scale dwarfing anything hitherto available. In the AmI vision, ubiquitous computing, commu-nications and interfaces converge and adapt to the user. AmI promises greater user-friendliness in an environment capable of recognising and responding to the presence of different individuals in a seamless, unobtrusive and often invisible way. While most stakeholders paint the promise of AmI in sunny colours, there is a dark side to AmI. This book aims to illustrate the threats and vulner-abilities by means of four “dark scenarios” to counter the foreseen threats and vulnerabilities. They make recommendations to policy-makers and other stakeholders about what they can do to maximise the benefits and minimise the negative consequences.

Features7 The first attempt ever at a comprehensive analysis of the threats and vulnerabilities of an Ambient Intelligence (AmI) future 7 Contains well-crafted, realistic scenarios that vividly demon-strate the pitfalls and threats of an AmI-world 7 Deals with AmI imaginatively through vigorous analysis and the sketching of different various, and makes very important recommendations

Fields of interestInformation Systems Applications (incl.Internet); Computers and Society; Legal Aspects of Computing

Target groupsScholars and researchers in the field of ambient intelligence (AmI) and Ubicomp; researchers, students, policy-makers and others involved in technology studies, information science, regula-tory policy, law, and sociology, economics, political science (and its branches of policy studies and governance)

New Series

Discount groupP

Computer Science

Due May 2010

2010. XXXIII, 291 p. (The International Library of Ethics, Law and Technology, Volume 1) Softcover

7 approx. $79.95ISBN 978-90-481-8786-7

springer.com/librarybooks 39Springer News 3/2010 Chemistry

M. Anpo, Osaka Prefecture University, Osaka, Japan; P. Kamat, University of Notre Dame, IN, USA (Eds.)

Environmentally Benign PhotocatalystsApplications of Titanium Oxide-based Materials

Titanium oxide-based catalysts are especially promising as one of the most stable, non toxic, easily available photofunctional materials known today. Previously, the successful development of second-generation titanium oxide photocata-lysts using an advanced metal ion-implantation technique led to reactions that could be induced not only with UV but also visible light. Since then, not only has efficiency been improved but new materials and synthesis methods have also been developed. This book will cover the various approaches in the design of efficient titanium oxide-based photocatalysts by such methods as sol-gel, precipitation, dip-coating, metal implanta-tion and sputtering deposition. It will cover the most recent advances in TiO2 research and their potential applications as well as detailed and fundamental characterization studies on the active sites and mechanisms behind the reactions at the molecular level.

Features7 Of interest and significance not only in the academic community but also for the commercial and industrial sector 7 Will include innovative techniques and will also discuss future prospects 7 Anpo is one of the world's leading photochem-ists

Fields of interestCatalysis; Environmental Physics; Effects of Radia-tion/Radiation Protection

Target groupsStudents (mostly seniors) and graduate students, technical experts in industry, people in the catalysis and photocatalysis industries, the building materials industry, glass companies, air and water treatment industries, and medical and food industries

A. Fernandez, Rice University, Houston, TX, USA

Transformative Concepts for Drug Design: Target Wrapping

The secret of how nature manages to design mole-cules with extraordinary high and specific affinities lies in cooperativity. In medicine, we are nearly always working in aqueous media and therefore cooperativity needs to be looked at in the specific context of aqueous systems. Recognizing that these concepts are new and unfamiliar to practitioners, the first part of this book explains these matters very carefully starting from a fairly elementary physico-chemical level. The author is aiming at a paradigm shift. The second part of the book is devoted to practical applications. After reading these chapters, the drug designer will know enough to be able to adopt the new paradigms in his or her research work.

Features7 Profound understanding of how to ratio-nally design drugs 7 Knowledge of innovative concepts in molecular design with translational and transformative applicability 7 Development of new therapeutic agents to fight cancer

Contents1. Cooperativity and many body problems in protein organization. 2. Wrapping and folding. 3. Wrapping in protein associations . 4. Wrapping and aberrant aggregation. 5. Wrapping: a molec-ular dimension explored by evolution. 6. Control-ling specificity: the core problem in drug design. 7. Wrapping patterns as molecular determinants of drug specificity. 8. Wrapping technology – how to do it in practice. 9. The induced folding problem in drug design. 10. Wrapping technology in transla-tional medicine. 11. Challenges on the horizon.

Fields of interestBiomedical Engineering; Medicinal Chemistry; Biophysics and Biological Physics

Target groupsResearchers and graduate students in drug design, biomedical engineering, biophysics, molecular cancer therapy

J. H. Gross, University of Heidelberg, Germany

Mass SpectrometryA Textbook

Completely revised end extended, this second edition now includes three new chapters on tandem mass spectrometry, interfaces for sampling at atmospheric pressure, and inorganic mass spec-trometry. Coverage of bioanalytical applications such as proteomics is extended. Useful both as a textbook and as a reference source for the experienced user, this book is tailored for students and professionals. It will guide them from the basics to the successful application of mass spectrometry. Starting from the very principles of gas-phase ion chemistry and isotopic proper-ties, it leads through the design of mass analyzers and ionization methods in use to mass spectral interpretation and coupling techniques. Step by step the readers will learn how mass spectrometry works and what it can do as a powerful tool in their hands. The book offers a balanced mixture of practice-oriented information and theoretical background as well as numerous references, clear and informative illustrations, and useful data tables.

Features7 Comprehensive, precise, and excellently illustrated as ever, this new edition is completely revised and extended 7 Three new chapters on tandem mass spectrometry, sampling at atmo-spheric pressure, and inorganic mass spectrometry added, bioanalytical applications extended

Fields of interestOrganic Chemistry; Proteomics; Pharmacology/Toxicology

Target groupsStudents of chemistry, biochemistry, pharma-cology and in the developing field of molecular sciences and biomedicine; professionals from related life science areas starting with mass spec-trometric analysis; experienced personnel in MS laboratories

Discount groupP

Chemistry and Materials Science

Due March 2010

2010. Approx. 330 p. 405 illus., 5 in color. (Nanostructure Science and Technology) Hardcover

7 approx. $119.00ISBN 978-0-387-48441-9

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due November 2010


7 approx. $159.00ISBN 978-3-642-11791-6

Discount groupP


Due May 2010


7 approx. $129.00ISBN 978-3-642-10709-2

springer.com/librarybooks40 Springer News 3/2010Chemistry

P. Gütlich, University of Mainz, Germany; E. Bill, Max Planck-Institut Mülheim, Germany; A. X. Trautwein, University of Lübeck, Germany

Mössbauer Spectroscopy and Transition Metal ChemistryFundamentals and Application

Mössbauer spectroscopy is a profound analytical method which has nevertheless continued to develop. The authors now present a state-of-the art book which consists of two parts. The first part details the fundamentals of Mössbauer spectros-copy and is based on a book published in 1978 in the Springer series ‘Inorganic Chemistry Concepts’ by P. Gütlich, R. Link and A.X. Trautwein. The second part covers useful practical aspects of measurements, and the application of the tech-niques to many problems of materials character-ization. The update includes the use of synchroton radiation and many instructive and illustrative examples in fields such as solid state chemistry and physics, materials and the geosciences, as well as industrial applications. Special chapters on magnetic relaxation phenomena (S. Morup) and computation of hyperfine interaction parameters (F. Neese) are also included.

Features7 Concentrates on teaching techniques using as much theory as needed 7 Application of the techniques to many problems of materials characterization 7 Unique will be the addition of a CD with more than 200 colored powerpoint pictures showing examples which are mostly self-explanatory and easy to understand The mate-rial collected in the CD will be most suitable for teaching purposes

Fields of interestAnalytical Chemistry; Inorganic Chemistry; Physical Chemistry

Target groupsDoctoral students, postdocs, and advanced researchers in academia and industry active in fundamental research, applied sciences and indus-trial applications, Students of physics, chemistry, materials science, geo-sciences; teaching courses and practical demonstrations at fourth year grade

J. L. Kornacki, University of Georgia, Griffin, GA, USA (Ed.)

Principles of Microbiological Troubleshooting in the Industrial Food Processing Environment

Principles of Microbiological Troubleshooting in the Industrial Food Processing Environment provides proven approaches and suggestions for finding sources of microbiological contamination of industrially produced products. Industrial food safety professionals find them-selves responsible for locating and eliminating the source(s) of food contamination. These are often complex situations for which they have not been adequately prepared. This book is written with them, the in-plant food safety/quality assurance professional, in mind. However, other profes-sionals will also benefit including plant managers, regulatory field investigators, technical food safety policy makers, college instructors, and students of food science and microbiology.

Features7 A valuable resource to resolve contamination related issues in food processing facilities for quality assurance directors, managers, supervisors and sanitation managers, sanitation supervisors, and governmental regulatory officials

Fields of interestFood Science; Chemistry/Food Science, general; Microbiology

Target groupsQuality assurance (Q.A.) directors, managers, and supervisors, laboratory technicians (both in-factory, commercial, and governmental), sanita-tion managers and supervisors, and governmental technical staff (USDA, FDA inspectors, CDC)

G. M. Kremer, Universidade Federal do Paraná, Brazil

An Introduction to the Boltzmann Equation and Transport Processes in Gases

This book deals with the classical kinetic theory of gases. Its aim is to present the basic principles of this theory within an elementary framework and from a more rigorous approach based on the Boltzmann equation. The subjects are presented in a self-contained manner such that the readers can understand and learn some methods used in the kinetic theory of gases in order to investigate the Boltzmann equation. It is expected that this book could be useful as a textbook for students and researchers who are interested in the principles of the Boltzmann equa-tion and in the methods used in the kinetic theory of gases.

Features7 Up-to-date research on the Boltzmann Equa-tion and Transport Processes

ContentsBasic Principles of the Kinetic Theory.- The Boltzmann Equation.- The Chapman-Enskog Method.- Moment Methods.- Polyatomic Gases.- Dense Gases.- Granular Gases.- Mixtures of Mona-tomic Gases.- Chemically Reacting Gas Mixtures.

Fields of interestTheoretical and Applied Mechanics; Engineering Thermodynamics, Heat and Mass Transfer; Appli-cations of Mathematics

Target groupsStudents, scientists and engineers in mechanics, applied mathemathics, physics

Discount groupP


Due June 2010

2010. Approx. 310 p. 160 illus. With CD-ROM. Hardcover

7 approx. $159.00ISBN 978-3-540-88427-9

Discount groupP


Due March 2010

2010. Approx. 160 p. 48 illus. (Food Microbiology and Food Safety) Hardcover

7 $129.00ISBN 978-1-4419-5517-3

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due March 2010

2010. Approx. 300 p. (Interaction of Mechanics and Mathematics) Softcover

7 $129.00ISBN 978-3-642-11695-7

springer.com/librarybooks 41Springer News 3/2010 Chemistry

V. K. Pasupuleti, Sai International, Geneva, IL, USA; A. L. Demain, Drew University, Charles A. Dana Research Institute, Madison, NJ, USA (Eds.)

Protein Hydrolysates in Biotechnology

The protein hydrolysates industry is growing rapidly yet there is no single book that describes the challenges and opportunities for manufac-turers and end users, techniques used in manufac-turing, characterization and screening of protein hydrolysates, their applications in a wide variety of industries in biotechnology. One of the miscon-ceptions in using protein hydrolysates in fermenta-tions is that the end user believes and uses it as a mere nitrogen source. However, the functionality of the product obtained is not necessarily due to protein hydrolysates alone because it may not be a pure peptide or a combination of peptides and may contain carbohydrates, lipids, micronutrients, etc., present in the raw material used or sometimes the manufacturers deliberately add to the process to bring unique functionality. Only a handful of manufacturers dictate this market that tend to keep manufacturing process proprietary making it harder to understand.

Features7 First book to describe the techniques used in manufacturing of protein hydrolysates and their application 7 Information on latest develop-ments by the protein hydrolysate manufacturers and its end users 7 It is hoped that information described in this book will lead to further under-standing of protein hydrolysated manufacturing and applications in general

Fields of interestBiotechnology; Plant Sciences; Nutrition

Target groupsResearchers and graduates working in the fields of commercial fermentations, biotechnology, crop nutrition, agriculture, chemical enzymes

Discount groupP


Due March 2010


7 approx. $159.00ISBN 978-1-4020-6673-3

springer.com/librarybooks42 Springer News 3/2010Engineering

J. Angeles, McGill University, Montreal, QC, Canada

Dynamic Response of Linear Mechanical SystemsModelling, Analysis and Simulation

This book connects the theory of vibrations with the more general theory of systems. The author uses a rigorous approach to the teaching of vibration and mechanical-system analysis. It also includes well-known graphical techniques of solving engineering problems. Some of the features included are: (1) Modelling that describes a seven-step technique which helps structure the process of deriving mathematical models of mechanical systems. (2) A system-theo-retic approach used to derive the time response of the linear mathematical models of the systems under study. The modal analysis and the time response of two-degree-of-freedom (two-dof) systems. (3) Examples and exercises that rely on modern computational toolboxes for both numerical and symbolic computations are included as well as a complete solutions manual for instructors.

Features7 Includes examples and excercises for students as well as a solution manual for instructors 7 Contains a CD that has Maple™ worksheets that illustrate the use of the Mohr circle in the derivation of the time-response of undamped two-dof systems 7 Uses a rigorous approach to the teaching of vibration and mechanical-system analysis

From the contentsThe Modelling of Single-DOF Mechanical Systems.- Time Response of First- and Second-Order Dynamical Systems.- Simulation of Single-DOF Systems.- Modelling of Multi-DOF Mechanical Systems.- Vibration Analysis of Two-DOF Systems.- Vibration Analysis of n-DOF Systems.- Simulation of n-DOF Systems.

Fields of interestControl, Robotics, Mechatronics; Mechanical Engineering

Target groupsStudents in a course on vibration, dynamics and vibration

G. M. Artmann, FH Aachen, Standort Jülich, Germany; S. Minger, King's College, London; UK; J. Hescheler, Universität Köln, Germany (Eds.)

Stem Cell EngineeringPrinciples and Applications

The potential of stem cells for healing and disease prevention in all field of medicine is tremendous and has revolutionized the high-tech biomedical research. In this book, many of the most promi-nent researchers discuss the challenging topics of stem cell engineering, such as: Ethical issues of stem cell research, technological challenges, stem cell growth and differentiation, therapeutic applications, bioreactors and biopro-cesses, high throughput and microfluidic screening platforms, stem cell identification and sorting, intercellular signaling and engineered niches, novel approaches for embryonic and adult stem cell growth and differentiation, stem cells and drug discovery, screening platforms. This book is of enormous interest to both the public and professional people: industry, faculty, researchers, engineers, students, scientific journal-ists, students.

Features7 Reviews engineering approaches in stem cell research 7 Provides a solid reference for researchers and advanced graduate student

From the contentsIntroduction to stem cells.- General ethical issues of stem cell research.- Technological challenges.- Stem cell growth and differentiation.- Stem cell therapeutic applications.- Bioreactors and bioprocesses for cell expansion and differentia-tion.- High throughput and microfluidic screening platforms.- Stem cell identification and sorting.- Intercellular signaling and engineered niches.- Novel approaches for embryonic and adult stem cell growth and differentiation.

Fields of interestBiomedical Engineering; Cell Biology; Biotech-nology

Target groupsStem cell researchers and scientists, advanced students

R. Babuska, Delft University of Technology, The Netherlands; F. C. Groen, University of Amsterdam, The Netherlands (Eds.)

Interactive Collaborative Information Systems

The aim of the Interactive Collaborative Infor-mation Systems project is to develop techniques that support humans in complex information environments and that facilitate distributed decision-making capabilities. ICIS emphasizes the importance of building close collaborations between human and artificial actors that highlight their complementary capabilities, and in which task distribution is flexible and adaptive. To fulfill such a prospect, we need intelligent systems that observe their environment, interpret and fuse information, have learning and decision-making capabilities, and have the ability to work in teams. It also means that we need to study the interaction of humans with their artificial counterparts in such settings and how their information needs can be met. Research within the ICIS projects helps create such views. ICIS combines research from informa-tion technology, artificial intelligence and human sciences to obtain a multidisciplinary foundation.

Features7 Recent results in Interactive Collaborative Information Systems

ContentsPart I Reinforcement learning.- Part II Collabora-tive decision making.- Part III Computer-human interaction modeling.- Part IV Architectures for distributed agent-actor communities.- Part V Case studies and applications.

Fields of interestComputational Intelligence; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics)

Target groupsEngineers, researchers, and graduate students in computational intelligence and computer science

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due March 2010


7 $99.00ISBN 978-1-4419-1026-4

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due May 2010


7 $169.00ISBN 978-3-642-11864-7

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due March 2010

2010. Approx. 595 p. (Studies in Computational Intelligence, Volume 281) Hardcover

7 $209.00ISBN 978-3-642-11687-2

springer.com/librarybooks 43Springer News 3/2010 Engineering

E. Barsky, Jerusalem College of Engineering, Jerusalem, Israel

Critical Regimes of Two-Phase Flows with a Polydisperse Solid Phase

Critical regimes of two-phase flows with a polydisperse solid phase form the basis of such widespread industrial processes as separation of various powdery materials and minerals dressing. It is impossible to describe such complicated flows analytically. Therefore, this study concentrates on invariants experimentally revealed and theoreti-cally grounded for such flows. This approach can be compared with the situation in gases, where in order to determine principal parameters of their state, one does not need to measure the kinetic energy and velocity of each molecule and find its contribution to the tempera-ture and pressure. These parameters are deter-mined in a simple way for the system on the whole. A novel conception of two-phase flows allowing the formulation of their statistical parameters is physically substantiated. On the basis of the invariants and these parameters, a comprehensive method of estimating and predicting mass transfer in such flows is developed.

Features7 Serves as a basis for further development of the theory and practice of fractionating of powders 7 The general theory of separation brought up to present-day level, namely that of quantum mechanics and the kinetic theory of gases

Fields of interestEngineering Fluid Dynamics; Soft and Granular Matter, Complex Fluids and Microfluidics; Math-ematical Modeling and Mathematics in Industry

Target groupsScientists and specialists in different fields of industry as well as (post) graduate students who study processes of critical behavior of two-phase flows in such fields as ore enrichment, chemical technology, power engineering, construction, nuclear energy technology, materials science, metallurgy, modern ceramics, electronic materials, thermal engineering and other fields related to recovery and processing of bulk materials

C. W. Chen, University Buffalo, NY, USA; Z. Li, Hong Kong Polytechnic University, China; S. Lian, France Telecom R&D, Beijing, China (Eds.)

Intelligent Multimedia Communication: Techniques and Applications

Multimedia adaptation techniques can adjust the multimedia data rate in order to compliant with the network’s bandwidth. Scalable encryption techniques can generate the data stream that can be correctly decrypted after bit rate conversion. Ubiquitous multimedia services make the user share any kind of content anywhere. The book includes fourteen chapters highlighting current concepts, issues and emerging technolo-gies. Distinguished scholars from many prominent research institutions around the world contribute to the book. The book covers various aspects, including not only some fundamental knowledge and the latest key techniques, but also typical applications and open issues. For example, the covered topics include the present and future video coding standards, stereo and multiview coding techniques, free-viewpoint TV techniques, wireless broadcasting techniques, media streaming tech-niques, wireless media transmission techniques and systems, and User-Generated Content sharing.

Features7 Covers the basic theories, algorithms and applications of intelligent techniques in multi-media transmission. 7 Thorough description of intelligent multimedia transmission

Fields of interestAppl.Mathematics/Computational Methods of Engineering; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics); Communications Engineering, Networks

Target groupsResearchers, engineers, graduate students in computational intelligence, computer science, multimedia

V. Cristini, University of California, Irvine, CA, USA; M. Ferrari, P. Decuzzi, University of Texas, Houston, TX, USA (Eds.)

Nanoparticulate Delivery to Cancerous LesionsAdvances in Mathematical Modeling

This book presents information on construction and analysis of mathematical and computational models to provide a framework for and interpreta-tion of data. It is designed to enlarge and refine understanding in treating cancerous lesions, and is intended to facilitate a powerful in silico experi-mental test-bed, which, with enough resolution, will assist individual therapy design and prognosis.

Features7 Truly interdisciplinary 7 Will involve work from and appeal to, scientists working in a myriad of disciplines.

ContentsThe Essential Problem: Biobarriers.- The Essential Issues.- A Model of Tumoral-Scale Therapeutics Delivery.- A Model of Cellular-Scale Therapeutics Delivery.- Nanovectors in Drug Delivery and Diagnosis.- Engineering Nanovectors for Optimal Drug Delivery.- Drug Release from Nanochannels.

Fields of interestBiomedical Engineering; Nanotechnology; Cancer Research

Target groupsOncologists, pharmacologists, cancer researchers and nanoscientists, as well as to mathematicians, engineers, physicists, and materials scientists

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due May 2010

2010. Approx. 300 p. (Fluid Mechanics and Its Applications, Volume 93) Hardcover

7 $129.00ISBN 978-90-481-8837-6

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due March 2010


7 $129.00ISBN 978-3-642-11685-8

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due April 2010

2010. Approx. 200 p. (Fundamental Biomedical Technologies, Volume 2) Hardcover

7 approx. $129.00ISBN 978-0-387-29085-0


V. K. David, Avinashilingam University for Women, Tamil Nadu, India; S. Rajasekaran, PSG College of Technology, Tamil Nadu, India

Pattern Recognition Using Neural and Functional Networks

The concept of pattern is universal in intelligence and discovery. The patterns in biological data contain knowledge. Discrimination of signal pattern allows personal identification by voice, handwriting, finger prints, facial images, recogni-tion of speech, written characters and also scenes in images such as identification of military targets based on radar, infrared, and video images. Possi-bilities are enormous in geologic, climatic, meteo-rologic, personality, cultural, historical, spectral, electromagnetic as well as from microscopic images on cells to macroscopic images of regions of the earth obtained from satellite scans and radio telescope images of galaxies. It is up to the researcher in some area to glean the essentials and begin to explore the classification and recogni-tion of patterns in data that will lead to discoveries of associations and cause-effect relationships. Two outlines are suggested as the possible tracks for pattern recognition. They are neural networks and functional networks.

Features7 Recent research in pattern recognition using neural and functional networks

From the contentsReview of Architectures Relevant to the Investiga-tion.- Recognition of English and Tamil Alphabets Using Kohonen’s Self-Organizing Map.- Adaptive Resonance Theory Networks.- Applications of MicroARTMAP.- Wavelet Transforms and Micro-ARTMAP.

Fields of interestAppl.Mathematics/Computational Methods of Engineering; Software Engineering

Target groupsResearchers, students and practitioners in compu-tational intelligence and pattern recognition

C. Edwards, University of Leicester, UK; T. Lombaerts, Delft University of Technology, The Netherlands; H. Smaili, National Aerospace Laboratory NLR, Amsterdam, The Netherlands (Eds.)

Fault Tolerant Flight ControlA Benchmark Challenge

Features7 The state of the art in terms of fault tolerant control applicable to civil aircraft

Fields of interestControl, Robotics, Mechatronics; Systems Theory, Control; Automotive Engineering

Target groupsEngineers, researchers and students in control and aeronautics

A. Finn, Edinburgh, SA, Australia; S. Scheding, University of Sydney, NSW, Australia

Developments and Challenges for Autonomous Unmanned VehiclesA Compendium

The book draws upon a broad range of others’ work with a view to providing a product that is greater than the sum of its parts. The discussion is intentionally approached from the perspective of improving understanding rather than providing solutions or drawing firm conclusions. Conse-quently, researchers reading this book with the hope of uncovering some novel theory or approach to automating an unmanned vehicle will be as disappointed as the capability planner who antici-pates a catalogue of technical risks and feasibility options against his favoured list of component technologies and potential applications. Never-theless, it is hoped that both will at least learn something of the other’s world and that progress will ensue as a result.

Features7 Covering all recent topics on Autonomous Unmanned Vehicles 7 Presents the Develop-ments and Challenges for Autonomous Unmanned Vehicles in a well organized style

ContentsAutonomous UVS.- UVS Technology Issues.- Force-Integration of UVS.- Legal Issues for UVS Platforms.

Fields of interestComputational Intelligence; Robotics and Automa-tion; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics)

Target groupsResearchers, engineers, graduate students in intelligent systems, computational intelligence, computer science, robotics

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due March 2010

2nd ed. 2010. XXII, 184 p. 57 illus. (Studies in Computational Intelligence, Volume 160) Hardcover

7 approx. $139.00ISBN 978-3-642-11401-4

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due April 2010

2010. Approx. 350 p. With online files/update. (Lecture Notes in Control and Information Sciences, Volume 399) Softcover

7 approx. $159.00ISBN 978-3-642-11689-6

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due March 2010

2010. Approx. 230 p. (Intelligent Systems Reference Library, Volume 3) Hardcover

7 $129.00ISBN 978-3-642-10703-0


R. Ghodssi, University of Maryland, College Park, MD, USA; P. Lin, Xerox Research Center, Webster, NY, USA (Eds.)

MEMS Materials and Processes Handbook

MEMs Materials and Processes Handbook is a comprehensive reference for researchers searching for new materials, properties of known materials, or specific processes available for MEMS fabrica-tion. The content is separated into distinct sections on “Materials” and “Processes”. The extensive Material Selection Guide and a “Material Data-base” guides the reader through the selection of appropriate materials for the required task at hand. The “Processes” section of the book is organized as a catalog of various microfabrication processes, each with a brief introduction to the technology, as well as examples of common uses in MEMs.

Features7 Unique Material Selection Guide and a Material Database address the two most common situations encountered by a researcher: (1) the desired func-tion of a material is known (e.g. high-k dielectric) but a material fitting the requirements is not, or (2) the material is known (e.g. Hafnium Oxide) but its properties are not 7 Discusses specific MEMS fabrication techniques that fall into three primary categories

From the contentsSystematic Design to MEMS Processes. Addi-tive Processes for Semiconductors and Dielectric Materials. Additive Processes for Metals. Addi-tive Processes for Polymeric Materials. Addi-tive Processes for Strain-dependent Materials. Subtractive Processes by Dry Etching. Subtractive Processes by Wet Etching. MEMS Lithography and Micromachining Techniques. Doping.

Fields of interestElectronics and Microelectronics, Instrumenta-tion; Materials Science, general; Circuits and Systems

Target groupsGraduate students, engineers, and researchers in mechanical, electrical, optical and biological, engineering engaged in the study, research or fabrication of MEMs devices

G. Gildenblat, Arizona State University, Tempe, AZ, USA (Ed.)

Compact ModelingPrinciples, Techniques and Applications

Most of the recent texts on compact modeling are limited to a particular class of semiconductor devices and do not provide comprehensive coverage of the field. Having a single compre-hensive reference for the compact models of most commonly used semiconductor devices (both active and passive) represents a significant advantage for the reader. Indeed, several kinds of semiconductor devices are routinely encoun-tered in a single IC design or in a single modeling support group. Compact Modeling includes mostly the material that after several years of IC design applications has been found both theoretically sound and practically significant. Assigning the individual chapters to the groups responsible for the definitive work on the subject assures the highest possible degree of expertise on each of the covered models.

Features7 The only comprehensive book on compact models of most commonly used semiconductor devices: MOSFETs, BJTs, Diodes, Resistors, Varac-tors, Inductors 7 Each chapter is covered by an expert, often responsible for the widely used model with wide industrial applications 7 Both traditional and experimental devices are covered 7 Critical variability issues are addressed

Fields of interestCircuits and Systems; Solid State Physics; Spectros-copy and Microscopy

Target groupsModeling engineers, integrated circuit designers: digital, AMS, RF, device physicists, VLSI tech-nology developers, production engineers, graduate and advanced undergraduate students of corre-sponding disciplines

S. Hara, The University of Tokyo, Japan; Y. Ohta, Kyoto University, Japan; J. C. Willems, KU Leuven, Belgium; H. Fujioka, Kyoto University, Japan (Eds.)

Perspectives in Mathematical System Theory, Control, and Signal ProcessingA Festschrift in Honor of Yutaka Yamamoto on the Occasion of his 60th Birthday

This volume contains articles by invited speakers for the symposium on Systems, Control, and Signal Processing to celebrate the sixtieth birthday of Yutaka Yamamoto in Kyoto University on March 29–31, 2010.

Features7 Carefully edited book presenting new perspec-tives in mathematical system theory, control, and signal processing 7 A Festschrift in honor of Yutaka Yamamoto on the occasion of his 60-th birthday

ContentsPart I Circuit Theory.- Part II Control.- Part III Graphs and Networks.- Part IV Mathematical System Theory.- Part V Modeling.- Part VI Signal Processing.- Part VII System Identification.

Fields of interestControl, Robotics, Mechatronics; Systems Theory, Control; Signal, Image and Speech Processing

Target groupsEngineers, researchers and students in control and applied mathematics

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due April 2010

2010. Approx. 720 p. (MEMS Reference Shelf ) Hardcover

7 $269.00ISBN 978-0-387-47316-1

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due April 2010


7 approx. $129.00ISBN 978-90-481-8613-6

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due April 2010

2010. Approx. 370 p. (Lecture Notes in Control and Information Sciences, Volume 398) Softcover

7 $159.00ISBN 978-3-540-93917-7


R. Isermann, M. Münchhof, Technische Universität Darmstadt, Germany

Identification of Dynamical SystemsAn Introduction with Applications

After a short introduction into the required meth-odology of continuous-time and discrete-time linear systems, the focus is first on the identifica-tion of non-parametric models with continuous-time signals employing methods such as Fourier transform, measurement of the frequency response and correlation analysis. Then, the parameter esti-mation for parametric models is presented with a focus on the method of Least Squares, followed by some of its most prominent modifications. Issues such as parameter estimation for time-variant processes, parameter estimation in closed-loop, parameter estimation for differential equations, continuous time processes and efficient imple-mentations of the algorithms are discussed. The different methods are compared and an outlook is given on non-linear system identification methods, such as neural networks and look-up tables.

Features7 Presents different system identification methods, compares the different methods and discusses their application issues 7 Real experi-mental data are given on CD-ROM, allowing to test many of the methods presented in the book with real measurements 7 Powerpoint slides for a 12-14 week graduate level course can be made available to teachers

Fields of interestControl, Robotics, Mechatronics; Complexity; Calculus of Variations and Optimal Control; Optimization

Target groupsGraduate students, researchers and professionals in control engineering, all disciplines of electrical and mechanical engineering concerned with modelling, control, fault detection and diagnosis, optimization of processes

B. Jähne, University of Heidelberg, Germany

Digital Image Processing

Since the first edition of “Digital Image Processing” was published in 1991 it has found its way to many desks and classrooms. The book offers an integral view of image processing from physical process of image acquisition to the extraction of the data of interest. This is also revealed in the renewed structure of the seventh edition, dividing the contents in three major parts: Image Acquisi-tion, Image Processing, and Image Analysis. In particular, the Image Acquisition Part is strength-ened by a new chapter on Sensors taking into account the technological improvements of recent years. A reference of fundamental mathematics is given in the Appendix. The book supplements the discussion of the general concepts with examples from applications on PC-based image processing systems and ready-to-use implementations of important algorithms. Each chapter includes exercises that help you to test your understanding, train your skills, and introduce you to real-world image processing tasks.

Features7 Provides a complete understanding of Image Processing from Physical Image Acquisition to image anlysis and feature extraction 7 New and clearer structure supports the educational contept of the book 7 Includes new chapters on sensors 7 Many examples and images illustrate basic concepts 7 The CD-ROM contains all the images and artwork shown in the book, plus a run-time version of the image software heurisko

ContentsFoundations.- Part I: Image Acquisition.- Part II: Image Processing.- Part III: Image Analyses.- Appendix.

Fields of interestSignal, Image and Speech Processing; Image Processing and Computer Vision; Measurement Science and Instrumentation

W. Kitsche, Deutsches Zentrum für Luft- und Raumfahrt e. V., Hardthausen, Germany

Test Facility for a Cryogenic Rocket EngineAn Outline with Down-to-Earth and Up-to-Space Remarks

This book presents the operational aspects of the rocket engine on a test facility. It will be useful to engineers and scientists who are in touch with the test facility. To aerospace students it shall provide an insight of the job on the test facility. And to interested readers it shall provide an impression of this thrilling area of aerospace.

Features7 Only book on rocket test facilities 7 Complete treatment of simulation of flight conditions, test procedures, safety 7 Reference for test engineers and graduate students of aeronautics

ContentsOperational Aspects of the Rocket Engine and the Test Facility.- Test Periods.- Engine Test.- Bench Systems.- Simulation of Flight Conditions.- Test Procedures.- Safety.- Documents.

Fields of interestAerospace Technology and Astronautics; Engi-neering Thermodynamics, Heat and Mass Transfer

Target groupsResearch engineers, graduate students of aeronau-tics

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due June 2010

2010. Approx. 550 p. With CD-ROM. (Advanced Textbooks in Control and Signal Processing) Hardcover

7 $79.95ISBN 978-3-540-78878-2

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due April 2010

7th ed. 2010. Approx. 650 p. With online files/update. Hardcover

7 $119.00ISBN 978-3-642-04949-1

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due June 2010

2010. Approx. 150 p. 80 illus., 5 in color. (Springer Aerospace Technology) Hardcover

7 approx. $129.00ISBN 978-3-642-10564-7


P. Levi, S. Kernbach, Universität Stuttgart, Germany (Eds.)

Symbiotic Multi-Robot OrganismsReliability, Adaptability, Evolution

Features7 Recent research results in the emerging field of Symbiotic Robotics

Fields of interestComputational Intelligence; Control, Robotics, Mechatronics; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics)

Target groupsResearchers, engineers, graduate Students in cognitive systems, robotics, swarm intelligence

J. Mandziuk, Warsaw University of Technology, Warsaw, Poland

Knowledge-Free and Learning-Based Methods in Intelligent Game Playing

The book is focused on the developments and prospective challenging problems in the area of mind game playing (i.e. playing games that require mental skills) using Computational Intelligence (CI) methods, mainly neural networks, genetic/evolutionary programming and reinforcement learning. The majority of discussed game playing ideas were selected based on their functional similarity to human game playing. These similari-ties include: learning from scratch, autonomous experience-based improvement and example-based learning. The above features determine the major distinction between CI and traditional AI methods relying mostly on using effective game tree search algorithms, carefully tuned hand-crafted evaluation functions or hardware-based brute-force methods. On the other hand, it should be noted that the aim of this book is by no means to underestimate the achievements of traditional AI methods in game playing domain.

Features7 Provides a comprehensive overview of Kkowledge-free and learning-based methods in intelligent game playing

From the contentsPart I AI tools and state-of-the-art accomplish-ments in mind games.- Foundations of AI and CI in games. Claude Shannon’s Postulates.- Basic AI methods and tools.- State of the art.- Part II CI methods in mind games. Towards human-like playing.- An overview of Computational Intelligence methods.- CI in games - selected approaches.

Fields of interestComputational Intelligence; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics)

Target groupsEngineers, researchers, and graduate students in computational intelligence and computer science

A. Partida, Technical University of Madrid, Spain; D. Andina, E.T.S.I.Telecomunicación, Universidad Politecnico de Madrid UPM, Spain

Setting up an IT Security Function

Current corporate governance regulations and international standards lead many companies, big and small, to the creation of an IS Security func-tion in their organisational chart. More often than desired, these teams are useful for company’s executives to tick the corresponding box in the certification process but not to really protect the organisation against the currently increasing threat against information systems. This book provides an insight into how to create and grow a passionate team of IS Security profes-sionals devoted to improve the information security stance of your organisation.

Features7 A comprehensive guide to IT Network Security 7 IS Security relies heavily on informal networks 7 Podcasts, websites, webcasts, online trainings, etc. 7 Learn how to apply the 80/20 rule so that you can get maximum benefit using the limited time you will have

ContentsVulnerabilities, threats and risks. Security and IT background. The win-win deals. Team dynamics. Viral marketing. Management support. IS Security roadmap. Networking. What is next?

Fields of interestSystems and Data Security; Communications Engineering, Networks; Computer Communica-tion Networks

Target groupsInformation systems security professionals, members of information security teams, chief information systems officers

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due March 2010

2010. Approx. 460 p. (Cognitive Systems Monographs, Volume 7) Hardcover

7 approx. $169.00ISBN 978-3-642-11691-9

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due March 2010


7 $129.00ISBN 978-3-642-11677-3

Discount groupP

Computer Science

Due June 2010

2010. Approx. 250 p. (Lecture Notes in Electrical Engineering, Volume 61) Hardcover

7 approx. $119.00ISBN 978-90-481-8881-9


R. Popescu-Zeletin, I. Radusch, M. A. Rigani, Fraunhofer Fokus, Berlin, Germany

Vehicular-2-X CommunicationState-of-the-Art and Research in Mobile Vehicular Ad hoc Networks

The European Car to Car Communication Consortium in relation with the American Vehicle Safety Communication project has been playing a key role in the development of the concepts and technologies which are now at the origin of the standardization activities and research projects (GST, PREVENT, SAFESPOT, CVIS) being intro-duced. Many safety applications (some of them being summarized here) will use this standard infrastructure for contributing to a safer road environment. Along the ISO OSI reference model the authors describe medium access control, routing in WAVE/DSRC (Dedicated Short Range Commu-nications), 802.11p, and accompanying standards based on the communication architecture defined by the Car-2-Car Communication Consortium and the National Vehicle Infrastructure Integra-tion Consortium (VIIC), as within the Federal ITS Program (RITA).

Features7 Provides in-depth description of standards of vehicular networks 7 Emphasis is put on vehicular-2-x communication technologies 7 High mobility and amplified interoperability issues both on network and application layer 7 First comprehensive description of relevant vehicular-2-x communication technologies

Fields of interestAutomotive Engineering; Control, Robotics, Mechatronics; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics)

Target groupsResearchers, practitioners

D. K. Pratihar, Indian Institute of Technology, Kharagpur, India; L. C. Jain, University of South Australia, Adelaide, Australia (Eds.)

Intelligent Autonomous SystemsFoundations and Applications

This research book contains a sample of most recent research in the area of intelligent autono-mous systems. The contributions include: (1) General aspects of intelligent autonomous systems, (2) Design of intelligent autonomous robots, (3) Biped robots, (4) Robot for stair-case navigation, (5) Ensemble learning for multi-source information fusion, (6) Intelligent autonomous systems in psychiatry, (7) Condition monitoring of internal combustion engine, (8) Security manage-ment of an enterprise network, (9) High dimen-sional neural nets and applications. This book is directed to engineers, scientists, professor and the undergraduate/postgraduate students who wish to explore this field further.

Features7 Contains the latest research in the area of intel-ligent autonomous systems.

From the contentsTowards Intelligent Autonomous Systems.- General Aspects of Intelligent Autonomous Systems.- Design and Development of Intelligent Autonomous Robots.- Gait Planning of Biped Robots Using Soft Computing: An Attempt to Incorporate Intelligence.- On Design and Develop-ment of an Intelligent Mobile Robotic Vehicle for Stair-Case Navigation.- Ensemble Learning for Multi-Source Information Fusion.- Towards Developing Intelligent Autonomous Systems in Psychiatry: Its Present State and Future Possibili-ties.

Fields of interestAppl.Mathematics/Computational Methods of Engineering; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics)

Target groupsResearchers, engineers, graduate students in computational intelligence, computer science

R. Prud'homme, Université Paris VI, Paris, France

Flows of Reactive Fluids

Heterogeneous and reactive flows are important in many areas, including aeronautics and space, the chemical industry, nuclear engineering, gas and electricity production, and the automotive industry. Reactive flows present heterogeneities or variations of concentration, temperature, speed, and sources of transfer phenomena such as thermal conduction, diffusion, or viscosity. The existence of these multiple phenomena coupled with convection makes the study of these flows difficult. The modeling of heterogeneous and reactive flows progressed mainly with advances in aerospace, which gave birth to a new science called aero-thermo-chemistry, as well as through progress made in chemical and process engineering. The methods implemented, the phenomena studied, and the aims for each field differed, but the results have considerably enriched knowledge of reactive flows.

Features7 Presents basic concepts and methods neces-sary to study heterogeneous and reactive flows in fluid mechanics, thermodynamics, and chemistry 7 The topics covered are important in amongst others aeronautics and space, the chemical industry, nuclear engineering, gas and electricity production, and the automotive industry 7 Portions of the text may be used in courses on the physics of liquids or in seminars on mechanics

Fields of interestEngineering Fluid Dynamics; Mathematical Modeling and Mathematics in Industry; Engi-neering Thermodynamics, Heat and Mass Transfer

Target groupsGraduate students, researchers, and practitioners in mathematical physics, chemical engineering, fluid mechanics, and thermodynamics

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due May 2010


7 approx. $109.00ISBN 978-3-540-77142-5

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due March 2010


7 $159.00ISBN 978-3-642-11675-9

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due March 2010

2010. Approx. 430 p. 130 illus. (Fluid Mechanics and Its Applications, Volume 1535) Hardcover

7 approx. $109.00ISBN 978-0-8176-4518-2


A. Rahman, Xilinx Research Labs, San Jose, CA, USA; J. H. Anderson, University of Toronto, ON, Canada (Eds.)

FPGA Based Design and Applications

FPGA Based Design and Applications presents recent advances in field programmable gate array (FPGA) technologies, focusing primarily on applications, design methodology, and tech-nology evolution. This book serves as a refer-ence for FPGA based design and applications in networking and communication, digital signal processing, high-performance computation, and reconfigurable computing. Materials presented here are based on the most recent advances in FPGA technologies and system-level design tools. Leading researchers and industry experts provide insights into the capabilities of state-of-the-art FPGAs and technology trends. FPGAs are at the forefront of technology innova-tion. An effective implementation of FPGA based design requires a thorough understanding of tech-nological capabilities, design tools, and application requirements. This book provides a unified treat-ment of these topics for FPGA-centric design.

Features7 Focuses primarily on applications, design methodology, and technology evolution for Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) 7 Includes information on the most recent advances in FPGA technologies and system-level design tools 7 Explains the technological capabilities, design tools and application requirements for FPGA-centric designs

Fields of interestCircuits and Systems; Electronics and Microelec-tronics, Instrumentation; Electrical Engineering

Target groupsFPGA users in both industry and academia as well as students taking advanced VLSI courses

Z. W. Ras, University of North Carolina, Charlotte, NC, USA; A. Wieczorkowska, Polish-Japanese Institute of IT, Warsaw, Poland (Eds.)

Advances in Music Information Retrieval

Music we hear or create can be perceived in such aspects as rhythm, melody, harmony, timbre, or mood. All these elements of music can be of interest for users of music information retrieval systems. Since vast music repositories are avail-able for everyone in everyday use (both in private collections, and in the Internet), it is desirable and becomes necessary to browse music collections by contents. Therefore, music information retrieval can be potentially of interest for every user of computers and the Internet. There is a lot of research performed in music information retrieval domain, and the outcomes, as well as trends in this research, are certainly worth popularizing. This idea motivated us to prepare the book on Advances in Music Information Retrieval. It is divided into four sections: MIR Methods and Platforms, Harmony, Music Similarity, and Content Based Identification and Retrieval.

Features7 Overview over the latest research in Music Information Retrieval

Fields of interestAppl.Mathematics/Computational Methods of Engineering; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics); Signal, Image and Speech Processing

Target groupsResearchers, engineers, graduate students in computational intelligence, engineering, computer science, music

M. T. Schobeiri, Texas A&M University, College Station, TX, USA

Fluid Mechanics for EngineersA Graduate Textbook

While there are numerous undergraduate fluid mechanics texts on the market for engineering students and instructors to choose from, there are only limited texts that comprehensively address the particular needs of graduate engineering fluid mechanics courses. To complement the lecture materials, the instructors more often recommend several texts, each of which treats special topics of fluid mechanics. This circumstance and the need to have a textbook that covers the materials needed in the above courses gave the impetus to provide the graduate engineering community with a coherent textbook that comprehensively addresses their needs for an advanced fluid mechanics text. Although this text book is primarily aimed at mechanical engineering students, it is equally suit-able for aerospace engineering, civil engineering, other engineering disciplines.

Features7 Via a powerful tensor analytical tool and the unifying approach readers learn how to start from the general and arrive at the special 7 Includes recent results in the field of fluid mechanics as well as taking care of the necessary physical structure in the field 7 Includes exercises, appropriate also for self-study 7 Many ACAD-graphs and Tech-plot diagrams help readers to better understand whatever topic is under treatment

From the contentsVector and Tensor Analysis, Applications to Fluid Mechanics.- Kinematics of Fluid Motion.- Differ-ential Balances in Fluid Mechanics.- Integral Balances in Fluid Mechanics.- Inviscid Flows.- Viscous Laminar Flow.- Laminar-Turbulent Transition.- Turbulent Flow, Modeling.

Fields of interestEngineering Fluid Dynamics; Mechanical Engi-neering; Computational Intelligence

Target groupsGraduate students, MEEN-621 (fluid Mchanics Core course) and MEEN-622 (Advanced Fluid Mechanics), researchers, Cfd-Users

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due March 2010

2010. Approx. 250 p. (Integrated Circuits and Systems) Hardcover

7 $99.00ISBN 978-0-387-72668-7

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due March 2010


7 $169.00ISBN 978-3-642-11673-5

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due June 2010


7 approx. $89.95ISBN 978-3-642-11593-6


F. Spagnolo, B. Di Paola, Università di Palermo, Italy (Eds.)

European and Chinese Cognitive Styles and their Impact on Teaching Mathematics

The book provides strong evidence that research on the cognitive processes from arithmetic thought to algebraic thought should take into consider-ation the socio-cultural context. It is an impor-tant contribution to the literature on linguistic structure in comparative studies related to Chinese student mathematics learning. This book not only makes a great contribution to research in mathematics education, the findings of this study also addressed insightful approaches and thoughts of understanding the development of algebraic thinking in cultural contexts for class-room teachers. Using written Chinese language from different theoretical references provided wonderful approaches for understanding student algebra cognitive development in a different way and calls educators for to pay special attention to an epistemological and linguistic view of algebraic development. The findings inform classroom teachers that the cultural context plays an impor-tant role in student learning mathematics.

Features7 Overview about European and Chinese cogni-tive styles and their impact on teaching maths

From the contentsA general framework and theoretical references.- The Chinese written language as tool for a possible historical and epistemological reflections on the Mathematics and the impact of teaching/learning of mathematics.- The meta-rules between Natural Language and History of Mathematics.

Fields of interestComputational Intelligence; Psycholinguistics; Applications of Mathematics

Target groupsResearchers, engineers, graduate students in computational intelligence, linguistics, cognitive systems, mathematics

R. S. Stankovic, University of Niš, Serbia; J. Astola, Tampere University of Technology, Finland

From Boolean Logic to Switching Circuits and AutomataTowards Modern Information Technology

Features7 Extensive analysis of the development of switching theory as mathematical foundations for modern logic design, and circuit design in general 7 Pictorial history book of Applications of Boolean Logic in Engineering

Fields of interestAppl.Mathematics/Computational Methods of Engineering; Mathematical Logic and Founda-tions; History of Computing

Target groupsResearchers, engineers, graduate students in computational intelligence, computer sciences, history of science and logic

G. Taylor, University of Oxford, UK; M. S. Triantafyllou, MIT, Cambridge, MA, USA; C. Tropea, TU Darmstadt, Germany (Eds.)

Animal Locomotion

Features7 Reports recent experimental investigations into the physics of animal locomotion 7 Contributes to the applicability of the principles of animal flying and swimming to biomimetics

From the contentsA harmonic model of hydrodynamic forces produced by a flapping fin.- A potential-flow, deformable-body model for fluid–structure interactions with compact vorticity: application to animal swimming measurements.- Do trout swim better than eels? Challenges for estimating performance based on the wake of self-propelled bodies.- Fish locomotion: kinematics and hydro-dynamics of flexible foil-like fins.- Flapping flexible fish.- Flowfield measurements in the wake of a robotic lamprey.- Fluid dynamics of self-propelled microorganisms, from individuals to concentrated populations.- Impulse generated during unsteady maneuvering of swimming fish.- Investigation of flow mechanism of a robotic fish swimming by using flow visualization synchronized with hydro-dynamic force measurement.- Powered control mechanisms contributing to dynamically stable swimming in porcupine puffers (Teleostei: Diodon holocanthus).- Swimming by microscopic organ-isms in ambient water flow.

Fields of interestFluid- and Aerodynamics; Engineering Fluid Dynamics; Biophysics and Biological Physics

Target groupsResearchers and scientists

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due March 2010


7 $129.00ISBN 978-3-642-11679-7

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due May 2010


7 approx. $159.00ISBN 978-3-642-11681-0

Discount groupP


Due May 2010

Originally published as special issue “Swimming” (Vol. 43:5) und “Flying” (Vol. 46:5) of EXPERIMENTS IN FLUIDS


7 $169.00ISBN 978-3-642-11632-2


H. Waller, University of Bochum, Germany; A. Lenzen, University of Leipzig, Germany

Mechanical Vibrations and Structural DynamicsAnalytical, Numerical and Experimental Methods

This basic textbook presents the field of mechan-ical vibration and structural dynamics in an understandable and interdisciplinary way for students, engineers and researchers in mechanical engineering. Mechanical Vibrations and Struc-tural Dynamics combines the classical analytical approach together with modern numerical and computer aided experimental methods. On the one hand it gives a clear and concise interdisciplinary introduction into the theory of mechanical vibra-tions and structural dynamics. And on the other hand it shows how to convert these introductory examples into a computer program and how to establish a complex software system - explaining computational engineering and experimental methods. Theory is not overemphasized however enough knowledge is displayed to be able to solve application problems with intelligence.

Features7 Basic textbook comprising Theory, Numerics and Experiments of Mechanical Vibrations and Structural Dynamics 7 Based on the well estab-lished German textbook by the same authors, this is a completely reworked edition, that includes Mechatronics, Subspace- methods, and new numerical exercises based on the public domain program SCILAB (MATLAB substitute)

From the contentsDiscrete Oscillators.- Uncoupled Oscillators.- Kinematics of Oscillations.- Numerical Simulation of Dynamical Problems.- Coupled Oscillators.- Fourier or Spectral- Analysis.

Fields of interestTheoretical and Applied Mechanics; Computa-tional Intelligence; Structural Mechanics

Target groupsEngineers, students of mechanical engineering and postgraduate researchers

M. Wallace, University of Peloponnese, Tripolis, Greece; I. E. Anagnostopoulos, University of the Aegean, Samos, Greece; P. Mylonas, National Technical University of Athens, Greece; M. Bielikova, Slovak University of Technology in Bratislava, Slovakia (Eds.)

Semantics in Adaptive and Personalized ServicesMethods, Tools and Applications

Semantics in Adaptive and Personalised Services, initially strikes one as a specific and perhaps narrow domain. Yet, a closer examination of the term reveals much more. On one hand there is the issue of semantics. Nowadays, this most often refers to the use of OWL, RDF or some other XML based ontology description language in order to represent the entities of problem. Still, semantics may also very well refer to the consideration of the meanings and concepts, rather than arithmetic measures, regardless of the representation used. On the other hand, there is the issue of adapta-tion, i.e. automated re-configuration based on some context. This could be the network and device context, the application context or the user context; we refer to the latter case as personaliza-tion. From a different perspective, there is the issue of the point of view from which to examine the topic.

Features7 Recent research on Semantics in Adaptive and Personalized Services 7 Includes methods, tools and applications

Fields of interestComputational Intelligence; Artificial Intelli-gence (incl. Robotics); Language Translation and Linguistics

Target groupsResearchers, engineers, graduate students in computational intelligence, computer science

K. Wisniewski, Polish Academy of Sciences, Warsaw, Poland

Finite Rotation ShellsBasic Equations and Finite Elements for Reissner Kinematics

This book treats the formulation and finite elements for shells, and its subject is defined by the following topics: (1) Computational mechanics of non-linear shells, (2) Shell equations: Reissner kinematics, finite rotations, finite strains, (3) Shell finite elements: 4-node, enhanced or mixed or mixed/enhanced, (4) Drilling rotation: drilling Rotation Constraint or Allman shape functions, (5) Normal strain: recovered or parameterized, (6) Constitutive equations: incremental, plane stress or 3D. A wide range of applications of shell elements implies that they should be versatile, i.e. account for finite rotations and strains, admit the incor-poration of various constitutive laws and enable convenient linking with other elements. This is a serious challenge, which requires various aspects of the element’s formulation to be very advanced.

Features7 Presents a selection of useful remedies for such problems as: poor accuracy of in-plane shear strain, transverse shear locking, over-stiffening of warped elements, locking in sinusoidal bending, and deterioration of accuracy for extremely thin elements 7 Describes and evaluates several enhanced, mixed, and mixed/enhanced 4-node elements with drilling rotations 7 Presents a fairly complete set of numerical test for shells

Fields of interestComputational Intelligence; Continuum Mechanics and Mechanics of Materials

Target groupsEngineers using or developing shell elements for nonlinear industrial applications, and students majoring in the finite element method and applied numerical methods

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due April 2010


7 $139.00ISBN 978-3-540-25132-3

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due March 2010


7 $169.00ISBN 978-3-642-11683-4

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due March 2010

2010. Approx. 500 p. (Lecture Notes on Numerical Methods in Engineering and Sciences) Hardcover

7 approx. $179.00ISBN 978-90-481-8760-7


A. Wolf, robomotion GmbH, Stuttgart, Germany; R. Steinmann, Schunk GmbH, Lauffen am Neckar, Germany; H. Schunk, Schunk Intec Inc., Morrisville, NC, USA

Grippers in MotionThe Fascination of Automated Handling Tasks

Grippers in Motion provides a comprehensive, practice-oriented guide to the fascinating details of automation processes involving gripping and manipulation. This intriguing and colorful book leads the reader from the history of automation and robotics to the fundamentals of the gripping process as well as the interaction of the gripping process with individual workpieces. Boundary conditions and initial situation of the gripping process are defined, and how subsequent motion follows gripping is shown. The implementation of these motion processes, from simple linear motions to the kinematics of multiple axes, is illustrated in a practical way. This practical intro-duction motivates students and even professionals to learn more about the world of robotic grippers. Grippers in Motion includes a spectrum of real-world applications demonstrating the possibilities and varieties of automation in practice.

Features7 Fascinating full colour book on robot grippers 7 Organized and supported by the global market leader in robot grippers SCHUNK Raleigh /NC and Lauffen/Germany 7 2nd enlarged edition (50 more pages)

ContentsHandling: The Underrated Process.- Evolution or Revolution?- Getting To Grips With Handling Tasks.- Movement Adds Value.- Practical Applica-tions.- Literature.

Fields of interestControl, Robotics, Mechatronics; Machinery and Machine Elements; Engineering Design

Target groupsEngineers, practitioners, students in engineering, especially robotics, automation, machine building

F. Xhafa, Polytechnic University of Catalonia, Barcelona, Spain; T. Daradoumis, Open Universityof Catalonia, Barcelona, Spain; A. Abraham, Machine Intelligence Research Labs, Auburn, WA, USA; S. Caballé, A. A. Juan Perez, Open University of Catalonia, Barcelona, Spain (Eds.)

Computational Intelligence for Technology Enhanced Learning

E-Learning has become one of the most wide spread ways of distance teaching and learning. Technologies such as Web, Grid, and Mobile and Wireless networks are pushing teaching and learning communities to find new and intelli-gent ways of using these technologies to enhance teaching and learning activities. Indeed, these new technologies can play an important role in increasing the support to teachers and learners, to shorten the time to learning and teaching; yet, it is necessary to use intelligent techniques to take advantage of these new technologies to achieve the desired support to teachers and learners and enhance learners’ performance in distributed learning environments. The chapters of this volume bring advances in using intelligent techniques for technology enhanced learning as well as development of e-Learning applications based on such techniques and supported by technology.

Features7 Presents recent research in Computational intelligence methods for data analysis and mining of eLearning activities

Fields of interestAppl.Mathematics/Computational Methods of Engineering; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics); e-Commerce/e-business

Target groupsResearchers, engineers, graduate students in computational intelligence, distance teaching and learning, computer science, computer engineering

W. Xu, Massey University, Auckland, New Zealand;J. E. Bronlund, Massey University, Palmerston North, New Zealand

Mastication RobotsBiological Inspiration to Implementation

Computational Intelligence readers can see how biological control principles can be applied to mechanical systems; Robotic/Mechatronics readers can see how robots can be designed from biological systems; food sciences readers can see how robots can improve understanding of food properties

Features7 First book in the special field of masticatory robots for applications including foods texture analysis, dental training and speech therapy 7 Thorough review of the human masticatory system 7 Valuable reference for researchers, engineers and graduates in the field of compu-tational intelligence, robotics, mechatronics, automatic control, and food sciences

Fields of interestAppl.Mathematics/Computational Methods of Engineering; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics); Control, Robotics, Mechatronics

Target groupsResearchers, engineers, graduate students in computational intelligence, robotics, mechatronics, food science

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due March 2010

Original German edition published by Hanser Fachbuchverlag, August 2004


7 approx. $79.95ISBN 978-3-540-74653-9

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due March 2010


7 $129.00ISBN 978-3-642-11223-2

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due April 2010


7 approx. $199.00ISBN 978-3-540-93902-3


X. Yu, Tsinghua University, Beijing, China; M. Gen, Waseda University, Kitakyushu, Japan

Introduction to Evolutionary Algorithms

Evolutionary algorithms (EAs) are becoming increasingly attractive for researchers from various disciplines, such as operations research, computer science, industrial engineering, electrical engi-neering, social science, economics, etc. This book presents an insightful, comprehensive, and up-to-date treatment of EAs, such as genetic algorithms, differential evolution, evolution strategy, constraint optimization, multimodal optimization, multiob-jective optimization, combinatorial optimization, evolvable hardware, estimation of distribution algorithms, ant colony optimization, particle swarm optimization, artificial immune systems, artificial life, genetic programming, etc. It emphasises the initiative ideas of the algorithm, contains discussions in the contexts, and suggests further readings and possible research projects. All the methods form a pedagogical way to make EAs easy and interesting.

Features7 Establishes background to evolutionary algo-rithms 7 Introduces students to cutting-edge evolutionary algorithms

From the contentsSimple Evolutionary Algorithms.- Improving Searching Abilities.- Constrained Optimiza-tion.- Multimodal Optimization.- Multiobjective Optimization.- Combinatorial Optimization.- Ant Colony Optimization (ACO) and Particle Swarm Optimization (PSO).- Artificial Immune Systems (AIS).- EAs for Learning and Artificial Life (AL).- Genetic Programming (GP).

Fields of interestComplexity; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics); Control, Robotics, Mechatronics

Target groupsProfessors, researchers, senior undergraduates, and postgraduates

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due April 2010

2010. Approx. 360 p. 130 illus. With online files/update. (Decision Engineering) Hardcover

7 approx. $169.00ISBN 978-1-84996-128-8

springer.com/librarybooks54 Springer News 3/2010Physics/Astronomy

B. Booß-Bavnbek, Roskilde University, Roskilde, Denmark; G. Esposito, INFN, Complesso Universitario di Monte S. Angelo, Napoli, Italy; M. Lesch, Universität Bonn, Germany (Eds.)

New Paths Towards Quantum Gravity

Aside from the obvious statement that it should be a theory capable of unifying general relativity and quantum field theory, not much is known about the true nature of quantum gravity. New ideas - and there are many of them for this is an exciting field of research - often diverge to a degree where it seems impossible to decide in which of the many possible direction(s) the ongoing developments should be further sustained. The division of the book in two (overlapping) parts reflects the duality between the physical vision and the mathematical construction. The former is represented by tuto-rial reviews on non-commutative geometry, on space-time discretization and renormalization and on gauge field path integrals. The latter one by lectures on cohomology, on stochastic geometry and on mathematical tools for the effective action in quantum gravity. The book will benefit everyone working or entering the field of quantum gravity research.

ContentsNotes on Quantum Gravity and Noncommuta-tive Geometry.- Quantum Gravity as Sum Over Spacetimes.- Lectures on Quantization of Gauge Systems.- Mathematical Tools for Calculation of the Effective Action in Quantum Gravity.- Lectures on Cohomology, T-Duality and Generalized Geometry.- Stochastic Geometry and Quantum Gravity. Some Rigorous Results.- Steps Towards Quantum Gravity and the Practice of Science: Will the Merger of Mathematics and Physics Work?- Index.

Fields of interestClassical and Quantum Gravitation, Relativity Theory; Convex and Discrete Geometry

Target groupsGraduate students, lecturers, researchers

R. M. Dreizler, C. S. Lüdde, University of Frankfurt, Germany

Theoretical MechanicsThis book is the first of a series covering the major topics that are taught in university courses in Theoretical Physics: Mechanics, Electrodynamics, Quantum Theory and Statistical Physics. After an introduction to basic concepts of mechanics more advanced topics build the major part of this book. Interspersed is a discussion of selected problems of motion. This is followed by a concise treatment of the Lagrangian and the Hamiltonian formula-tion of mechanics, as well as a brief excursion on chaotic motion. The last chapter deals with appli-cations of the Lagrangian formulation to specific systems (coupled oscillators, rotating coordinate systems, rigid bodies). The level of the last sections is advanced. The text is accompanied by a CD-ROM in which the possibilities of the electronic medium are fully exploited, e.g. in the form of applets, 2D- and 3D- animations.

Features7 Outstanding eLearning tool on CD-ROM (interactive problems with solutions, 2D/3D animations, applets) 7 40 years of teaching experience in the US and Germany 7 A collec-tion of 74 problems with detailed step-by-step guidance towards the solutions 7 A collection of comments and additional mathematical details in support of the main text 7 A complete presenta-tion of all the mathematical tools needed

System requirementsFor PC. For the complete system requirements see: springer.com

Fields of interestMechanics; Theoretical and Applied Mechanics

Target groupsAdvanced undergraduate students in physics

K. P. Ghatak, University of Calcutta, Kolkata, India; S. Bhattacharya, Indian Institute of Science, Bangalore, India

Thermoelectric Power in Nanostructured Materials under Strong Magnetic Field

This is the first monograph which solely investi-gates the thermoelectric power in nanostructured materials under strong magnetic field (TPSM) in quantum confined nonlinear optical, III-V, II-VI, n-GaP, n-Ge, Te, Graphite, PtSb2, zerogap, II-V, Gallium Antimonide, stressed materials, Bismuth, IV-VI, lead germanium telluride, Zinc and Cadmium diphosphides, Bi2Te3, Antimony and carbon nanotubes, III-V, II-VI, IV-VI and HgTe/CdTe superlattices with graded interfaces and effective mass superlattices under magnetic quanti-zation, the quantum wires and dots of the afore-mentioned superlattices by formulating the appro-priate respective carrier energy spectra which in turn control the quantum processes in quantum effect devices. The TPSM in macro, quantum wire and quantum dot superlattices of optoelectronic materials in the presence of external photo-excita-tion have also been studied on the basis of newly formulated electron dispersion laws.

Features7 First book on thermoelectric nanomaterials in strong magnetic fields 7 Combines the physics of nanomaterials, thermoelectrics and magnetism 7 Reference for researchers 7 Study text for students, including 150 problems

Fields of interestNanotechnology; Magnetism, Magnetic Materials; Nanotechnology and Microengineering

Target groupsScientists, practitioners, academic libraries, advanced students

Discount groupP


Due April 2010

2010. Approx. 360 p. (Lecture Notes in Physics, Volume 807) Softcover

7 approx. $99.00ISBN 978-3-642-11896-8

Discount groupP


Due July 2010

2010. Approx. 400 p. 360 illus. With online files/update. (Graduate Texts in Physics) Hardcover

7 approx. $109.00ISBN 978-3-642-11137-2

Discount groupP

Chemistry and Material Science

Due July 2010

2010. Approx. 410 p. 200 illus., 5 in color. (Springer Series in Materials Science, Volume 137) Hardcover

7 approx. $189.00ISBN 978-3-642-10570-8

springer.com/librarybooks 55Springer News 3/2010 Physics/Astronomy

D. Heitmann, Universität Hamburg, Germany (Ed.)

Quantum Materials, Lateral Semiconductor Nanostructures, Hybrid Systems and Nanocrystals

Semiconductor nanostructures are ideal systems to tailor the physical properties via quantum effects, utilizing special growth techniques, self-assem-bling, wet chemical processes or lithographic tools in combination with tuneable external electric and magnetic fields. Such systems are called “Quantum Materials”. The electronic, photonic, and phononic properties of these systems are governed by size quantiza-tion and discrete energy levels. The charging is controlled by the Coulomb blockade. The spin can be manipulated by the geometrical structure, external gates and by integrating hybrid ferromag-netic emitters. This book reviews sophisticated preparation methods for quantum materials based on III-V and II-VI semiconductors and a wide variety of experimental techniques for the investigation of these interesting systems. It highlights selected experiments and theoretical concepts and gives such a state-of-the-art overview about the wide field of physics and chemistry that can be studied in these systems.

Features7 State-of-the-art report of semiconductor nano-technology 7 Presents the basic physics, realiza-tion of new nanoeffects and potential applications of quantum materials 7 Provides some research basis for spintronic materials 7 Important book for researchers and graduate students of nanoma-terials

Fields of interestNanotechnology; Surfaces and Interfaces, Thin Films; Condensed Matter Physics

Target groupsSemiconductor physicists, researchers and engineers in nanosciences and nanoengineering, graduate students of nanophysics and nanoengi-neering

C. H. Holbrow, J. N. Lloyd, Colgate University, Hamilton, NY, USA; J. C. Amato, E. Galvez, M. E. Parks, Colgate University, Hamilton, NY, USA

Modern Introductory PhysicsThis is an extensive revision of a successful and innovative introductory text for students of college and university physics. Like the first edition, this revision concentrates on the physics that answers the question: Why do we believe in atoms and their properties? While providing a sound intro-duction to basic physical concepts, it emphasizes nineteenth- and twentieth-century physics that has led to our modern picture of the atom. The revision also has two new chapters that explore, in the context of real experiments, important ideas of quantum mechanics---including disturbing conse-quences of superposition such as entanglement, non-locality, and the violation of Bell’s inequalities.

Features7 Supports an uncommonly coherent introduc-tion to physics by emphasizing the physics needed to understand why we believe in atoms 7 Pres-ents lively, innovative text that engages students and enables them to approach frontiers in physics earlier in their education than usual 7 Updated second edition with added exercises and new chapters on quantum mechanics

ContentsWhat’s going on here?- Some physics you need to know.- The chemist’s atoms.- Gas laws.- Hard-sphere atoms.- Electrical forces and fields.- Magnetic field and magnetic force.- Electrical atoms and the electron.- Waves and light.- Time and length at high speeds.- Energy and momentum at high speeds.- Photons and quantum mechanics.- Entanglement and Bell’s inequali-ties.- The granularity of light.- X-rays.- Particles as waves.- The Heisenberg uncertainty principle.- Radioactivity and the atomic nucleus.- Spectra and the Bohr atom.- Useful information.- Index.

Fields of interestPhysics, general; Mathematical Methods in Physics; Atomic, Molecular, Optical and Plasma Physics

Target groupsUndergraduate students studying introductory physics

P. V. Moniz, Universidade da Beira Interior, Covilha, Portugal

Quantum Cosmology – The Supersymmetric Perspective - Vol. 1Fundamentals

The two volumes that comprise Quantum Cosmology tackle the quantum description of the early universe from the perspective of supersym-metric models of elementary particle physics. The first volume is an accessible primer that covers the basics of the field, critically discussing ideas and concepts that comprise our current knowl-edge of supersymmetry and supergravity. After reviewing the fundamentals, it provides a thorough analysis of a first set of quantum cosmological models. The second volume is dedicated to more advanced topics. In it, the scope for analyzing quantum cosmological models within a supersym-metric framework is broadened.

Features7 This two-volume work treats what we know, what we think we now and what we think we do not know on an equal footing, as much as possible 7 It teaches to ask the right questions rather than to expect to find some definitive answers

ContentsIntroduction.- A Survey of Quantum Cosmology.- A Summary of Supersymmetry and Supergravity.- Canonical Quantization of N=1 Supergravity.- SQC N=1 SUGRA (Fermionic Differential Operator Representation).- Cosmologies With (Hidden) N=2 Supersymmetry.- Obstacles and Results: From QC to SQC.- Routes Beyond the Borders.- List of Symbols, Notation, and Useful Expressions.- Quantization of Hamiltonian Systems With Constraints.- Solutions to Exercises.- References.- Index.

Fields of interestQuantum Field Theories, String Theory; Cosmology; Classical and Quantum Gravitation, Relativity Theory

Target groupsGraduate students, lecturers, researchers

Discount groupP


Due May 2010

2010. Approx. 450 p. 240 illus., 100 in color. (NanoScience and Technology) Hardcover

7 approx. $159.00ISBN 978-3-642-10552-4

Discount groupP


Due April 2010


7 approx. $99.00ISBN 978-0-387-79079-4

Discount groupP


Due May 2010


7 approx. $109.00ISBN 978-3-642-11574-5

springer.com/librarybooks56 Springer News 3/2010Physics/Astronomy

P. V. Moniz, Universidade da Beira Interior, Covilha, Portugal

Quantum Cosomology – The Supersymmetric Perspective – Vol. 2Advanced Topic

The two volumes that comprise Quantum Cosmology tackle the quantum description of the early universe from the perspective of supersym-metric models of elementary particle physics. The first volume is an accessible primer that covers the basics of the field, critically discussing ideas and concepts that comprise our current knowl-edge of supersymmetry and supergravity. After reviewing the fundamentals, it provides a thorough analysis of a first set of quantum cosmological models. The second volume is dedicated to more advanced topics. In it, the scope for analyzing quantum cosmological models within a supersym-metric framework is broadened.

Features7 This two-volume work treats what we know, what we think we now and what we think we do not know on an equal footing, as much as possible 7 It teaches to ask the right questions rather than to expect to find some definitive answers 7 Problems and Solutions are provided for each chapter

From the contentsIntroduction.- “Observational” Quantum Cosmology.- Additional SUSY and SUGRA Issues.- Semiclassical N=1 Supergravity.- Further Explorations in SQC N=1 SUGRA.- Connections and Loops With SQC.- SQC Matrix Representa-tion.- N=2 (Local) Conformal Supersymmetry.- More Obstacles and Results: From QC to SQC.- More Routes Beyond the Borders.- List of Symbols, Notation, and Useful Expressions.- Solutions.

Fields of interestQuantum Field Theories, String Theory; Cosmology; Classical and Quantum Gravitation, Relativity Theory

Target groupsGradutate students, lecturers, researchers

H. Schaefer, Universität Stuttgart, Germany

NanoscienceThe goal of the book is to cover the interdisci-plinary field of nanoscience beginning with the physical principles and extending to synthesis (chemistry), materials science, nanoelectronics, nanobiology, and nanomedicine -- in a concise manner but also taking into account the recent significant developments. Based on lecture courses given by the author at his university and other universities abroad, this volume features many figures reproduced from the original papers, which are selected in order to give a convenient and rapid insight into the various fields. The bibliography encompasses the most recent papers so the reader can find there reference to earlier work, and a subject index is included.

Features7 Very comprehensive textbook dealing with all aspects of nanosciences 7 Uniquely intergrates all nano-areas: nanophysics, nanobiology, nanoma-terials science, nanochemistry, nanomedicine and nanoelectronics 7 Both a textbook for graduate students and a reference work for scientists

ContentsIntroduction and Physical Principles.- Synthesis.- Quantum Dots - Wires – Wells.- Micros-copy.- Nanocarbon.- Nanomaterials.- Nano-magnetism.- Nanomechanics, Nanophotonics, Nanofluidics.- Nanoelectronics and Data Storage.- Supramolecular Chemistry and Nanochemistry.- Biology on the Nanoscale.- Nanomedicine.

Fields of interestNanotechnology; Condensed Matter Physics; Engineering, general

Target groupsScientists, practitioners, academic libraries, advanced students

R. Seneor, Ecole Polytechnique, Paris, France; L. Baulieu, J. Iliopoulos

From Classical to Quantum FieldsAn Introduction to the Path Integral Formalism

This book is an introduction to the modern ways of teaching classical and quantum field theories. A key tool is symmetries. For the resolution of classical theories, special attention is given to the definition of advanced or retarded potentials to ease the understanding of path integrals. The Path integral is used as the conceptual tool for defining the quantum field theories. The classical formalism is presented as a useful way to concretely compute observables that one defines in the path integral framework. The book contains special chapters which are devoted to new domains which have not been presented in other texts. They include constructive quantum field theories and topo-logical field theory.

Features7 The book is an advanced text which grew out of courses taught at the famous Ecole Polytechnique 7 The book provides a modern approach to field theory, with exercises, questions and hints to assist in understanding the content 7 The book is more technically advanced than competitors, especially in the uses of mathematics as a tool

ContentsIntroduction - Relativistic Invariance - The Electromagnetic Field - Physical States - The Dirac Equation.

Fields of interestMathematical Methods in Physics; Mechanics; Quantum Physics

Target groupsAdvanced undergrad/graduate students in Physics

Discount groupP


Due May 2010


7 approx. $89.95ISBN 978-3-642-11569-1

Discount groupP


Due June 2010

2010. Approx. 800 p. 570 illus., 10 in color. (NanoScience and Technology) Hardcover

7 approx. $139.00ISBN 978-3-642-10558-6

Discount groupP


Due March 2010


7 approx. $74.95ISBN 978-0-387-40094-5

springer.com/librarybooks 57Springer News 3/2010 Materials Science

J. Ayache, L. Beaunier, J. Boumendil, G. Ehret, D. Laub

Sample Preparation Handbook for Transmission Electron MicroscopyMethodology

This comprehensive guide to sample prepara-tion for the transmission electron microscope is divided into two main sections. The first covers theoretical and practical aspects, including the best preparative technique taking into account material types, structures, and their properties. Physical properties, material classification, and microstruc-tures are considered together with a thorough description of the physics and chemistry of sample preparation and the main artefacts brought about by mechanical, physical and chemical methods. Also included is a discussion of how to combine techniques for complex sample analysis and to obtain a TEM thin slice. The remainder of the book is dedicated to tech-nical hints, including 22 detailed protocols for preparing thin slices for TEM analysis. Experi-mental conditions and guidelines, options and variations, advantages and constraints, common artefacts, and theoretical issues are considered. Particular attention is given to the type of material, conditioning, compatible analysis of a given prepa-ration, and risks. Finally, a practical, authorita-tive, and interdisciplinary handbook is available to guide you through all of the most current techniques for successful sample preparation in all fields from materials science to biology.

Features7 First book on TEM sample preparation to combine all the most current techniques for appli-cations ranging from minerals to biological mate-rials 7 Compares techniques in terms of their limitations, artefacts, application areas, and types of analysis (macroscopic, atomic, or molecular level) 7 Complementary interactive database website is available to scientists worldwide

Target groupsResearches

Fields of interestCharacterization and Evaluation of Materials; Biological Microscopy; Mineralogy


Sample Preparation Handbook for Transmission Electron MicroscopyTechniques

This two-volume Handbook is a comprehensive guide to sample preparation for the transmis-sion electron microscope. Sample Preparation Handbook for Transmission Electron Microscopy: Volume 2: Techniques describes 14 different preparation techniques, including 22 detailed protocols for preparing thin slices for TEM analysis. Compatibility and pre-treatments are also discussed. Experimental conditions and guidelines, options and variations, advantages and constraints, technical hints from the authors’ years of experi-ence, common artifacts, and theoretical issues are all considered. Particular attention is given to the type of material, conditioning, compatible analysis of a given preparation, and risks. This practical and authoritative reference companion deserves a place on the bench in every TEM lab.

Features7 Compares techniques in terms of their limita-tions, artefacts, application areas, and types of analysis (macroscopic, atomic, or molecular level) 7 Describes physical characteristics, chemistry, structure/texture, and orientation properties of materials in relation to the most appropriate type of TEM analysis

ContentsIntroduction.- Preliminary preparation tech-niques.- Thinning preparation techniques.- Mechanical preparation techniques.- Replica techniques.- Techniques specific to fine particles.- Contrast-enhancement and labeling techniques.


Target groupsAnyone who uses a transmission electron micro-scope for research in biology, chemistry, physics, biophysics, materials science, mineralogy, and geology


Sample Preparation Handbook for Transmission Electron Microscopy

The first volume covers general theoretical and practical aspects of the methodologies used for TEM analysis and observation of any sample. The information will help you to choose the best preparative technique for your application taking into account material types, structures, and their properties. Physical properties, material clas-sification, and microstructures are considered together with a thorough description of the physics and chemistry of sample preparation and the main artifacts brought about by mechanical, physical and chemical methods, principles which are also applicable to sample preparation for the SEM, AFM etc.. Also included is a discussion of how to combine techniques for complex sample analysis and to obtain a TEM thin slice. Sample Preparation Handbook for Transmission Electron Microscopy: Methodology will guide you through the most current techniques for successful sample preparation in all fields from materials science to biology. The second volume, Sample Preparation Hand-book for Transmission Electron Microscopy: Techniques, describes 14 different preparation techniques, including 22 detailed protocols for preparing thin slices for TEM analysis. Compat-ibility and pre-treatments are also discussed.

Features7 Compares techniques in terms of their limita-tions, artefacts, application areas, and types of analysis (macroscopic, atomic, or molecular level) 7 Complementary interactive database website is available to scientists worldwide


Target groupsAnyone who uses a transmission electron micro-scope for research in biology, chemistry, physics, biophysics, materials science, mineralogy, and geology

Discount groupP


Due May 2010


7 $129.00ISBN 978-0-387-98181-9

Discount groupP


Due May 2010


7 $129.00ISBN 978-1-4419-5974-4

Discount groupP


Due May 2010

2010. Approx. 670 p. (2-volume-set) Hardcover

7 $199.00ISBN 978-1-4419-6087-0

springer.com/librarybooks58 Springer News 3/2010Materials Science

V. Berdichevsky, Wayne State University, Detroit, MI, USA

Variational Principles of Continuum Mechanics

Features7 Concise and understandable book about varia-tional prinmciples of continuum mechanics 7 Accessible to applied mathematicians, physicists and engineers who have an interest in continuum mechanics 7 Interesting innovative textbook for graduate students

ContentsI Fundamentals.- Variational Principles.- Ther-modynamics.- Continuum Mechanics.- Principle of least action in continuum mechanics.- Direct methods of calculus of variations.- II Variational features of classical continuum models.- Statics of a geometrically linear elastic body.- Statics of a geometrically nonlinear elastic body.- Dynamics of elastic bodies.- Ideal incompressible fluid.- Ideal compressible fluid.- Steady motion of ideal fluid and elastic body.- Principle of least dissipation.- Motion of rigid bodies in fluids.

Fields of interestContinuum Mechanics and Mechanics of Mate-rials; Appl.Mathematics/Computational Methods of Engineering; Applications of Mathematics

Target groupsResearchers, graduate and postgraduate students in continuum mechanics, mechanics, mathemat-ical physics, and applied mathematics

E. Jabbari, University South Carolina, Columbia, SC, USA

Modeling and Simulation of Polymerization Reactions

While there are many excellent textbooks and reference books covering the chemistry, physics, rheology, processing, and characterization of polymers, this textbook is the first treatment in one place of the modeling and simulation of polymerization reactions. This is the very model of a textbook; not only is it single-authored, but also it comes with chapter introductions, chapter summaries, worked examples, exercises, and many references to the literature. In addition, this book will serve as a reference for students, researchers, post-doctoral workers, and polymer scientists both inside and outside of academia. Courses using the book may be found in depart-ments of polymer engineering & science, chemical engineering, bioengineering, and chemistry.

Features7 A single source for information on modeling of polymermization reactions 7 In-depth and step-by-step derivation of equations for modeling these reactions 7 Single -authored reference and textbook

ContentsFunctions with distributed variables.- Properties of z-transforms.- Conservation of moments.- Models for elementary reactions.- Modeling addition polymerization systems with the method of Moments.- Modeling diffusion-controlled polymerization reactions.- Simulation of reactions by the Monte Carlo method.- Monte Carlo simula-tion of branching in emulsion polymerization of butadiene.- Monte Carlo simulation of degradation of porous poly(lactide) scaffolds.- The statistical method of Markov chain.- Modeling copolymer-ization by the method of a Markovian process.

Fields of interestPolymer Sciences; Math. Applications in Chem-istry; Industrial Chemistry/Chemical Engineering

Target groupsPolymer chemists, mathematical chemists, graduate students and postdocs in modeling of polymerization reactions

C. Jacoboni, Università di Modena e Reggio E., Modena, Italy

Theory of Electron Transport in Semiconductor Materials and Structures

This book describes in details the theory of the electron transport in the materials and struc-tures at the basis of modern micro- and nano-electronics. It leads and accompanies the reader, through a step-by-step derivation of all calcula-tions, from the basic laws of classical and quantum physics up to the most modern theoretical tech-niques, such as nonequilibrium Green functions, to study transport properties of both semicon-ductor materials and modern low-dimensional and mesoscopic structures.

Features7 Covers the concpets of electron transport in semiconductors 7 Integrates classical and quantum physics of macroscopic and nanostruc-tures 7 Both a reference work for researchers and a study text for graduate students

From the contentsSurvey of Classical Physics.- Fundamentals of Quantum Mechanics.- Fundamentals of Statistical Physics.- Crystal Structures and Symmetries.- Phonons.- Bloch States and Band Theory.- Semi-conductors.- Semiclassical Transport in Bulk Semiconductors.- Effective-Mass Theorems and Envelope Function.- Semiclassical Dynamics.- Electronic Interactions.- Boltzmann Equation.- Linear Transport.- Nonlinear Transport.- Monte Carlo Simulation of Bulk Electron Transport.- Quantum Transport in Bulk Semiconductors.- The Density Matrix.- Kubo Formula.- The Wigner-Function Approach to Quantum Transport.- Semi-classical Transport in Semiconductor Structures.- Quantum Transport in Semiconductor Structures.

Fields of interestCondensed Matter Physics; Nanotechnology; Engineering, general

Target groupsScientists and advanced students

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due March 2010

2010. 900 p. (Interaction of Mechanics and Mathematics) (2-volume-set)

7 $159.00ISBN 978-3-540-88465-1

Discount groupP


Due March 2010


7 approx. $99.00ISBN 978-0-387-76791-8

Discount groupP


Due July 2010

2010. Approx. 500 p. 165 illus., 5 in color. (Springer Series in Solid-State Sciences, Volume 165) Hardcover

7 approx. $229.00ISBN 978-3-642-10585-2

springer.com/librarybooks 59Springer News 3/2010 Earth Sciences/Geography

J. L. Boettinger, D. Howell, A. C. Moore, A. E. Hartemink, S. Kienast-Brown (Eds.)

Digital Soil MappingBridging Research, Production, and Environmental Application

Digital Soil Mapping is the creation and the population of a geographically referenced soil database generated at a given resolution by using field and laboratory observation methods coupled with environmental data through quantitative relationships. Digital soil mapping is advancing on different fronts at different rates throughout the world. The 31 chapters present the state-of-the art and explore strategies for bridging research, production, and environmental application of digital soil mapping, with examples from North America, South America, Europe, Asia, and Australia.

Features7 Authoritative, state-of-the-art descriptions of advanced technology applications in soil mapping 7 Global perspectives on applications of digital soil mapping research to field projects 7 Case studies of digital soil mapping in a variety of envi-ronmental settings and applications

ContentsPart 1. Introduction.- Part 2.- Research. Section A. Environmental Covariates and Soil Sampling. Section B. Soil Sensors and Remote Sensing. Section C. Soil Inference Systems.- Part 3. Envi-ronmental Applications and Assessment.- Part 4. Making Digital Soil Mapping Operational.

Fields of interestRemote Sensing/Photogrammetry; Soil Science & Conservation; Geographical Information Systems/Cartography

Target groupsLibraries, scientists, researchers, professionals, also graduate students

M. Brilly, University of Ljubljana, Slovenia (Ed.)

Hydrological Processes of the Danube River BasinPerspectives from 10 Danubian countries

The Danube River Basin is shared by 19 countries and there is no river basin in the world shared by so many nations. Covering an area of about 800,000 km², it is Europe’s second largest river basin and home to 83 million people of different cultures, languages and historical backgrounds. Management of common water sources and over-coming difficulties caused by droughts and floods requires co-operation between these countries. In the past twenty years political turbulence has caused an increase in the number of countries included, making co-operation difficult at times. Nevertheless several projects were launched and a number of reports were produced. In 2008, at the 22nd Working Meeting of the Regional Hydro-logical Co-operation of the Danube Countries in the framework of IHP/UNESCO at the XXIVth Conference of the Danubian Countries, it was decided that these reports would be summarised in one special publication. It was also agreed to include additional reports serving the common interest.

Features7 The volume discusses:new models and tech-niques for hydrological forecasting, the role of hydrological and biotic processes in the aquatic systems, exploration of the effects of land-based activities and climate change on water resources, development of new capabilities for water quality monitoring and assessment

Fields of interestHydrogeology; Geoecology/Natural Processes; Physical Geography

Target groupsScientists, researchers, water resources manage-ment specialists and professionals, also for gradu-ates and undergraduates studing hydrology and water sciences

R. Budich, MPI for Meteorology Hamburg, Germany; R. Redler, St. Augustin, Germany (Eds.)

Earth System Modelling SoftwareTools, Standards, and Environments

This book of collected articles is dedicated to the development and use of software for earth system modelling and aims at bridging the gap between IT solutions and climate science. The usefulness of coupling infrastructures and data management will be discussed, along with strategies and tools for pre- and post-processing and coupling software and strategies in regional and global models.

Features7 Discusses in detail the development and use of earth system modelling 7 Focuses on the needs of the climate modelling community 7 Aims to bridge the gap between IT solutions and climate science

Contents1. Introduction.- 2. Recent Developments and Projects.- 3. Coupling Software.- 4. Workflow.- 5. Postprocessing.- 6. Metadata.- 7. Accessing and Manipulating ESM data.- 8. Algorithms and Code Optimisation.- 9. Future Perspectives.

Fields of interestComputer Applications in Earth Sciences; Meteo-rology/Climatology; Applied Earth Sciences

Target groupsThis book targets IT experts in geoscience, earth system model developers, and users of earth system models

Discount groupP

Earth and Environmental Science

Due April 2010

2010. Approx. 410 p. 180 illus., 80 in color. (Progress in Soil Science) Hardcover

7 approx. $179.00ISBN 978-90-481-8862-8

Discount groupP


Due March 2010


7 approx. $179.00ISBN 978-90-481-3422-9

Discount groupP


Due April 2010


7 approx. $199.00ISBN 978-3-540-75342-1

springer.com/librarybooks60 Springer News 3/2010Earth Sciences/Geography

H. Ceccaldi, I. Dekeyser, M. Girault, G. Stora, Université de la Méditerranée, Marseille, France (Eds.)

Global Change: Mankind-Ma-rine Environment Interactions

Based on the material presented at a confer-ence organized by the Centre d’Océanologie of Marseille, held in 2008, this text covers a wealth of hot topics related to the way mankind interacts with the marine environment. With the state of our oceans and seas becoming an increasing source of concern worldwide, this timely addition to the debate features the latest research in both France and Japan. The book’s chapters present work on many of the key areas of oceanographic study. The concept of marine biodiversity is treated, in particular how it is affected by human agency and invasive species, many of which have been introduced anthropo-genically. Coastal zones are analyzed in detail, with a focus on the interaction between ports and natural environments, and the ecological and economical consequences of this relationship.

Features7 Focuses on the management of marine environ-ments 7 Presents new technologies 7 Written by experts in coastal and marine science from France and Japan 7 Aims to establish links between scientists of different countries to carry out joint scientific reserach

ContentsPart 1. Physical, chemical, biological and biogeo-chemical functioning of natural and anthropised environments.- Part 2. Biodiversity: Impact of human activities, invasive species and protection of natural environments.

Fields of interestOceanography; Climate Change; Physical Geog-raphy

Target groupsLibraries, scientists, researchers, professionals, policy makers

S. H. Faria, GZG, Göttingen, Germany; K. Hutter, ETH Zürich, Switzerland; N. Kirchner, Stockholm University, Sweden; Y. Wang, Universität f. Boden-kultur, Vienna, Austria

Continuum Description of Granular Materials

A thematic introduction to the modern theory of continuum mechanics and thermodynamics is presented from the viewpoint of granular and porous materials. In the approach taken here, gran-ular and porous media are treated as continuous macroscopic systems of which the overall response is significantly influenced and determined by microstructural effects. In the continuum mechanical modeling, those microscale effects are captured by the introduction of so-called internal variables which account for geometric and mate-rial inhomogeneities or the multiphase nature of granular mixtures. Describing the evolution of such internal variables by additional balance laws, the resulting continuum-thermodynamical system requires careful analysis, including, e.g. the application of the entropy principle of Müller with the corresponding approach of exploitation as suggested by Liu.

Features7 Presents a thematic introduction to continuum mechanics in the context of granular matter

Fields of interestMineralogy; Classical Continuum Physics; Soft and Granular Matter, Complex Fluids and Micro-fluidics

Target groupsResearchers and professionals including civil and geotechnical engineers, physicists, applied mathematicians, soil mechanics and continuum mechanics

W. Frisch, Tübingen University, Tübingen, Germany; M. Meschede, Greifswald University, Greifswald, Germany; R. Blakey, Northern Arizona University, Flagstaff, AZ, USA

Plate TectonicsHow are mountains formed? Why are there old and young mountains? Why do the shapes of South America and Africa fit so well together? Why is the Pacific surrounded by a ring of volca-noes and earthquake prone areas while the edges of the Atlantic are relatively peaceful? Frisch and Meschede answer all these questions and more through the presentation and explana-tion of the geo-dynamic processes upon which the theory of continental drift is based and which have lead to the concept of plate tectonics.

Features7 Presents many examples from around the world together with a wealth of excellent diagrams and maps

Fields of interestGeology; Structural Geology; Planetology

Target groupsSchool and university students studying earth science

Discount groupP


Due April 2010

2010. Approx. 410 p. 150 illus., 140 in color. With CD-ROM. Hardcover

7 approx. $179.00ISBN 978-90-481-8629-7

Discount groupP


Due April 2010

2010. Approx. 550 p. 90 illus. (Advances in Geophysical and Environmental Mechanics and Mathematics) Hardcover

7 approx. $249.00ISBN 978-3-540-72245-8

Discount groupP


Due March 2010


7 approx. $89.95ISBN 978-3-540-76503-5

springer.com/librarybooks 61Springer News 3/2010 Earth Sciences/Geography

P. C. Palermo, D. Ponzini, Politecnico di Milano, Italy

Spatial Planning and Urban Development:Critical Perspectives

Urban planning is a complex field of knowledge and practice. Through the decades, theoretical debate has formed an eclectic set of possible perspectives, without finding, in our opinion, a coherent paradigmatic framework which can adequately guide the interpretation and action in urban planning. The hypothesis of this book is that the attempts of founding an autonomous planning theory are inadequate if they do not explore two interconnected fields: architecture and public policies.

Features7 A critical review of current planning theory and literature, and problems of the planning practice 7 Interpretation of planning theory and practice through architecture and public policy perspectives 7 Strong transdisciplinary links between the fields of architecture, urban planning and policy studies

ContentsIntroduction.- 1. Current Paradigms in Urban Plan-ning.- 2. Planning Theory at the Architecture/Public Policy Crossway.- 3 Innovation in Planning Theory and Practices.- 4. Reframing the Planning Field.

Fields of interestHuman Geography; Landscape/Regional and Urban Planning; Regional and Cultural Studies

Target groupsScientists, researchers and professionals in land-scape and urban planning, architecture, regional research, geography and environmental sciences, and also graduate and undergraduate students of these subjects

F. Scapini, University of Florence, Firenze, Italy; G. Ciampi, University of Florence, Firenze, Italy (Eds.)

Coastal Water BodiesNature and Culture Conflicts in the Mediterranean

There is a need of books addressing the links between science and the real world with a sound scientific baseline. Coastal Water Bodies targets researchers of various disciplines, for an integrated sustainable management of water bodies. The main topic of this book is not the ecology according to its common acceptation but rather the ‘places and people’ involved – the former, being coastal zones of the Mediterranean rich in ecological value; the latter, being different social subjects. Local people survive thanks to these environmental resources, whereas others make use of them, but are alien to the place. Integration, the joint consideration of different aspects of water uses and values, even conflic-tive, is useful to enhance people benefits, but this requires new ways of understanding and managing conflicts around water use.

Features7 Explores ways to achieve new forms of gover-nance for sustainable development 7 Discusses the conflict between scientific objectivity and socioeconomic subjectivity 7 Provides case studies of socioeconomic valuation of a body of water while integrating multidisciplinary inputs 7 Offers a perspective of natural heritage conser-vation versus economic development

Contents1. Mediterranean Coastal Areas at Risk Between Conservation and Development.- 2. Wetland Socioeconomy: The Case of Lake Maryut (Egypt).- 3. Integration of the Gender Dimension Into Socio-economic Analysis.

Fields of interestGeography (general); Life Sciences, general; Ecology

Target groupsAcademic libraries in countries surrounding the Mediterranean, academics interested in environ-mental and socio-political issues

T. Stocker, University of Bern, Switzerland

Introduction to Climate Modelling

A three-tier approach is presented: (i) fundamental dynamical concepts of climate processes, (ii) their mathematical formulation based on balance equa-tions, and (iii) the necessary numerical techniques to solve these equations. This book showcases the global energy balance of the climate system and feedback processes that determine the climate sensitivity, inital-boundary value problems, energy transport in the climate system, large-scale ocean circulation and abrupt climate change.

Fields of interestMathematical Applications in Earth Sciences; Meteorology/Climatology; Climate Change

Target groupsLecturers and undergreduates in the fields of climate science and geophysics

Discount groupP


Due June 2010

2010. Approx. 170 p. (Urban and Landscape Perspectives, Volume 10) Hardcover

7 approx. $159.00ISBN 978-90-481-8869-7

Discount groupP


Due May 2010


7 approx. $139.00ISBN 978-90-481-8853-6

Discount groupP


Due March 2010

2010. Approx. 250 p. (Advances in Geophysical and Environmental Mechanics and Mathematics) Hardcover

7 approx. $139.00ISBN 978-3-642-00772-9

springer.com/librarybooks62 Springer News 3/2010Earth Sciences/Geography

R. A. Viscarra Rossel, CSIRO Land & Water, Canberra, Australia; A. McBratney, B. Minasny, The University of Sydney, Australia (Eds.)

Proximal Soil SensingProximal soil sensing may be defined as a multidis-ciplinary field of study that aims to develop field-based techniques for collecting information on the soil from a distance of less than 2 metres above the soil surface. It involves the use of geophysical chemometric and pedometric methods. This book, suitable for undergraduate course material and postgraduate research, brings together ideas and examples from those developing and using proximal sensors and digital soil maps for preci-sion agriculture, soil contamination, peri-urban deisgn and other high land-value applications, where there is a particular need for high spatial resolution (10 m or less) information. The book in particular covers soil sensor sampling, proximal soil sensor development, applications of proximal soil sensing techniques, proximal soil sensor cali-brations, soil inference systems, signal processing, prediction methods for large data sets, and high-resolution digital mapping and presentation.

Features7 Comprehensive account of data acquisition using proximal soil sensors starting from the development of sampling schemes to the mapping of high resolution sensor data 7 Describes the state-of-the-art in soil sensing techniques 7 Features electrochemical, spectroscopic, geophysical and mechanical sensing

ContentsPart 1. Introduction.- Part 2. Soil Sensing and Sampling.- Part 3. Soil Spectroscopy and Hyper-spectral Remote Sensing.- Part 4. ElectroMagnetic Induction and Electrical Resistivity.- Part 5. Geophysical and Mechanical Data.

Fields of interestSoil Science & Conservation; Remote Sensing/Photogrammetry; Geographical Information Systems/Cartography

Target groupsScientists, researchers, professionals, graduate and undergraduate students

Discount groupP


Due July 2010

2010. Approx. 480 p. 188 illus., 79 in color. (Progress in Soil Science) Hardcover

7 approx. $179.00ISBN 978-90-481-8858-1

springer.com/librarybooks 63Springer News 3/2010 Environmental Sciences

Ú. Oswald Spring, UNAM-CRIM, Cuernavaca, Mexico (Ed.)

Water Resources in MexicoScarcity, Degradation, Stress, Conflicts, Management, and Policy

Water resources in Mexico are threatened by scarcity, pollution and climate change. In two decades water consumption doubled, producing water stress in dry seasons and semi-arid and arid regions. Water stress rises due to physical and economic stress. In seven parts a multidisciplinary team analyzes hydrological processes in basins and their interaction with climate, soil and biota. Competing water use in agriculture, industry and domestic needs require savings, decontamina-tion processes and desalination to satisfy the growing demand. Water quality affects health and ecosystems. This creates conflicts and cooperation that may be enhanced by public policy, institution building and social organization.

Features7 Multidisciplinary and multi-institutional orien-tation with regional focus on Mexico

ContentsPart I: Hydrological processes, management of basins and their interaction with climate, soil and biota.- Part 2: Uses of water, availability and alter-native sources.- Part 3: Quality of water, pollution and health.- Part 4: Social effects, conflicts and hydro-diplomacy.- Part 5: Public policy, institu-tions and legal aspects.

Fields of interestHydrogeology; Agriculture; Soil Science & Conser-vation

Target groupsAcademic libraries, practitioners, scientists

L. Håkanson, H. Ragnarsson Stabo, A. C. Bryhn, Uppsala University, Sweden

The Fish Production Potential of the Baltic SeaA New General Approach for Optimizing Fish Quota Including a Holistic Management Plan Based on Ecosystem Modelling

It presents a new approach to set fish quota based on holistic ecosystem modeling (the CoastWeb-model) and also a plan to optimize a sustain-able management of the Baltic Sea including a cost-benefit analysis. This plan accounts for the production of prey and predatory fish under different environmental conditions, professional fishing, recreational fishing and fish cage farm production plus an analysis of associated economic values. Several scenarios and remedial strategies for Baltic Sea management are discussed and an “optimal” strategy motivated and presented, which challenges the HELCOM strategy that was accepted by the Baltic States in November 2007. The strategy advocated in this book would create more than 7000 new jobs, the total value of the fish production would be about 930 million euro per year plus 1000 million euro per year related to the willingness-to-pay to combat the present condi-tions in the Baltic Sea.

Features7 Presents a new approach to set fish quota based on holistic ecosystem modeling

Fields of interestFish & Wildlife Biology & Management; Marine & Freshwater Sciences; Sustainable Development

Target groupsResearchers in marine ecology and fishery biology, consultants and administrators interested in management and studies of coastal systems

F. Princiotta, USEPA, NC, USA (Ed.)

Global Climate Change – The Technology Challenge

Features7 The book documents that from an energy/climate change viewpoint, civilization is on an unsustainable course 7 The book describes the status of technologies needed to protect the planet for future generations 7 The book concludes current technologies are inadequate and are not being developed at a pace consistent with the need 7 Geoengineering options are objectively considered; although only in conceptual stages, they offer the potential to allow humankind to buy time as we transform our energy production and use system 7 The book analyzes the unique mitigation challenges facing rapidly developing countries, such as China and India

From the contentsIntroduction.- 1The global climate mitigation challenge, overview.- 2 Power generation-coal and biomass.- 3 Coal and biomass conversion to liquids.- 4 Power generation-nuclear.- 5 Power generation-renewables.- 6 Mobile sources.- 7 Buildings.- 8 Industrial sources.- 9 Geoengi-neering options.- 10 Research, development, demonstration and deployment challenges.- 11 Role of technologies in developing economies.- 12 Environmental consequences of next generation energy technologies.- Conclusions.- Index.

Fields of interestPower Engineering; Climate Change; Renewable Energy Sources

Target groupsGovernment and industrial decision makers, university environmental and engineering depart-ments, environmental public interest groups, energy technology researchers

Discount groupP


Due May 2010

2010. Approx. 500 p. 80 illus. (Hexagon Series on Human and Environmental Security and Peace, Volume 8) Hardcover

7 approx. $169.00ISBN 978-3-642-05431-0

Discount groupP


Due May 2010

2010. X, 340 p. (Environmental Science and Engineering / Environmental Science) Hardcover

7 approx. $179.00ISBN 978-3-642-11561-5

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due March 2010

2010. Approx. 400 p. (Advances in Global Change Research, Volume 38) Hardcover

7 approx. $169.00ISBN 978-90-481-3152-5

springer.com/librarybooks64 Springer News 3/2010Environmental Sciences

V. Alexandrov, M. F. Gajdusek, C. G. Knight, A. Yotova (Eds.)

Global Environmental Change: Challenges to Science and Society in Southeastern EuropeSelected Papers presented in the International Conference held 19–21 May 2008 in Sofia, Bulgaria

Features7 Results from original research projects are presented 7 The majority of the countries in the region of South-Eastern Europe are covered 7 There are both concrete (country specific) and more general (regional scale) chapters 7 There are chapters of a broader context and contributions focused on specific issues

ContentsPreface.- Introduction.- PART I: Keynotes.- PART II: Global change and climate change in Southeastern Europe.- PART III: Environmental Impacts.- PART IV: Impacts on society and economy.- PART V: From global to local and vice versa.- Index.

Fields of interestClimate Change; Environment, general; Moni-toring/Environmental Analysis

Target groupsResearch and consultancy institutions in climate/environmental fields, different administrative units engaged with policy and decision-making, compa-nies active in related sectors

V. Crastan, HTI Biel, Switzerland

Global Energy Economics and Climate Protection Report 2009

The Global Energy Economics and Climate Protec-tion Report 2009 compiles the essential indicators which are necessary to assess the climate evolution.The report explains the most important facts and indicators, shows the data for all important regions of the world and comments on the data with a focus on the key players. As a result, the report provides the important facts and the knowledge necessary for a quantitative climate discussion. The Annex of the report gives a concise overview on the fundamentals of energy economy, a brief analysis of the global energy economy, and a table of the main CO2 Emissions – sorted according to countries and sectors (Electricity, Fuel, Heating).

Features7 Presents the essential indicators for a climate analysis 7 Constitutes a quantitative basis to set climate goals

ContentsIntroductory remarks.- Main report: Objectives and indicators.- Climate protection and required measures.- Indicator values required for 2030.- Indicator values required for 2050.- Concluding remarks.

Fields of interestClimate Change; Power Engineering; Environ-mental Economics

Target groupsScientists in research, politics, and economy

J. Elliott, C. Bishop, Pacific Wildlife Research Centre, Delta, BC, Canada; C. Morrissey, Catchment Research Group, Cardiff, UK (Eds.)

Wildlife EcotoxicologyForensic Approaches

Many books have now been published in the broad field of environmental toxicology. However, to date, none of them have presented the often fasci-nating stories of the wildlife science, and the steps along the way from discovery of problems caused by environmental pollutants to the regulatory and non-regulatory efforts to address the problems. This book provides case by case examinations of how toxic chemical effects on wildlife have brought about policy and regulatory decisions, and positive changes in environmental conditions. Wild animal stories, whether they are about the disappear-ance of charismatic top predators, or of grossly deformed embryos or frogs, provide powerful symbols that can and have captured the public’s imagination and have resulted in increased aware-ness by decision makers. It is the intent of this book to present factual and balanced overviews and summaries of the science and the subsequent regulatory processes that followed to effect change (or not).

From the contentsIntroduction.- Ethics in science and regulation of environmental chemicals.- Update: DDT, bird populations, chemical regulation, California coast.- Dieldrin, poisoning and population decline of British birds of prey.- The Rocky Mountain Arsenal: Contamination and enduring impacts on wildlife.- North American Great Lakes.- Contami-nant impacts on birds, regulations.- Dioxins, pulp and paper, fish-eating birds on the Pacific coast of Canada.- Getting the lead out: Dead ducks, eagles and the hunting community.

Fields of interestEcotoxicology; Environmental Law/Policy/Ecojus-tice; Animal Ecology

Target groupsResearchers, field biologists, contaminants special-ists, regulators, educators, NGOs, and the public interested in environmental toxicology

Discount groupP


Due May 2010


7 approx. $169.00ISBN 978-90-481-8694-5

Discount groupP


Due March 2010


7 $99.00ISBN 978-3-642-11872-2

Discount groupP


Due April 2010

2010. Approx. 350 p. 95 illus., 15 in color. (Emerging Topics in Ecotoxicology, Volume 4) Hardcover

7 approx. $119.00ISBN 978-0-387-89431-7

springer.com/librarybooks 65Springer News 3/2010 Environmental Sciences

F. Müller, University of Kiel, Germany; C. Baessler, Helmholtz Centre for Environmental Research UFZ, Halle, Germany; H. Schubert, University of Rostock, Germany; S. Klotz, Helmholtz Centre for Environmental Research UFZ, Halle, Germany (Eds.)

Long-Term Ecological ResearchBetween Theory and Application

Ecosystems change on a multitude of spatial and temporal scales. While analyses of ecosystem dynamics in short timespans have received much attention, the impacts of changes in the long term have, to a great extent, been neglected, provoking a lack of information and methodological know-how in this area. This book fills this gap by focusing on studies dealing with the investigation of complex, long-term ecological processes with regard to global change, the development of early warning systems, and the acquisition of a scientific basis for strategic conservation management and the sustainable use of ecosystems. Within this book, theoretical ecological questions of long-term processes, as well as an international dimension of long-term monitoring, observations and research are brought together. The outcome is an overview on different aspects of long-term ecological research. Aquatic, as well as terrestrial ecosystems are represented.

Features7 Fills a gap, as most literature deals with short-term monitoring 7 Studies provide a snap-shot of the range of methods and practices in use in long-term ecosystem research today 7 The international dimension of long-term monitoring, observations and research are brought together 7 Promotes a better application of scientific methodology in environmental practice

Fields of interestEnvironment, general; Ecology; Monitoring/Envi-ronmental Analysis

Target groupsEcologists, environmentalists, conservation biolo-gists, biodiversity scientists, administrators of protected areas, natural resource managers

M. Gross, Helmholtz Centre for Environmental Research – UFZ, Leipzig, Germany; H. Heinrichs, Institut für Umweltkommunikation (INFU), Leuphana Universität Lüneburg, Germany (Eds.)

Environmental SociologyEuropean Perspectives and Interdisciplinary Challenges

Despite being a relatively young sub-discipline, European environmental sociology has changed considerably in the last decades towards more interdisciplinary collaborations and problem solving. Current trends such as global environ-mental modernization and processes of economic, political and socio-cultural globalization, fuelled by developments of transport, environmental flows, scientific uncertainty, and information tech-nologies, have fostered new conceptual approaches that move beyond classical sociological mind-sets toward broader attempts to connect to other disciplines.

Features7 Covers a broad spectrum of sociological and environmental social science concepts ranging from rational choice, practice theory to earth system governanceFocuses on the inter- and trans-disciplinary potential of environmental sociology 7 Discusses modern societies' reform needs, limits and new possibilities to adapt to and shape its natural environments

ContentsPART 1: Natural Flows and Global Environmental Discourse.- PART II: Exploring Limits and New Possibilities for Understanding Environmental Rationalities.- PART III: Transdisciplinarity and Sustainable Development.- PART IV: Ecological Adaptation Policies and Social Experimentation.- PART V: Coda Chapter.- Index.

Fields of interestSociology; Environmental Management; Sustain-able Development

Target groupsUpper undergraduate and graduate courses in social sciences dealing with environmental topics; Researchers in the field of environmental studies

I. Krupnik, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, DC, USA; C. Aporta, Carleton University, ON, Canada; S. Gearheard, University of Colorado at Boulder, Nunavut, Canada; G. Laidler, Carleton University ON, Canada (Eds.)

SIKU: Knowing Our IceDocumenting Inuit Sea Ice Knowledge and Use

Features7 First-ever overview of indigenous knowl-edge of ice on a broad pan-Arctic scale 7 Ice is changing rapidly and so is indigenous knowledge and use of sea ice 7 Science of modern climate change is strengthened by use of local knowledge 7 Comparative stories of ice use and knowledge across four Arctic nations 7 Unique resource for anyone interested in indigenous visions of Arctic life

ContentsPreface .- Foreword .- Volume Contributors.- List of Figures.- List of Tables.- Overview.- Part 1 - RECORDING THE KNOWLEDGE.- Part 2 - USING THE ICE.- Part 3 – LEARNING, KNOWING, AND PRESERVING THE KNOWL-EDGE.- Part 4 – SIKU and Siku: OPENING NEW PERSPECTIVES .- EPILOGUE: The Humanism of Sea Ice.- Appendix 1. Nunavimmiut Sea Ice Termi-nology.- Appendix 2. List of the SIKU-generated publications and science presentations, 2006–2010.

Fields of interestAnthropology; Human Geography; Climate Change

Target groupsInterdisciplinary Polar scientists, graduate and undergraduate students in social and environ-mental studies, educators, students across the polar regions, educated readers in northern communi-ties interested in the issues of knowledge, cultural heritage, and climate change

Discount groupP


Due May 2010


7 $169.00ISBN 978-90-481-8781-2

Discount groupP


Due May 2010


7 approx. $139.00ISBN 978-90-481-8729-4

Discount groupP


Due May 2010


7 approx. $100.00ISBN 978-90-481-8586-3

springer.com/librarybooks66 Springer News 3/2010Life Sciences

H. Blanco, R. Lal, The Ohio State University, Colombus, OH, USA

Principles of Soil Conservation and Management

“Principles of Soil Management and Conservation” comprehensively reviews the state-of-knowledge on soil erosion and management. It discusses in detail soil conservation topics in relation to soil productivity, environment quality, and agronomic production. It addresses the implications of soil erosion with emphasis on global hotspots and synthesizes available from developed and devel-oping countries. It also critically reviews informa-tion on no-till management, organic farming, crop residue management for industrial uses, conser-vation buffers (e.g., grass buffers, agroforestry systems), and the problem of hypoxia in the Gulf of Mexico and in other regions. This book uniquely addresses the global issues including carbon sequestration, net emissions of CO2, and erosion as a sink or source of C under different scenarios of soil management.

Features7 No-till technology, organic farming, and crop residue management in relation to ecosystem services 7 Conservation buffers, sedimentation, and chemical pollution 7 Tillage erosion 7 Carbon sequestration, net emissions of CO2, and erosion as a sink or source of C 7 Non-point source pollution and hypoxia 7 Soil resilience and quality

Fields of interestSoil Science & Conservation; Nature Conservation; Environmental Management

Target groupsUndergraduate and graduate students in soil science, agronomy, environmentalists, agricul-tural engineering, hydrology, natural resources and agricultural ecosystems, of interest to soil conservationists, extension agents, policymakers, environmentalists

G. L. Comstock, North Carolina State University, Raleigh, NC, USA (Ed.)

Life Science EthicsDoes nature have intrinsic value? Should we be doing more to save wilderness and ocean ecosys-tems? What are our duties to future generations of humans? Do animals have rights? This revised edition of “Life Science Ethics” introduces these questions using narrative case studies on geneti-cally modified foods, use of animals in research, nanotechnology, and global climate change, and then explores them in detail using essays written by nationally-recognized experts in the ethics field. Part I introduces ethics, the relationship of religion to ethics, how we assess ethical arguments, and a method ethicists use to reason about ethical theo-ries. Part II demonstrates the relevance of ethical reasoning to the environment, land, farms, food, biotechnology, genetically modified foods, animals in agriculture and research, climate change, and nanotechnology. Part III presents case studies for the topics found in Part II.

Features7 Features new essays and case studies on geneti-cally modified foods, use of animals in research, nanotechnology, and global climate change 7 Expertly deploys narratives, argument analysis, case studies, essays and classroom discussion questions to provoke spirited in-class discussions among undergraduates 7 Stimulating text that entertains students and helps them to hone their critical thinking skills

Fields of interestEthics; Philosophy; Philosophy of Technology

Target groupsInstructors and undergraduate students in academic institutions with modules in philosophy, agriculture, animal rights, environmental ethics, and applied ethics

C. A. Edwards, The Ohio State University, Columbus, OH, USA; P. Hendrix, University of Georgia, Athens, GA, USA; N. Arancon, The Ohio State University, Columbus, OH, USA

Biology and Ecology of Earthworms

This 4th edition updates the latest research on earthworms. More than 3,000 species of earth-worm exist in the world. They are considered to be an important ally in advancing environmental and biomedical research. Earthworms play an impor-tant role in forest or agricultural ecosystems and play an increasing role in biomedical issues. Earth-worms are critical to the environment because they consume huge quantities of decomposed litter, manure, and other organic matter deposited on soil - helping to convert it into rich topsoil Earthworms can also help reduce soil compaction, improve permeability--thus providing channels for root growth, water infiltration, and gas exchange. Earthworms are also important animals for the assessment of the toxicity of chemicals, such as herbicides and pesticides, which are deliberately released into the environment. Earthworms are superb ‘barometers’ or ‘sentinels’ providing an early warning of deterioration in soil quality.

Features7 First three editions served as the standard text in the field 7 Eleven years since last edition

From the contentsEarthworm Morphology.- Earthworm Biodiver-sity and Biogeography.- Earthworm Biology.- Earthworm Physiology.- Earthworm Ecology: Populations.- Earthworm Ecology: Communi-ties.- The Influence of Environmental Factors on Earthworms.- The Role of Earthworms in Organic Matter and Nutrient Cycles.- Earthworms and Micro-Organisms.

Fields of interestEcology; Animal Ecology; Environmental Manage-ment

Target groupsStudents and researchers in soil science and environmental management

Discount groupP


Due March 2010

2010. XXIV, 620 p. Softcover

7 $89.95ISBN 978-90-481-8529-0

Discount groupP


Due May 2010

Originally published by Iowa State Press, 2002


7 $69.95ISBN 978-90-481-8791-1

Discount groupP


Due April 2010

Originally published by Chapman & Hall, 1996

4th ed. 2010. Approx. 530 p. 60 illus. Softcover

7 approx. $98.95ISBN 978-0-387-74942-6

springer.com/librarybooks 67Springer News 3/2010 Life Sciences

A. V. Ereskovsky, Biological Faculty, Saint-Petersburg State University, Russia

The Comparative Embryology of Sponges

One of the major questions in the evolution of animals is the transition from unicellular to multicellular organization, which resulted in the emergence of Metazoa through a hypothetical Urmetazoa. The Comparative Embryology of Sponges contains abundant original and literary data on comparative embryology and morphology of the Porifera (Sponges), a group of ‘lower Metazoa’. On the basis of this material, original typization of the development of Sponges is given and the problems concerning origin and evolution of Porifera and their ontogenesis are discussed. A morphogenetic interpretation of the body plan development during embryogenesis, metamor-phosis and asexual reproduction in Sponges is proposed. Special attention is given to the analysis of characteristic features of the ontogenesis in Porifera.

Features7 First and complete compilation of the events characterizing origin and evolution of Porifera and their ontogenesis

Fields of interestMarine & Freshwater Sciences; Embryology; Animal Anatomy / Morphology / Histology

Target groupsEmbryologists, zoologists, morphologists and researchers in evolutionary biology

R. Ehlers, Christian-Albrechts-Universität, Kiel, Germany (Ed.)

Regulation of Biological Control Agents in Europe

Biological control agents can substitute hazardous pesticides and provide environmentally safe and sustainable control of pests, diseases and weeds. Often, exaggerating registration requirements prevent or delay market introduction of micro-organisms, semiochemicals and botanicals. This book is the result of the Europe-wide, two-year policy support action REBECA, a forum for repre-sentatives of academia, regulation authorities and biocontrol industry to discuss improved regula-tion rules. It provides a comprehensive review on existing data requirements and registration proce-dures. Risks and benefits of biocontrol in relation to trade-off effects resulting from unbalanced regulation are discussed. As a result, proposals for innovative and balanced regulation procedures are presented including recommendations how to accelerate the authorisation process.

Features7 Results of the EU policy support action REBECA (Regulation of Biological Control Agents) 7 Overview and comparison of current status of regulation requirements 7 Guide-line for regulation of biological control agents 7 Proposals for the development of adapted and more balanced regulation requirements for biocontrol agents 7 Proposals for innovative regulation legislation

Fields of interestPlant Pathology; Entomology; Agriculture

Target groupsRegulation authorities, biological control industry, biocontrol researchers and students, agriculture politicians

C. Fang, B. Li, Fudan University, Shanghai, China; Y. Luo, University of Oklahoma, Norman, OK, USA; J. Chen, University of Toledo, Toledo, OH, USA; J. Chen, Fudan University, Shanghai, China (Eds.)

Ecology in the Yangtze River Estuary

The Yangtze River estuary is a system where geological, biological, and socioeconomic processes actively interplay. The Yangtze River carries about 5 billion tons of sediment to the estuary from upstream each year, providing rich substrates for biological activities and alluvial processes. An exotic plant species, Spartina alter-niflora was intentionally introduced to the region in 1979, and has aggressively invaded the Yangtze River estuary and coastal China. The biological invasion alters plant and animal biodiversity and ecosystem processes. In addition, the Yangtze River estuary is close to Shanghai, one of the most economically active cities in China and the world. Fast economic development and social transforma-tion exert great pressure to exploit resources in the estuary.

Features7 A comprehensive synthesis of ecological research on the Yangtze River and Estuary system 7 A reference for the management of other major estuarine ecosystems 7 Includes sections on biodiversity, ecological processes, and human impacts

Fields of interestEcology; Waste Water Technology / Water Pollu-tion Control / Water Management / Aquatic Pollu-tion ; Ecosystems

Target groupsEcologists, researchers in soil science, earth system science, atmospheric science, biogeochemistry, and global change biology

Discount groupP


Due April 2010

Originally published in Russian by Saint-Petersburg University Press


7 approx. $179.00ISBN 978-90-481-8574-0

Discount groupP


Due April 2010


7 approx. $199.00ISBN 978-90-481-3663-6

Discount groupP


Due April 2010

2010. Approx. 495 p. 40 illus. (Ecological Studies, Volume 212) Hardcover

7 approx. $149.00ISBN 978-0-387-76769-7

springer.com/librarybooks68 Springer News 3/2010Life Sciences

R. Kontermann, University Stuttgart, Germany; S. Dübel, Technical University Braunschweig, Germany (Eds.)

Antibody EngineeringVolume 1

Antibodies are indispensable tools for research, diagnosis, and therapy. Recombinant approaches allow the modification and improvement of nearly all antibody properties, such as affinity, valency, specificity, stability, serum half-life, effector func-tions, and immunogenicity. Antibody Engineering provides a comprehensive toolbox covering the well-established basics but also many exciting new techniques. The protocols reflect the latest “hands on” knowledge of key labo-ratories in this still fast-moving field. Newcomers will benefit from the proven step-by-step proto-cols, which include helpful practical advice; expe-rienced antibody engineers will appreciate the new ideas and approaches. The book is an invaluable resource for all those engaged in antibody research and development.

Features7 The updated second edition of the successful Springer Lab Manual "Antibody Engineering" is now offered in two volumes with nearly the double number of protocols 7 With both new and well established techniques 7 Detailed step-by-step protocols including all materials and practical advices

Fields of interestAntibodies; Protein Science; Cell Biology

Target groupsResearchers in immunology, molecular biology, and cell biology, in clinical diagnosis and therapy

R. Kontermann, Universität Stuttgart, Germany; S. Dübel, Technische Universität Braunschweig, Germany (Eds.)

Antibody EngineeringVolume 2

Antibodies are indispensable tools for research, diagnosis, and therapy. Recombinant approaches allow the modification and improvement of nearly all antibody properties, such as affinity, valency, specificity, stability, serum half-life, effector func-tions, and immunogenicity. Antibody Engineering provides a comprehensive toolbox covering the well-established basics but also many exciting new techniques. The protocols reflect the latest “hands on” knowledge of key labo-ratories in this still fast-moving field. Newcomers will benefit from the proven step-by-step proto-cols, which include helpful practical advice; expe-rienced antibody engineers will appreciate the new ideas and approaches. The book is an invaluable resource for all those engaged in antibody research and development.

Features7 The updated second edition of the successful Springer Lab Manual "Antibody Engineering" is now offered in two volumes with nearly the double number of protocols 7 With both new and well established techniques 7 Detailed step-by-step protocols including all materials and practical advices

Fields of interestAntibodies; Protein Science; Cell Biology

Target groupsResearchers in immunology, molecular biology, and cell biology, in clinical diagnosis and therapy

A. Moreira-Muñoz

Plant Geography of Chile The first and so far only Plant Geography of Chile was written about 100 years ago, since when many things have changed: plants have been renamed and reclassified; taxonomy and systematics have experienced deep changes as have biology, geog-raphy, and biogeography. The time is therefore ripe for a new look at Chile’s plants and their distribution. Focusing on three key issues – botany/systematics, geography and biogeographical analysis – this book presents a thoroughly updated synthesis both of Chilean plant geography and of the different approaches to studying it. Because of its range – from the neotropics to the temperate sub-Antarctic – Chile’s flora provides a critical insight into evolu-tionary patterns, particularly in relation to the distribution along the latitudinal profiles and the global geographical relationships of the country’s genera. The consequences of these relations for the evolution of the Chilean Flora are discussed.

Features7 No comparable book is available in English - first modern attempt to systematize the Chilean plant geography 7 Chile harbours a unique, diverse flora across a range of climatic zones and including a number of biodiversity hotspots 7 Interdisciplinary treatment – interesting for different scientists interested e.g. in geobotany, evolutionary biology, geography

Fields of interestPlant Systematics/Taxonomy/Biogeography; Biogeosciences; Biodiversity

Target groupsResearchers and graduates working in the fields of botanical systematics, biogeography and evolu-tionary biology as well as a reference for plant conservationists, foresters and other economic botanists

Discount groupP


Due April 2010

Originally published in one volume, within the series “Springer Lab Manuals”

2nd ed. 2010. Approx. 810 p. 220 illus., 20 in color. Hardcover

7 approx. $279.00ISBN 978-3-642-01143-6

Discount groupP


Due April 2010

Originally published in one volume, within the series “Springer Lab Manuals”

2nd ed. 2010. Approx. 610 p. 122 illus., 22 in color. Hardcover

7 approx. $239.00ISBN 978-3-642-01146-7

Discount groupP


Due May 2010

2010. Approx. 250 p. (Plant and Vegetation, Volume 5) Hardcover

7 approx. $179.00ISBN 978-90-481-8747-8

springer.com/librarybooks 69Springer News 3/2010 Life Sciences

E. R. Pansarin, L. M. Pansarin

The familiy Orchidaceae in the Serra do Japi, Sao Paulo state, Brazil

This study presents the floristic survey of orchid species occurring in the Serra do Japi, São Paulo, Southeastern Brazil. This region is strategically placed in the transition between interior semi-deciduous mesophytic forests and the Atlantic forest, presenting species from both formations. Although the orchid diversity is high, the region is affected by anthropogenic disturbance. The preservation and the integrated study is an urgent necessity, with social, economic and preserva-tionist reflexes. The observed orchid family includes 125 species distributed among 61 genera. Two new species, Habenaria sp. and Acianthera sp. which were not identified before are described. The most representative genus is Epidendrum, followed by Oncidium and Habenaria. Most of the species occurs as epiphytes, while 40 species are terrestrial, 31 species are rupicolous, two are hemi-epiphytes and only one is a saprophyte. The semi-deciduous mesophytic forest has the highest occurrence of species of Orchidaceae.

Features7 Brazilian forests are the one of the richest in species of orchids. This book is the first evolving orchids of Brazilian semi-deciduous mesophytic forests 7 Atlantic rain forests (sensu lato) actu-ally are reduced to only 6% of its original extent but include many undescribed species

Fields of interestPlant Systematics/Taxonomy/Biogeography; Biodi-versity; Plant Sciences

Target groupsLibraries, botanists, Orchid specialists, taxono-mists, plant ecologists

C. A. Rebeiz, C. Benning, H. J. Bohnert, H. Daniell, J. K. Hoober, H. K. Lichtenthaler, A. R. Portis, B. C. Tripathy (Eds.)

The ChloroplastBasics and Applications

The world population is expected to increase to 9 billion by the year 2050 which will generate food and fuel shortages. Since it will be difficult to increase the land area under cultivation without serious environmental consequences, higher productivity for biomass is required. Improve-ment in photosynthetic efficiency would require increased knowledge and deeper understanding of :(a) the biosynthesis of photosynthetic membrane components such as hemes, chlorophylls, carot-enoids, quinones, and lipids; (b) photosynthetic membrane apoprotein biosynthesis; (c) the biosyn-thesis and regulation of the assembly of pigment-apoprotein complexes; and (d) the complexities of carbon sensing, biosynthesis and allocation. These goals may be accomplished by bioengineering of chloroplasts with higher photosynthetic efficiency and superior adaptation to various stresses and/or alteration of the kinetic properties of the CO2-assimilating enzyme, Rubisco.

Features7 Addresses the major problem of increasing the food-making capabilities of green plants by rewiring the chloroplast via chloroplast bioengi-neering 7 Focus future attention on "Chloroplast Bioengineering" as an integrated novel field of research

Fields of interestPlant Physiology; Plant Biochemistry; Cell Biology

Target groupsBiochemists, molecular biologists as well as leading scientists involved in photsythesis research and biotechnologists involved in chloroplast transformation

I. H. Williams, Rothamsted Research, Harpenden, UK (Ed.)

Biocontrol-Based Integrated Management of Oilseed Rape Pests

Oilseed rape is a major arable crop in both Europe and North America. It is attacked by unique complexes of insect pests still largely controlled through the application of chemical insecti-cides. Crop management systems for the future must combine sustainability with environmental acceptability to satisfy both social and economic demands. This book, in its 17 chapters each led by a world expert, reviews research progress towards developing integrated pest management systems for the crop that enhance conservation biocontrol. This approach is particularly timely because of the development in Europe of insecticide resistance in the pollen beetle, a major pest of the crop. The past decade has seen considerable progress in our knowledge of the parasitoids and predators that contribute to biocontrol, of their distribu-tion patterns, and their behavioural ecology, both within and without the crop.

Features7 Alternative environmentally-more acceptable integrated pest management strategies for oilseed rape urgently needed 7 Current major problem (pollen beetle resistance to pyrethroids) high-lighted as a driver for need for alternative control methods 7 State-of-the-art reviews by world experts in their field 7 Timely 7 Considerable advance made since the last book on the subject in 2003

Fields of interestAgriculture; Plant Pathology; Invertebrates

Target groupsGraduates, postgraduates, researchers and exten-sion workers interested in crop protection, inte-grated pest management and biocontrol

Discount groupP


Due July 2010


7 approx. $409.00ISBN 978-3-211-99754-3

Discount groupP


Due May 2010

2010. Approx. 500 p. (Advances in Photosynthesis and Respiration, Volume 31) Hardcover

7 approx. $279.00ISBN 978-90-481-8530-6

Discount groupP


Due May 2010


7 approx. $239.00ISBN 978-90-481-3982-8

springer.com/librarybooks70 Springer News 3/2010Business/Economics

J. Barceló, Universitat Politècnica de Catalunya, Barcelona, Spain; M. Kuwahara, University of Tokyo, Japan (Eds.)

Traffic Data Collection and its Standardization

This book contains twelve selected papers presented at the International Workshop on Traffic Data Collection and its Standardization held on September 8-9th 2008 in Barcelona. The workshop was intended to examine the purposes and quality of data and how it is collected and used in traffic analysis, with the overall intent of improving and standardizing the practice. Traffic data is the cornerstone to everything from the most classical traffic control analysis to the most advanced real-time control and management implementing modern Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS) applications. These applications are primarily based on the availability of traffic data supplied by a Data Collection System which, equipped with more or less sophisticated technolo-gies, provides measurements on the fundamental traffic variables, ideally with the required level of temporal aggregation, and perhaps, when the technology allows it, additional measurements on other variables of interest.

Features7 Presents the state of the art in traffic data collection and standardization 7 Brings the field completely up to date 7 As ITS are increasingly being developed around the world, the informa-tion in this book is critically needed

Fields of interestOperations Research/Decision Theory; Operations Research, Management Science; Regional/Spatial Science

Target groupsPractitioners and researchers in transportation design and engineering, graduate-level and post-graduate students

P. Coto-Millán, M. A. Pesquera, J. Castanedo, University of Cantabria, Santander, Spain (Eds.)

Essays on Port Economics The aim of this book is to offer a comprehensive overview of the economics of ports for scientists, students and professionals. The text is divided into five self-contained parts: the first chapter defines the demand for port services using an econometric approach. The second part analyzes the provi-sion of port services using the production, cost, investment and profit functions of various ports. The third part combines the two previous parts in order to propound a general equilibrium approach. The fourth part looks at regulation, efficiency and the existence of ports as natural monopolies. Finally, the fifth part uses Cost Benefit Analysis for an economic evaluation of the feasibility of building new ports or enlarging existing ones.

From the contents1 Introduction. Part I: Port Demand. 2 Determi-nants of the Demand for Maritime Imports and Exports. 3 A Demand Economic Theory of the Port. 4 Port Demand: Theory and Applications. Part II: Port Supply. 5 Port Production Function: An Application. 6 Multioutput Cost Functions in Port Production. 7 The Strategic Positioning of Ports: The Use of Portfolio Analysis. 8 Port Investment. 9 Earnings Differentials of Port Dock-workers and Seafarers. Part III: Port Economic Impact. 10 Economic Impact Study: Application to Ports. 11 Economic Impact Study: Ports and Hinterlands. 12 Dynamising Economic Impact Studies.

Fields of interestIndustrial Organization; Civil Engineering; Regional/Spatial Science

Target groupsScientists

G. K. Eliasson, Royal Institute of Technology (KTH), Stockholm, Sweden

Advanced Public Procurement as Industrial PolicyThe Aircraft Industry as a Technical University

The primary theme of this book is to investigate the macroeconomic significance of the “cloud” of technological spillovers that surrounds advanced industrial production: In what ways do tech-nological innovations spread and contribute to economic growth? What policies can be developed to maximize the economic potential of innova-tions? These themes are particularly timely in the context of global economic crisis, government-sponsored stimulus packages, and the ongoing evolution from manufacturing-based to knowl-edge-based economies. To explore these issues in depth, Gunnar Eliasson focuses on a detailed case study of the development of Saab’s military aircraft, the JAS 39 Gripen system—a project that involves advanced technological innovations, a complex network of suppliers, public-private sector collaboration, and both military and commercial applications.

Features7 Addresses the timely issue of maximizing the potential of technological innovation and diffu-sion 7 Employs innovative research methods (integrating micro case studies and macroeco-nomic analysis) to consider practical implications at firm, industry, and national economy levels 7 Compares aircraft industry with telephony, computers, and medical technologies

Fields of interestR & D/Technology Policy; Technology Manage-ment; Procurement

Target groupsResearchers, professors, and students of tech-nology management & policy, innovation, R&D, industrial organization, knowledge manage-ment, and economic policy, business executives, especially in advanced-technology industries, policymakers and government officials concerned with technology development and transfer, public procurement, and economic growth

Discount groupP


Due April 2010

2010. Approx. 255 p. 93 illus., 49 in color. (International Series in Operations Research & Management Science, Volume 144) Hardcover

7 approx. $139.00ISBN 978-1-4419-6069-6

Discount groupP


Due May 2010

2010. Approx. 250 p. (Contributions to Economics) Hardcover

7 approx. $139.00ISBN 978-3-7908-2424-7

Discount groupP


Due March 2010

2010. Approx. 260 p. 10 illus. (Economics of Science, Technology and Innovation, Volume 34) Hardcover

7 approx. $139.00ISBN 978-1-4419-5848-8

springer.com/librarybooks 71Springer News 3/2010 Business/Economics

B. Groothedde, Delft, The Netherlands

Logistics Network Design and CollaborationDesign, Theory, and Practice

The evolution of logistics networks during the last decades can be characterized by a strong rational-ization of business processes. This ongoing ratio-nalization has led to a constant search for econo-mies of scale in logistics networks. A strategy that has become more and more apparent is seeking collaboration with partners in order to achieve the necessary scale and scope. The difficulty when searching for such a partnership in logistics is finding the most appropriate scope, type and form of collaboration. Thus far, the design of a logistics networks in which the different actors collaborate received little attention in the literature. A compre-hensive and practical step-by-step methodology is presented that enables the reader to first make a clear problem decomposition, denote the relations between the different actors in the network, and finally based on the specific design characteristics choice the appropriate modeling approach.

Fields of interestProduction/Logistics; Operations Research/Deci-sion Theory; Industrial Organization

Target groupsResearchers and scholars

A. Novales, E. Fernández, J. Ruiz, Universidad Complutense, Madrid, Spain

Economic GrowthTheory and Numerical Solution Methods

This is a book on deterministic and stochastic Growth Theory and the computational methods needed to produce numerical solutions. Exogenous and endogenous growth models are thoroughly reviewed. Special attention is paid to the use of these models for fiscal and monetary policy analysis. Modern Business Cycle Theory, the New Keynesian Macroeconomics, the class of Dynamic Stochastic General Equilibrium models, can be all considered as special cases of models of economic growth, and they can be analyzed by the theo-retical and numerical procedures provided in the textbook. Analytical discussions are presented in full detail. The book is self contained and it is designed so that the student advances in the theoretical and the computational issues in parallel. EXCEL and Matlab files are provided on an accompanying website to illustrate theoretical results as well as to simulate the effects of economic policy interven-tions.

Features7 First textbook which integrates the analysis of theoretical models of Economic Growth and computational methods to produce numerical solutions 7 Detailed discussion of economic policy issues 7 Excel and Matlab files are provided on an accompanying website

From the contentsThe Neoclassical Growth Model under a Constant Savings Rate.- Optimal Growth. Continuous Time Analysis.- Optimal Growth. Discrete Time Analysis.- Numerical Solution Models.- Endog-enous Growth Models.- Additional Endogenous Growth Models.- Growth in Monetary Economics: Steady-State Analysis of Monetary Policy.

Fields of interestEconomic Growth; Macroeconomics; Economic Theory

Target groupsAdvanced undergraduate and graduate students, scientists, lecturers

D. Schanz, WHU - Otto Beisheim School of Management, Vallendar, Germany; S. Schanz, University of Bielefeld, Germany

Business Taxation and Financial Decisions

Managerial decisions are considerably influenced by taxes: e.g. the choice of location, buy or lease decisions or the proper mix of debt and equity in the firm’s capital structure increasingly ask for qualified employees in an economic environment, which is becoming more and more complex. Due to the worldwide economic integration and continual changes in the tax legislation firms are faced with new challenges – the need for informa-tion and advice is increasing. The textbook’s ambition is to identify and quantify possible tax effects on investment strategies and financing policies of national and multinational companies. The book does not focus on tax law details – it wants to address students and prac-titioners with their focus on corporate finance, accounting, investment banking and strategy consulting.

Features7 Broad approach interesting for students and practitioners 7 Case studies 7 Exercises for repetition 7 Introduction to all relevant research in this area 7 Illustrations and tables

Fields of interestBusiness Taxation; Finance /Banking; Accounting/Auditing

Target groupsStudents, practitioners

Discount groupP


Due April 2010


7 approx. $129.00ISBN 978-3-7908-2047-8

Discount groupP


Due April 2010

2010. XX, 528 p. 19 illus. Softcover

7 $69.95ISBN 978-3-642-11132-7

Discount groupP


Due May 2010

2010. 300 p. Hardcover

7 approx. $139.00ISBN 978-3-642-03283-7

springer.com/librarybooks72 Springer News 3/2010Business/Economics

M. M. Seitanidi, Brunel University, Uxbridge, Middlesex, UK

The Politics of PartnershipsA Critical Examination of Nonprofit-Business Partnerships

The widespread partnering phenomenon in the US and the UK spurred a significant amount of literature focusing on its strategic use. The Politics of Partnerships diverges by examining if partner-ships can deliver benefits that extend beyond the organisational to the societal level resulting from the intentional combined efforts of the partners.

Features7 Rich and in-depth case studies that provide grounding in the potential as well as the limita-tions of multi-sector collaboration 7 A critical examination of the partnership phenomenon based on 75 interviews in businesses and nonprofit organisations in the UK 7 A tool box of concepts to make sense of social partnerships as well as a reality check highlighting the strengths and weak-nesses of social partnerships

ContentsList of Tables.- List of Figures.- List of Abbrevia-tions.- Introduction.- 1.The Partnership Society.- 2. A Holistic Framework for the Analysis of Partner-ships.- 3. Partnership Formation.- 4. Partnership Implementation.- 5. Partnership Outcomes.- 6. Reclaiming Responsibilities.- Conclusion: Beyond Boundaries.- Appendices.- Author Biography.- Bibliography.

Fields of interestOrganization/Planning; Sociology; Social Policy

Target groupsAcademic libraries, senior undergraduate and postgraduate students, fellow scholars in business and management schools, academic institutions with MA/MSc modules and programmes in corpo-rate responsibility, business ethics, citizenship studies, and governance, and for those teaching Corporate Social Responsibility and CSR imple-mentation

P. Wang, University of Hull, UK

The Economics of Foreign Exchange and Global Finance

The book presents all major subjects in interna-tional monetary theory, foreign exchange markets, international financial management and invest-ment analysis. It is relevant to real world problems in the sense that it provides guidance on how to solve policy issues as well as practical manage-ment tasks. This in turn helps the reader to gain an understanding of the theory and refines the framework. Various topics are interlinked so the book adopts a systematic treatment of integrated materials relating different theories under various circum-stances and combining theory with practice. The text examines issues in international monetary policy and financial management in a practical way, focusing on the identification of the factors and players in foreign exchange markets and the international finance arena. The textbook can be used in graduate and advanced undergraduate programmes in these areas. The second edition incorporates two new chapters, integrating new materials, data, and recent devel-opments.

Features7 Identifies the factors and players in foreign exchange markets and international finance 7 Examines theory and practice in a single volume in an integrated and systematic way 7 Improves understanding of international monetary and financial management in a practical way 7 Various exercises and internet links provide extra help

Fields of interestFinancial Economics; Finance /Banking; Interna-tional Economics

Target groupsStudents, tutors, practitioners, scientists

Discount groupP


Due May 2010


7 approx. $179.00ISBN 978-90-481-8546-7

Discount groupP


Due May 2010

2nd ed. 2010. XIV, 432 p. 110 illus. Softcover

7 $59.95ISBN 978-3-642-11136-5

springer.com/librarybooks 73Springer News 3/2010 Management/Business for Professionals

H. Arnold, J. Heuer, P. Möckel, Deutsche Telekom AG, Berlin, Germany; C. Schläffer, Deutsche Telekom AG, Bonn, Germany

Technological Trends in ICTThis book covers an in depth analysis of selected trends and developments that have begun to change the information and communications tech-nology (ICT) industry. Based on the “Deutsche Telekom Technology Radar”, a technology screening and foresighting instrument for the telecom provider’s technology and innovation management, it provides views of international thought leaders on recent research and future developments on these topics with a perspective for their application in new products and services.

Fields of interestInformation Systems; Technology Management; Management/Business for Professionals

Target groupsProfessionals and managers in the ICT-Industry

B. Bogdan, R. Villiger, Avance Basel GmbH, Basel, Switzerland

Valuation in Life SciencesA Practical Guide

This book is the first complete guide to valua-tion in life sciences for industry professionals, investors, and academics. Boris Bogdan and Ralph Villiger introduce the characteristics of drug and medical device development, explain how to trans-late these into the valuation, and provide valuable industry data. After guiding the reader through the theory of valuation, including DCF, decision trees, and real options, the authors demonstrate how to value projects, patents, licences, firms, and stocks on real-life examples, even treating complex licence and company structures. Special emphasis is put on the practicability of the proposed methods by including many hands-on examples, without compromising on realistic results. The 3rd edition of the successful work includes new studies about success rates and about drug development in the biotech industry and their influence on valuation.

Features7 First complete guide to valuation in life sciences (pharma, biotech, medtech) 7 Step-by-step explanation of how to practice valuation of projects and contracts 7 With relevant data and many real-life examples and exercises

ContentsIntroduction.- The Life Sciences Industry.- Valua-tion.- Project Valuation.- License Contract Valua-tion.- Technology Valuation.- IP Valuation.- Firm Valuation.- Advanced Topics.- Valuation and Gut Feeling.- Excercises.

Fields of interestFinance /Banking; Computer Appl. in Life Sciences; Health Informatics

Target groupsProfessionals in the life sciences business, including executives, investors, managers in busi-ness development and licencing, analysts

K. Fog, C. Budtz, B. Yakaboylu, SIGMA, Copenhagen, Denmark

StorytellingBranding in Practice

As a concept, storytelling has won a decisive foothold in the debate on how brands of the future will be shaped. Yet, companies are still confused as to how and why storytelling can make a differ-ence to their business. What is the point of telling stories anyway? What makes a good story? And how do you go about telling it so that it supports the company brand? This book is written for practitioners by practitioners. Through real life examples, simple guidelines and practical tools, the book aims to inspire companies to use storytelling as a means of building their brand - internally as well as externally.

Features7 Must-read for managers on a powerful branding tool of the future 7 Up-to-date cases from the business world, plenty of illustrations and easy-to-use tools 7 Recommended by managers of top international firms 7 Covers both the internal and external benefits of storytelling for a business company

ContentsForeword.- Branding through Storytelling.- The Toolbox: The Four Elements of Storytelling.- Storytelling in Business.- The Company Core Story.- Authentic Raw Material for Storytelling.- Storytelling Applied: Storytelling as a Manage-ment Tool.- Storytelling in Advertising.- When Storytelling Becomes Dialogue.- The Media as Storytelling Partner.- Tearing Down the Walls.

Fields of interestManagement/Business for Professionals; Marketing

Target groupsProfessionals, management in companies and organisations

Discount groupP


Due March 2010


7 approx. $89.95ISBN 978-3-540-88323-4

Discount groupP


Due May 2010

3rd ed. 2010. XI, 370 p. Hardcover

7 $89.95ISBN 978-3-642-10819-8

Discount groupP


Due March 2010

Distribution rights for Denmark, Finland, Norway and Sweden: Samfundslitteratur, Frederiksberg, Denmark

Jointly published with Samfundslitteratur, Frederiksberg, Denmark


7 approx. $69.95ISBN 978-3-540-88348-7

springer.com/librarybooks74 Springer News 3/2010Management/Business for Professionals

M. Gendreau, J. Potvin, Université de Montréal, QC, Canada (Eds.)

Handbook of MetaheuristicsDespite continuing progress in developing more efficient algorithms for operations research, the problems that arise in practice often are too large and complex to be solved to optimality. Therefore, heuristic methods are frequently used to search efficiently for a very good, but not necessarily optimal, solution. This has led to the develop-ment of several powerful metaheuristics, which are general solution methods that provide both a general structure and strategy guidelines for devel-oping a specific heuristic method to fit a particular kind of problem. Over the last decade or so, metaheuristics have grown into one of the most prominent areas of operations research in terms of both the amount of research being done and the importance of the application of these techniques.

Features7 The first edition of the Handbook of Meta-heuristics was a trailblazing volume. At that time, there were no books covering metaheuristic strate-gies in any systematic manner 7 The second edition aims to pick up with the lastest develop-ments in the field. Some of the new topics to be covered include: Simulated Annealing, Genetic Algorithms, Neural Nets, Tabu Search

From the contentsSimulated Annealing.- Tabu Search.- Variable Neighborhood Search.- Scatter Search and Path-relinking: Fundamentals, Advances, and Applications.- Genetic Algorithms.- A Modern Introduction to Memetic Algorithms.- Genetic Programming.- Ant Colony Optimization: Over-view and Recent Advances.

Fields of interestOperations Research/Decision Theory; Operations Research, Management Science; Math Applications in Computer Science

Target groupsApplied and academic/scientific community in operations research/management science, engi-neering, computer science, and applied math-ematics

Discount groupP


Due March 2010

2nd ed. 2010. X, 654p. 76 illus. (International Series in Operations Research & Management Science, Volume 57) Hardcover

7 approx. $219.00ISBN 978-1-4419-1663-1

springer.com/librarybooks 75Springer News 3/2010 Law

R. Abeyratne, Montreal, QC, Canada

Aviation Security LawThe law plays a significant role in ensuring aviation security. This book addresses new and emerging threats to civil aviation; evaluates security tools now in use such as the Public Key Directory, Advance Passenger Information, Passenger Name Record and Machine Readable travel documents in the context of their legal and regulatory back-ground; and discusses applicable security treaties while providing an insight into the process of the security audits conducted by the International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO). The book also examines issues of legal responsi-bility of States and individuals for terrorist acts of third parties against civil aviation and discusses from a legal perspective the latest liability Conven-tions adopted at ICAO. The Conclusion of the book provides an insight into the application oflegal principles through risk management.

Fields of interestAir and Space Law; European Law/Public Interna-tional Law

Target groupsResearchers, aviation security professionals (avia-tion authorities, airports, airlines), ICAO and member states, law libraries

K. Ambos, Universität Göttingen, Germany

The Colombian Peace Process and the Principle of Complementarity of the International Criminal Court

An Inductive, Situation-based Approach

Striking a balance between peace and justice has long been debated by scholars and practitioners. There has been definite progress in a world in which blanket amnesties were at times granted with little hesitation. There is a growing under-standing that accountability has both pragmatic and principled arguments in its favor. Practical arguments as much as shifts in norms have created a situation in which the choice is increasingly seen as “which forms of accountability” rather than a stark one between peace and justice. The Colom-bian Justice and Peace Law 975 and its implemen-tation offer an interesting and unique approach to dealing with the international crimes committed in Colombia’s decades-long armed conflict.

Features7 Practical and conceptual clority on the principle of complementarity 7 Insight into the Columbian Peace Process

Fields of interestEuropean Law/Public International Law; Interna-tional & Foreign Law/Comparative Law; Criminal Law

Target groupsScholars, legal professionals, government officials, civil societies, International Courts

A. Conte, Paris, France

Human Rights in the Prevention and Punishment of Terrorism

Commonwealth Approaches: The United Kingdom, Canada, Australia and New Zealand

This title takes a comparative approach to the evaluation of human rights in the prevention and punishment of terrorism within the United Kingdom, Canada, Australia and New Zealand. The text first looks at the question of defining terrorism, and examines the international and domestic frameworks for countering terrorism. The second part of the book provides an overview and analysis of international and regional human rights law and its capacity to allow for the limita-tion of rights and freedoms when pursing impor-tant objectives such as the countering of terrorism, as well as providing a comparative review of human rights laws in each country. The final and most extensive part of the text begins with an over-view of the interaction between counter-terrorism and human rights, followed by thematic and case study evaluations of discreet topics.

Fields of interestEuropean Law/Public International Law; Interna-tional & Foreign Law/Comparative Law; Political Science

Target groupsUniversities: courses on international law and international relations, Ministries of Foreign Affairs and Trade, legislative drafters

Discount groupP


Due May 2010


7 approx. $129.00ISBN 978-3-642-11701-5

Discount groupP


Due May 2010


7 approx. $109.00ISBN 978-3-642-11272-0

Discount groupP


Due May 2010


7 approx. $279.00ISBN 978-3-642-11607-0

springer.com/librarybooks76 Springer News 3/2010Law

K. H. Fischer, Permanent Representation of Austria to the European Union, Brussels, Belgium

Handbook on International OrganisationsA Comprehensive Guide

The Handbook on International Organisations gives an introduction to the history, development, role, and an overview on the most influential organisations, accompanied by a section on international courts and an outlook for future developments. Roughly 150 key organisations are described by the following set of informations: I. general purpose and subject, II. member states, III. tasks, IV. development, V. political influence, VI. outlook. The Handbook on International Organisations together with the CD-ROM, containing information on the respective organi-sations with direct links to their websites, is a compendium of all information necessary for those dealing with international organisations, serving as a source of compact information and as a reference book at the same time.

Features7 Compact overview on the most influential key organisations and selected international courts 7 Compendium of all information necessary for those dealing with international organisations 7 Direct approach to the selected organisations via the CD-ROM

ContentsHistorical overview.- Selected organisations.- general purpose and subject.- member states.- tasks.- development.- political influence.- Selected international courts.- CD-ROM: information on the respective organisations with direct links to their websites.

Fields of interestEuropean Law/Public International Law; Political Science; European Integration

Target groupsInternational organisations, non-governmental organisations, embassys, ministrys, scientists/researchers, students, libraries (law, political science), journalists

S. Gutwirth, Vrije Universiteit Brussels, Belgium; Y. Poullet, University of Namur, Belgium; P. Hert, Vrije Universiteit Brussels, Belgium (Eds.)

Data Protection in a Profiled World

One of the most challenging issues facing our current information society is the accelerating accumulation of data trails in transactional and communication systems, which may be used not only to profile the behaviour of individuals for commercial, marketing and law enforcement purposes, but also to locate and follow things and actions. Data mining, convergence, interoper-ability, ever- increasing computer capacities and the extreme miniaturisation of the hardware are all elements which contribute to a major contempo-rary challenge: the profiled world. This interdis-ciplinary volume offers twenty contributions that delve deeper into some of the complex but urgent questions that this profiled world addresses to data protection and privacy.

Features7 High calibre, cutting-edge contributions 7 Daring new approaches to the controversial issues of privacy, social networks and electonic voting 7 Expansive exploration of the EU approach to data protection

From the contentsI. Generic Issues.- 1. About the E-Privacy Direc-tive: Towards a third generation of data protection legislation?; Yves Poullet.- 2. Some Caveats on Pro-filing; Serge Gutwirth and Mireille Hildebrandt- 3. Levelling up: Data privacy and the European Court of Human Rights; Gordon Nardell.- 4. Responding to the Inevitable Outcomes of Profiling – Recent Lessons from the Consumer Financial Markets, and Beyond.; Tal Z. Zarsky.

Fields of interestEuropean Law/Public International Law; Political Science; Philosophy of Law

Target groupsAcademics and researchers interested in all aspects of data protection, including privacy, profiling, surveillance and the interaction of new technologies

Discount groupP


Due April 2010


7 approx. $199.00ISBN 978-3-540-76612-4

Discount groupP


Due March 2010


7 approx. $189.00ISBN 978-90-481-8864-2

springer.com/librarybooks 77Springer News 3/2010 General Science

F. D. Santos, Universidade de Lisboa, Portugal

Humans on Earth. Past, Present and FutureScience, Technology, Development and Environment

This is a wide-ranging and persuasive book written by an undisputed expert. Beginning with a broad history of the Universe, Earth, Life and Man, it considers the origins and rise of science and tech-nology, before moving on to discuss the present state of the world and its/our possible futures. Humans on Earth: Past, Present and Future then addresses the main challenges for social and economic development in the 21st century in the context of global change. It presents a detailed but non-technical analysis of questions relating to climate change, our dependence on fossil fuels, deforestation, loss of biodiversity, desertification, air, water, soil, and ocean pollution as well as prob-lems related to overpopulation, poverty, social and economic inequities and conflict potential. The main emphasis is on the risks and uncertainties of the short-term future – the next 50 to 100 years – with regard to environmental degradation and the sustainability of our growth paradigm.

Features7 An impressive study of how we got here and what options the future holds 7 Comprehensive survey of the factors affecting earth's future 7 Solid information from a leading scientist 7 A persuasive discussion of mankind's role and responsibility for our planet

Fields of interestEcology; Popular Science in Nature and Environ-ment; Development Economics

Target groupsGeneral public, decision-makers in physics and industry, students, teachers, libraries

R. Schmude Jr., Gordon College, Barnesville, GA, USA

Comets, and How to Observe Them

Recent ground- and space-based observations have changed much in our understanding of comets. Comets, and How to Observe Them gives a summary of our current knowledge and describes how amateur astronomers can contribute to the body of scientific knowledge of comets. This book contains many practical examples of how to construct comet light-curves, measure how fast a comet’s coma expands, and determine the rotation period of the nucleus. All these examples are illus-trated with drawings and photographs. Because of their unpredictable nature comets are always interesting and sometime spectacular objects to observe and image. The second part of the book therefore takes the reader through the key observing techniques that can be used with commercially available modern observing equip-ment, from basic observations to more scientific measurements.

Features7 Includes data from the latest space probes sent to Comets Halley, Wild 2, and Tempel 7 Covers all the current knowledge of Comets Hyakutake, Hale-Bopp, and Shoemaker-Levy 9 7 Describes how amateur and practical astronomers can make contributions to comet science 7 Explains how to image comets using digital cameras and how you can discover comets with just a computer

ContentsPart I. Short-Period Comets. Long-Period Comets. Comet-Meteor Shower Connection.- Part II. Observing Comets with the Unaided Eye and Binoculars. Observing with Telescopes having Diameters Less than 0.25 m (10-inch). Observing with Large Telescopes: Diameters Greater than 0.25 m (10-inch).

Fields of interestAstronomy, Observations and Techniques; Popular Science in Astronomy

Target groupsAmateur and practical astronomers

C. Struck, Iowa State University, Ames, IA, USA

Galaxy CollisionsForging New Worlds from Cosmic Crashes

Professor Struck will explore all the issues surrounding galaxy collisions. He will begin with a brief broad review of the background on galaxies, the history of their discovery, and how this has been driven by steadily improving technology. Chapters 2 gives details of the early stages of different types of galaxy collision - Rings of Fire, Tidal Swings and Retrograde and Sideways Reels - while Chapter 3 describes collisions between galaxies of very different masses: minor merger or dwarf destruction. Chapter 4 covers ultra-luminous infrared galaxies and major mergers and Chapter 5 briefly examines the techniques used for computer simulation results and how increasing computer capacity has affected the development of this field. The following chapter looks at under-standing the physical processes of triggered star formation and nuclear activity. Chapters 7-9 look at the broader view of cosmo-logical structure growth which determines the environment and conditions in which galaxy collisions occur.

Features7 Takes a comprehensive trip through the visually spectacular world of galaxy collisions 7 Describes what happens in galaxy collisions in a non-technical way 7 Uses analogies and metaphors to help understand the bizarre world of galaxies

Fields of interestPopular Science in Astronomy; Astronomy, Obser-vations and Techniques; Astronomy, Astrophysics and Cosmology

Target groupsPopular Science and Popular Astronomy enthusi-asts, undergraduates and professionals researching adjacent fields of interestDiscount group

P


Due May 2010

Original Portuguese edition published by gravida publicaçãos lda., Lisboa, Portugal, 2007

2010. Approx. 400 p. (The Frontiers Collection) Hardcover

7 $69.95ISBN 978-3-642-05359-7

Discount groupP


Due March 2010

2010. Approx. 230 p. 210 illus., 20 in color. (Astronomers’ Observing Guides) Softcover

7 approx. $34.95ISBN 978-1-4419-5789-4

Discount groupP


Due March 2010

2010. Approx. 300 p. 80 illus., 10 in color. (Springer Praxis Books / Popular Astronomy) Softcover

7 approx. $39.95ISBN 978-0-387-85370-3

springer.com/librarybooks78 Springer News 3/2010Education

A. R. Crowe, Kent State University, Kent, OH, USA (Ed.)

Advancing Social Studies Education through Self-Study MethodologyThe Power, Promise, and Use of Self-Study in Social Studies Education

Advancing Social Studies Education through Self-Study Methodology provides a collection of works that highlights ways in which self-study of teaching and teacher education practices can advance conversations and knowledge in social studies education. Some of the pieces chosen for this book will provide theoretical connections between the two fields (e.g. how values and prin-ciples important to both fields work together, are similar, and can help each field expand). Others will provide specific examples of self-studies that focus on social studies specific concepts. The book provides a strong and clear introduction of self-study to the field of social studies education as well as an argument for its use to further understand social studies teaching and teacher education. It also provides the self-study community with an example of how self-study can be used to look at content specific aspects of teaching and teacher education.

Features7 Provides a coherent and strong set of studies and philosophical pieces that exemplify how self-study can help social studies teacher educators develop a body of knowledge about teaching social studies teachers 7 Unique in its subject area specific focus and will add a new dimension to the Self-Study community’s conversations

Field of interestTeaching and Teacher Education

Target groupsSelf-study community, social studies teacher educators, and doctoral students interested in self-study or social studies education

Z. Guo, S. Lamb, Melbourne Graduate School of Education, Parkvile, Australia

International Comparisons of China’s Technical and Vocational Education and Training System

The authors deployed a set of internationally comparable criteria to offer a searching assess-ment of current performance, at the same time documenting areas of strength and weakness. The question the authors’ methodology answers is how well China’s TVET system is performing compared to technical and vocational education structures in other countries. In fact, they discover that in Yunnan, a province representative of the challenges faced nationwide, much has indeed been done, from a wholesale overhaul of programs to make them relevant to industry requirements, to major investment in infrastructure. Teacher training has been reformed, and take-up of profes-sional master’s and doctoral courses has been encouraged. Joint initiatives with bodies such as UNESCO have improved training and vocational education at high school level.

Features7 Pne of very few evaluations of China’s TVET system 7 Draws together important data on education and training in China 7 Provides a benchmark against which future change can be measured 7 Identifies strengths and weaknesses to help target improvements

Fields of interestInternational and Comparative Education; Profes-sional and Vocational Education

Target groupsResearchers in vocational education and training and educational policy makers

J. C. Hall, Beloit College, Beloit, WI, USA (Ed.)

Cutting Costs and Improving Productivity in Higher EducationEvaluating Reforms and Possible Solutions

This volume contains a collection of papers by economists, which examine the various strate-gies for cutting costs and improving productivity in higher education in the United States. The dramatic increase in the cost of attending most colleges and universities in recent years has led to increasing concerns regarding college affordability. In addition, with nearly 35 percent of full-time college students failing to receive a bachelor’s degree within six years of enrolling in an institu-tion of higher education, the productivity of colleges and universities has also been called into question. Systematic reform of higher education has intensified as a result of the large amount of public and private dollars flowing into it. The chapters in this volume, while recognizing it may be the primary source of the problem, also understand that the political forces behind the subsidization of higher education are unlikely to wane.

Features7 Identifies reforms in higher education that are likely to be successful in cutting costs or improving productivity and those which are detrimental 7 Works within the binding constraint of the existing structure of federal and state financing in higher education 7 Focuses on higher education in the United States but with applications that will be of interest globally

Fields of interestEconomic Policy; Educational Policy; Higher Education

Target groupsResearchers in economics, education and policy, policymakers concerned with higher education reform

Discount groupP


Due April 2010

2010. Approx. 215 p. (Self Study of Teaching and Teacher Education Practices, Volume 10) Hardcover

7 approx. $139.00ISBN 978-90-481-3942-2

Discount groupP


Due May 2010

2010. Approx. 175 p. (Technical and Vocational Education and Training: Issues, Concerns and Prospects, Volume 12) Hardcover

7 $139.00ISBN 978-90-481-8742-3

Discount groupP


Due March 2010


7 approx. $139.00ISBN 978-1-4419-5959-1

springer.com/librarybooks 79Springer News 3/2010 Education

C. Kanes, King's College of London, UK (Ed.)

Elaborating ProfessionalismStudies in Practice and Theory

What are the future possibilities for the standing of professional practice as it faces growingly prob-lematic markets for services, complex demands for managerial accountability and control, and problematic circumstances and expectations in its ethical and self-regulative governance? Set in the UK, South Africa, Australia and the USA, the empirical studies included elaborate problematic situations of professional practice concerning issues of identity and knowledge. The theoretical studies explore the notion of generic processes; elaborate the plurality of notions of professional practice; theorise the hybridisation witnessed in inter-professional and cross-disci-plinary team work; and outline new theoretical departures relating to these. Elaborating profes-sionalism also raises important methodological issues relating to professionalism as ethical prac-tice. The book offers valuable resources to enrich practice, and provokes thought and new ideas about professionalism.

Features7 Directly concerned with professional practice as it is encountered in the field 7 Enriches the value of theoretical studies to practice by drawing on a wide range of disciplinary backgrounds 7 Aims to "open up" professionalism by elaborating it both empirically and theoretically 7 Offers new and valuable resources to enrich practice 7 Provokes and adds new ideas about professionalism

Fields of interestProfessional and Vocational Education; Learning and Instruction; Curriculum Studies

Target groupsResearchers, educational philosophers and students in the areas of adult education, sociology of work and occupations, and in organisational psychology, educators and teachers in the profes-sions

J. MaKinster, Hobart and William Smith Colleges, Geneva, NY, USA; N. Trautmann, Cornell Lab of Ornithology, Ithaca, NY, USA; M. Barnett, Lynch School of Education, Boston College, Chestnut Hill, MA, USA (Eds.)

Teaching Science with Geospatial TechnologyDesigning Effective Professional Development for Secondary Teachers

The first half of this book will enable science and environmental educators to share the nature and structure of large scale professional development projects while discussing the theoretical commit-ments that undergird their work. Many chapters will include temporal aspects that present the ways in which projects change over time in response to evaluative research and practical experience. In the second half of the book, faculty and others whose focus is on national and international scales will share the ways in which they are working to meet the growing needs of teachers across the globe to incorporate geospatial technology into their science teaching. These efforts reflect the ongoing conversations in science education, geography, and the geospatial industry in ways that embody the opportunities and challenges inherent to this field. This edited book will serve to define the field of teacher professional development for teaching science using geospatial technology.

Features7 Geospatial technology is highly motivational for students and builds their skills in data analysis, problem solving, and spatial thinking 7 First resource that relates specifically to teaching science with geospatial technology 7 First volume to explore design principles of teacher profes-sional development in the context of geospatial technology

Fields of interestScience Education; Geographical Information Systems/Cartography; Teaching and Teacher Education

Target groupsScience education researchers, faculty in geog-raphy or science departments

W. Roth, University of Victoria, Canada (Ed.)

Re/Structuring Science EducationReUniting Sociological and Psychological Perspectives

Since its beginnings, science education has been under the influence of psychological theories of knowing and learning, while in more recent years, social constructivist and sociological frameworks have also begun to emerge. With little work being done on showing how the perspectives of these separate approaches might be integrated, this work aims to plug the gap. The book helps lay the groundwork for reuniting sociological and psycho-logical perspectives on the knowing, learning, and teaching of science. Featuring a range of integra-tive efforts beginning with simple conversation, the chapters here include not only articles but also commentaries that engage with other papers, as well as a useful running narrative that, from the introduction to the epilogue, contextualizes the book and its sections. Specific attention is given to cultural-historical activity theory, which already offers an integration of psychological and cultural-historical (sociological) perspectives on collec-tively motivated human activities.

Features7 Brings together the social, sociological, sociocultural, and cultural-historical approaches to science education 7 Deals with the different forms of mediation of learning that arises from the sociality of human beings and the structures of society 7 Only volume integrating psychological and sociological perspectives on science education

Fields of interestScience Education; Educational Psychology; Soci-ology of Education

Target groupsAcademics and policy makers in science education

Discount groupP


Due May 2010

2010. Approx. 210 p. (Innovation and Change in Profes-sional Education, Volume 5) Hardcover

7 approx. $139.00ISBN 978-90-481-2604-0

Discount groupP


Due May 2010


7 approx. $189.00ISBN 978-90-481-3930-9

Discount groupP


Due May 2010

2010. VIII, 381 p. (Cultural Studies of Science Education, Volume 2) Hardcover

7 $189.00ISBN 978-90-481-3995-8

springer.com/librarybooks80 Springer News 3/2010Education

G. Stahl, Drexel University, Philadelphia, PA, USA (Ed.)

Studying Virtual Math TeamsThe book opens with descriptions of the project and its methodology, as well as situating this research in the past and present context of the CSCL research field. The core research team then presents five concrete analyses of group interac-tions in different phases of the Virtual Math Teams research project. These chapters are followed by several studies by international collaborators, discussing the group discourse, the software affordances and alternative representations of the interaction, all using data from the VMT project. The concluding chapters address implications for the theory of group cognition and for the meth-odology of the learning sciences. In addition to substantial introductory and concluding chapters, this important new book includes analyses based upon the author’s previous research, thereby providing smooth continuity and an engaging flow that follows the progression of the research.

Features7 Offers comprehensive theoretical framework of CSCL field 7 Offers an extended research agenda 7 Brings together previously fragmented literature

ContentsPart I: Introducing Group Cognition in Virtual Math Teams.- Part II: Studying Group Cogni-tion in Virtual Math Teams.- Part III: Studying Group Discourse in Virtual Math Teams.- Part IV: Designing the VMT Collaboration Environ-ment.- Part V: Representing Group Interaction in VMT.- Part VI: Conceptualizing Group Cognition in VMT.- Notes. References.

Fields of interestEducational Technology; Mathematics Education

Target groupsIndividual researchers, educators and graduate students in the learning sciences, CSCL, cognitive and information sciences

P. P. Trifonas, B. Wright, OISE, University of Toronto, Canada (Eds.)

Critical Peace EducationDifficult Dialogues

This edited collection deeply examines the conceptualizations of peace and education within, between, and across cultures. This requires the recognition of difference within curriculum and between differently situated curricula. The collec-tion asks theorists and educational practitioners from around the world influenced by the schools of feminist pedagogy, critical pedagogy, anti-racist or postcolonial pedagogy, and gay and lesbian pedagogy to reflect upon the possibilities of articulating a “curriculum of difference” that criti-cally examines the cross-cultural issues of peace and education in relation to questions of language, culture, and media that are at the forefront of global education issues today.

Features7 Will answer the challenge of understanding peace education as a normalizing project of Western ideology 7 Will help position the young field more prominently at leading universities around the world 7 Will work toward a deeper conceptualization of peace and social justice within the domain of educational institutions around the world

Field of interestSociology of Education

Target groupsResearchers in social justice, educational equity, and peace education

A. Webster-Wright, University of Queensland, Australia

Authentic Professional LearningMaking Meaning Through Learning at Work

This book describes the experiences of profes-sionals as they continue to learn at work. Although its focus is on the learning of health professionals, it draws on research about continuing learning from other “caring” professions such as education and social services. The author argues for a signifi-cant paradigm shift in this book, from the usual practice of providing programs to develop profes-sionals, towards a better way of supporting profes-sionals as they learn in their own authentic ways.The construct of “Authentic Professional Learning” developed in this book describes the lived experi-ence of professionals continuing to learn in prac-tice, whilst dealing with contemporary workplace dilemmas. Many of these dilemmas revolve around the need for professionals to demonstrate measur-able efficacy and fiscal efficiency whilst wanting to make a difference to the lives of those they care for.

Features7 Addresses an area of needuses real life vignettes within a clear conceptual framework 7 Gives practical suggestions for enhancing learning

Field of interestProfessional and Vocational Education

Target groupsAcademic educators, researchers and learning facilitators within professional associations and workplaces

Discount groupP


Due April 2010

2010. XXII, 626 p. 40 illus. (Computer-Supported Collaborative Learning Series, Volume 11) Softcover

7 $49.95ISBN 978-1-4419-5677-4

Discount groupP


Due May 2010


7 approx. $139.00ISBN 978-90-481-3944-6

Discount groupP


Due April 2010


7 approx. $129.00ISBN 978-90-481-3946-0

springer.com/librarybooks 81Springer News 3/2010 Education

C. Wyatt-Smith, J. Elkins, S. Gunn, Griffith University, Brisbane, Australia (Eds.)

Multiple Perspectives on Difficulties in Learning Literacy and Numeracy

There are many approaches to researching the difficulties in learning that students experience in the key areas of literacy and numeracy. This book seeks to advance understanding of these difficul-ties and the interventions that have been used to improve outcomes. The book will address the sometimes complementary and sometimes contra-dictory results, and generate new approaches to understanding and serving students with difficul-ties in literacy and numeracy. The book represents a departure from conventional wisdom as most scholars and graduate students draw upon ideas from only one of the three domains focal in the book and usually from one single or dominant theoretical frame. Typically, readers will affiliate with reading education, mathematics education, or learning disabilities and belong to one of the corresponding professional associations such as IRA, NCTM, or CLD.

Features7 Focuses at the intersection of literacy educa-tion, numeracy education and learning disabilities traditionally these have tended to be addressed separately by researchers and policy makers 7 Draws upon diverse theoretical perspectives in the common goal of improved learning espe-cially for students who are struggling to achieve expected standards

Fields of interestMathematics Education; Language Education; Learning and Instruction

Target groupsResearchers in literacy, numeracy and learning disabilities

A. Zohar, Hebrew University, Israel; Y. J. Dori, Technion, Israel (Eds.)

Metacognition in Science EducationTrends in Current Research

Metacognition in Science Education contains an updated collection of studies about the role of metacognition in teaching and learning higher order thinking in science education. The fields of research on both metacognition in learning and on instruction of higher order thinking have been growing rapidly in recent years, attracting consid-erable interest among scholars and educators. This book addresses the point where these two fields intersect, as it explores theoretical background and cutting-edge research about how various forms of metacognitive instruction may enhance thinking in science classrooms. In addition to collecting many of the most interesting studies in this field, Metacognition in Science Education will be organized according to a unique innovation in the field of metacognition.

Features7 Highly anticipated topic in science education 7 First title which synthesizes the role of meta-cognition in science education 7 International contributors

From the contentsDesigning prompts to help students link symbolic and molecular representations of chemical reac-tions and promote metacognition.- Metacognition in chemical education: Question posing in the case-based computerized learning environment.- A metacognitive strategy for training pre-service teachers: Collaborative diagnosis of conceptual understanding in science.- Convergence of meta-cognition, reflection, and critical thinking: Illus-trations from natural and social science teacher education and classroom practice.

Fields of interestScience Education; Learning and Instruction; Education (general)

Target groupsEducators, teacher educators, researchers and graduate students in science education and educa-tional psychology

O. Zuber-Skerritt, Griffith University, Brisbane, QLD, Australia

Professional and Leadership Development Through Action Learning and Action Research

Action Learning and Action Research (ALAR) are proven methods for responding effectively to shared challenges in times of rapid change. Based on the conceptual framework of ALAR (Part 1), this book argues and explains why and how ALAR can be used for improving learning and staff devel-opment in higher education, for management, senior executive and organizational development, for effective community action, and for lifelong learning and leadership in developing countries (Part 2). Case studies (Part 3) demonstrate the use of ALAR for change and development: for professional and leadership development in Africa, for senior managers’ professional develop-ment through higher degrees, and for improving learning and teaching at the undergraduate and postgraduate levels.

Features7 First volume focusing on ALAR for all kinds of professional development 7 Problem- and project-oriented by addressing real-life issues of people working collaboratively towards shared goals

Field of interestProfessional and Vocational Education

Target groupsAcademics and researchers in professional devel-opment

Discount groupP


Due March 2010


7 $229.00ISBN 978-1-4020-8863-6

Discount groupP


Due March 2010


7 approx. $99.95ISBN 978-1-4419-0835-3

Discount groupP


Due May 2010

2010. Approx. 210 p. (Professional and Practice-based Learning, Volume 6) Hardcover

7 approx. $139.00ISBN 978-90-481-3934-7

springer.com/librarybooks82 Springer News 3/2010Social Sciences

M. Ajzenstadt, J. Gal Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Israel (Eds.)

Children, Gender and Families in Mediterranean Welfare States

The study of welfare states and social policy has enjoyed growing popularity in the last three decades. This field has been characterized by a growing level of theorization, richer case study analyses, inclusion of additional sources of welfare provision (non-profit, market-based, informal, family) and fields of study (globalization, gender, ethnicity, immigration, children), and increasingly complex, accurate and up-to-date cross-national comparative analyses. One of the subjects that have been the focus of much interest has been that of families, women and children – their social well being and their legal and economic status in the welfare state. The common assumption is that there is a clear rela-tionship and interaction between the structuring of the welfare state and the well-being and social status of these subs groups.

Features7 This is an original piece that deals with issues not usually discussed in the literature (children, gender and families in the Mediterranean nations) 7 It covers a wide variety of nations, some of which (Israel, Turkey, Cyprus and Malta) are very seldom discussed in the social policy literature 7 The notion that there are common trends in the Mediterranean welfare states is unique

Fields of interestQuality of Life Research; Gender Studies; Psycho-therapy and Counseling

Target groupsThis work is primarily intended for academics, teachers and students engaged in the study of gender and social policy

V. Capecchi, University of Bologna, Italy; M. Buscema, Semeion Research Center, Roma, Italy; P. Contucci, University of Bologna, Italy; B. D'Amore, University of Bologna, Italy (Eds.)

Applications of Mathematics in Models, Artificial Neural Networks and ArtsMathematics and Society

The book shows a very original organization addressing in a non traditional way, but with a systematic approach, to who has an interest in using mathematics in the social sciences. The book is divided in four parts: (a) a historical part, written by Vittorio Capecchi which helps us understand the changes in the relationship between mathematics and sociology by analyzing the mathematical models of Paul F. Lazarsfeld, the model of simulation and artificial societies, models of artificial neural network and considering all the changes in scientific paradigms considered; (b) a part coordinated by Pier Luigi Contucci on mathematical models that consider the relation-ship between the mathematical models that come from physics and linguistics to arrive at the study of society and those which are born within sociology and economics; (c) a part coordinated by Massimo Buscema analyzing models of artificial neural networks; (d) a part coordinated by Bruno D’Amore which considers the relationship between mathematics and art.

Features7 Presents three links traditionally not made that offer new synergies

Fields of interestMethodology of the Social Sciences; Applications of Mathematics; Quality of Life Research

Target groupsResearchers involved in the area of mathematical applications in social science and in research methodology.

S. Cheloukhine, M. Haberfeld, John Jay College of Criminal Justice, New York, NY, USA

Russian Organized Corruption Networks and their Interna-tional Trajectories

Countries undergoing major social and legal tran-sitions typically experience a light, but relatively insignificant, increase in crime. However, in the past decade, many transitional countries in Eastern Europe, and Russia in particular, have experienced a surge in criminal activities that came about through the collaboration of diverse players—such as criminals, state officials, businesspersons, and law enforcement—into organized networks aimed to obtain financial and economic gains. In this process, two interdependent tendencies have become apparent: the “economization” of organized crime and the increased organization of economic crime itself. Both trends have led to a fundamentally new phenomenon in Russia, the Organized Corruption Network (OCN), which is a symbiosis that is a direct result of corruption, organized crime and economic crime within the Yeltsin and the Putin times. Russian Organized Corruption Networks and their International Trajectories aims to investigate the new phenomenon of OCN.

Features7 Covers organized crime and corruption in Russia from Perestroika through the privatiza-tion years and beyond 7 Explains how social, political, and economic factors can be major elements of society criminalization 7 Classifies the structure, scale, and method of operation of Organized Corruption Networks in Russia today

Fields of interestCriminology & Criminal Justice; Political Science

Target groupsResearchers and students in criminology and criminal justice studies, political scientists

Discount groupP


Due June 2010

2010. Approx. 200 p. (Children’s Well-Being: Indicators and Research, Volume 2) Hardcover

7 $139.00ISBN 978-90-481-8841-3

Discount groupP


Due May 2010


7 approx. $189.00ISBN 978-90-481-8580-1

Discount groupP


Due September 2010


7 approx. $129.95ISBN 978-1-4419-0989-3

springer.com/librarybooks 83Springer News 3/2010 Social Sciences

A. Corbin, PAST Foundation, Columbus, OH, USA; M. A. Russell, National Parks Service Submerged Resource Center, Sante Fe, NM, USA (Eds.)

Historical Archeology of Tourism in Yellowstone National Park

This volume contains three studies that trace the history of tourism in Yellowstone National Park through material remains discovered in both terrestrial and underwater archeological sites. A research approach with an archeological founda-tion opens new avenues of inquiry not available by using historical documents alone. Incorporating archeological materials into our interpretations of historical tourism in Yellowstone can help counter research biases that hamper use of a sometimes-fragmentary archival record. Archeology gives voice to people otherwise missing from written history, and therefore give us the broadest view of the past. These chapters draw together the fascinating historical archeology of Yellowstone National Park into a single volume linked by a common research framework, the archeology of tourism.

Features7 Provides new model for the study of National Parks 7 Gives unique insight into the archaeo-logical record of Yellowstone National Park 7 Archaeology of Tourism techniques will be valuable in other contexts

Fields of interestArchaeology; Cultural Heritage

Target groupsResearch and professional archaeologists working with cultural heritage and resource management

D. D. Franks, Virginia Commonwealth University, Richmond, VA, USA

NeurosociologyThe Nexus Between Neuroscience and Social Psychology

The goal of this ground-breaking volume is to present how neuroscience research is relevant to sociologists and social psychologists as well as examining those areas of neuroscience that can refine and broaden sociological theory. The study of the brain and its effect on behavior grew to prominence in the mid-20th century. Neuroscientists and psychologists worked together in this area in the behavioral sciences but neuro-science has not had a big impact in sociology and the social sciences. Recently, neuroscientists have presented new research which has a direct impact on many areas of sociology. These include the human “self ”, the social nature of mind, socialization and language acquisition, role-taking and role-making, consciousness, intersubjectivity, a balanced social constructionism, human agency and the necessity of emotion for rational decision making. These are only some of the areas of sociology which and to which they have contributed important refine-ments.

Features7 The first book to approach sociology and neuroscience 7 Describes for a sociological audi-ence what neuroscience can add to their research - especially social psychologists 7 David Franks is one of the first sociologists to research and publish on this new field of study

Fields of interestSociology; Neurosciences

Target groupsSociologists and social psychologists, as well as researchers in Neuroscience

B. Hale, Association of Social Anthropologists of Aotearoa, New Zealand; P. Barrett, University of Waikato, New Zealand; R. Gauld, University of Otago, New Zealand

The Age of Supported IndependenceVoices of In-home Care

This book investigates the experiences of older people who remain at home with care. It examines the transition points for the important life changes faced by family members who take on a greater care-giving role. The book draws on demographic analyses and qualitative fieldwork to explore the shift from inde-pendence to increasing dependence, and suggests that this transition constitutes movement into a new stage of life, that of an Age of Supported Inde-pendence. Applying the anthropological concept of rites of passage in their analysis, the authors focus on the changes in everyday living within the spatial environment of the home, the temporal organization of daily life, and the reshaping of relationships. They suggest that many older people – as well as the family members who become carers – remain in a state of ‘liminality’: unable to make sense of their new situation and experience and, despite assumptions that ageing-in-place sustains social connectedness, excluded from their communities.

Features7 Presents a variety of perspectives: demographic, policy and practice 7 Provides an innovative critique of the policy of ageing-in-place 7 Takes an unusual angle, highlighting important but often overlooked elements of daily living

Fields of interestAging; Geriatrics/Gerontology; Anthropology

Target groupsSociologists, social anthropologists, social scientists, and policy makers and practitioners in gerontology

Discount groupP


Due March 2010

2010. XXII, 253 p. (When the Land Meets the Sea) Hardcover

7 $129.00ISBN 978-1-4419-1083-7

Discount groupP


Due March 2010


7 approx. $129.00ISBN 978-1-4419-5530-2

Discount groupP


Due May 2010


7 $139.00ISBN 978-90-481-8813-0


M. E. Malainey, Brandon University, Brandon, MB, USA

A Consumer’s Guide to Ar-chaeological Science

Many archaeologists, as primarily social scientists, do not have a background in the natural sciences. This can pose a problem because they need to perform chemical and physical analysis on samples to perform their research. This manual will be an essential source of information for those students without a background in archaeological science, but be a comprehensive overview that those with some science background will still find useful. The manual will provide readers with the knowl-edge to use archaeological science methods to the best advantage. It will describe and explain the analytical techniques in a manner that the average archaeologist can understand, and outline clearly the requirements, benefits, and limitations of each possible method of analysis, so that the researcher can make informed choices.

Features7 Specifically targetted at presenting scientific methods to archaeologists with no scientific back-ground 7 Comprehensive guide for scientific techniques: how to perform them, which materials to use them on, and what results they will give 7 Useful both as a how-to manual, and a graduate level textbook

From the contentsPart I: Basic Science.- Matter.- The Atom.- The Periodic Table of Elements.- Chemical Bonding.- Electromagnetic Radiation.- The Absorption of Energy by Atoms, Elements and Molecules.- Isotopes.- Radioactive Decay.- The Distribu-tion of Isotopes in the Environment.- Organic Compounds.

Fields of interestArchaeology; Characterization and Evaluation of Materials; Ceramics, Glass, Composites, Natural Materials

Target groupsArchaeologists working with scientific methods of analysis (chemistry, physics, biology, earth sciences)

The International Society of Business, Economics, and Ethics Book Series

Series editors: J. Ciulla, L. L. Spence

The International Society for Business, Economics and Ethics is a global association for the study of the social and moral aspects of business and the economy. This book series draws from the worldwide membership of ISBEE and its associ-ates to present truly international research and scholarship. The primary objective of the series is to promote business ethics globally by giving a voice to top scholars from around the world and reaching a similar global audience. This series encompasses manuscripts that focus on ethics in international area of business, particularly enabling comparative studies. There is a focus on studies of the responsibilities, values and behavior of business people and organizations as they interact with stakeholders including shareholders, employees, suppliers, customers, competitor communities and governments.

G. Moore, Durham Business School, Durham University, UK (Ed.)

Fairness in International Trade

This book arises out of papers delivered at the World Congress of the International Society of Business, Economics and Ethics (ISBEE) held in Cape Town in 2008. There are two sections. First, a number of key papers provide an insight into global business, wealth creation and welfare issues with particular reference to the African continent - appropriate for a Congress that was based in South Africa and drew wide participation from African scholars. Second, it provides the output from a global research project on “Fairness in Interna-tional Trade” which ran over the two years prior to the Congress. This project drew together the work of scholars in five regions across the globe and is the first time that such a global perspective has been attempted. This book is aimed at academics working in the area of international trade or development economics particularly those who have an interest in the ethical dimensions of trade.

Features7 Clearly outlines the workings and effects of the World Trade Organisation as seen from developed and developing country perspectives 7 High-lights the ethical considerations of fairness in international trade 7 Provides a unique drawing together of trade and ethics

Fields of interestDevelopment Economics; International Economics; Ethics

Target groupsThis book is aimed at academics working in the area of international trade or development economics particularly those who have an interest in the ethical dimensions of trade. It will also be of interest to researchers in fields of development economics and business ethics particularly those interested in international trade and fairness issues.

New Series

Discount groupP


Due April 2010

2010. Approx. 350 p. (Manuals in Archaeological Method, Theory and Technique) Hardcover

7 approx. $109.95ISBN 978-1-4419-5703-0

Discount groupP


Due June 2010

2010. Approx. 200 p. (The International Society of Business, Economics, and Ethics Book Series, Volume 1) Hardcover

7 $139.00ISBN 978-90-481-8839-0

springer.com/librarybooks 85Springer News 3/2010 Social Sciences

A. R. Piquero, T. P. Thornberry, M. D. Krohn, A. J. Lizotte, N. Leeper Piquero

Measuring Crime and Delinquency Over the Life CourseAnalyses from the Rochester Youth Development Study

Measuring Crime and Delinquency Over the Life Course presents one of the most detailed analyses of the longitudinal pattern of crime and delin-quency, using data from one of the most famous longitudinal studies ever conducted in the field, the Rochester Youth Development Study, as well as complimentary data on offending from both official and self-report records. Never before has such information been presented with a specific focus on changes in offending patterns between adolescence and adulthood among individuals differentiated by race and gender. This project will undertake a replication of the classic Hindelang, Hirschi, and Weis (1981) book, Measuring Delinquency.

Features7 Provides an extensive longitudinal data analysis on offending in the important transition from adolescence to adulthood 7 Unique focus on differences in offending across race and gender and over the life course

ContentsChapter 1: Theoretical Issues.- Chapter 2: Measuring Delinquencya. Officialb. Self-reportsc. Reliability and Validity Issues.- Chapter 3: Gender, Race Differences in Delinquency and Measure-ment of Delinquency.- Chapter 4: The Ryds Data.- Chapter 5: Reliability and Validity Analyses a. Self-Reported Delinquency Measurement and Trends and Differences b. Official Delinquency Measure-ment and Trends and Differences c. Gender and Race Differences.

Fields of interestCriminology & Criminal Justice; Child and School Psychology

Target groupsCriminologists and specifically life-course crimi-nologists, developmental psychologists with an interest in problems related to crime and deviance

N. Romm, University of South Africa, City of Tshwane, South Africa

New RacismRevisiting Researcher Accountabilities

This book develops a debate around responsible social inquiry into new racism. A variety of ways of researching new forms of racism (for example, cultural and religious racism – including subtle, more or less covert forms hereof) are addressed. Experiments that have been undertaken to inquire into group identity and people’s implicit bias in relation to those perceived as “other” are critically explored and their potential consequences recon-sidered. The book also critically explores survey research, which, it is argued, can serve to reinforce the notion of the existence of ethnoracial groups with defined boundaries that inhere in social life. The book considers interviewing (including focus group interviewing) and case study research (including participant observation/ethnography) in terms of possibilities for moving beyond new forms of racism.

Features7 Explores the rationale of various research approaches to (new forms of) racism.Revisits inquiries into new racism by exploring their poten-tial social effects 7 Offers a view of discursively accountable inquiry into racism 7 Proposes how social inquiry can be (re)tuned to incorpo-rate ethical concerns. Provides for transcultural meaning-making to be catered for in inquiries

From the contentsChapter 1: General Introduction.- Chapter 2: Conceptualizing New Racism in Relation to Old-fashioned Racism: Concepts and Research Approaches.- Chapter 3: Experimental Research: Studying Variables to Examine Causal Effects in terms of Mitigating against the Potential of Racism.

Fields of interestMethodology of the Social Sciences; Sociology; Interdisciplinary Studies

Target groupsAcademics/researchers exploring new forms of racism, undergraduate as well as postgraduate students, multi-disciplinairy audience working across disciplinary fields

J. Stillwell, P. Norman, University of Leeds, UK; C. Thomas, Institute of Child Health, London, UK; P. Surridge, University of Bristol, UK (Eds.)

Spatial and Social DisparitiesUnderstanding Population Trends and Processes: volume 2

Inequality is one of the major problems of the contemporary world. Significant geographical disparities exist within nations of the developed world, as well as between these countries and those referred to as the ‘South’ in the Bruntland Report. Issues of equity and deprivation must be addressed in view of sustainable development. However, before policymakers can remove the obstacles to a fairer world, it is essential to understand the nature of inequality, both in terms of its spatial and socio-demographic characteristics. This second volume in the series contains popula-tion studies that examine the disparities evident across geographical space in the UK and between different individuals or groups. Topics include demographic and social change, deprivation, happiness, cultural consumption, ethnicity, gender, employment, health, religion, education and social values. These topics and the relationships between them are explored using secondary data from censuses, surveys or administrative records.

Features7 This volume offers new research findings from a range of census, survey and administrative data sources 7 Covers key substantive themes of applied and policy-related significance 7 Includes case studies of applications of a range of quantitative techniques .

Fields of interestDemography; Population Economics; Public Health/Gesundheitswesen

Target groupsDemographers, population geographers, sociolo-gists, economists, political scientists, epidemi-ologists, health researchers, practitioners, and policymakers

Discount groupP


Due September 2010


7 approx. $109.95ISBN 978-1-4419-0482-9

Discount groupP


Due May 2010


7 $189.00ISBN 978-90-481-8727-0

Discount groupP


Due May 2010

2010. Approx. 300 p. (Understanding Population Trends and Processes, Volume 2) Hardcover

7 approx. $139.00ISBN 978-90-481-8749-2


R. Taylor, University of the Witwatersrand, Johannesburg, South Africa (Ed.)

Third Sector ResearchTo mark the 20th Anniversary of Voluntas: Inter-national Journal of Voluntary and Nonprofit Orga-nizations the editor has compiled a comprehensive overview of contemporary debates in third sector scholarship, comprised of all original research by leaders in the field. The volume will offer a critical review of the central and innovative themes that have come to form the core of third sector debate and research with an international focus. The first global compendium of third sector research, this volume provides a international, multi-disciplinary, and state-of-the-art overview of the field. The contributions not only examine and review the existing scholarship, but introduce new perspectives and thinking on the third sector—especially in terms of future implications around the world.

Features7 First truly international volume on Third Sector Research 7 Although it is published to mark the journal Voluntas' 20th Anniversary, all chapters are original contributions written for this volume 7 Interdisciplinary coverage to reflect the inter-disciplinary nature of Third Sector Research

From the contentsIntroduction: Reviewing Third Sector Research.- Defining and Theorizing the Third Sector.- Norma-tive Origins of the Third Sector.- Social Origins of the Third Sector.- The Civicus Civil Society Index.- Economie Sociale.- The Third Sector, the State, and Democracy.- New Styles of Volunteering.- Volunteering in Developing Countries.- Participa-tion in the Third Sector.- New Trends in Philan-thropy.- Leadership and Governance.- Nonprofit Marketing.- Towards a Social Accounting for Nonprofits.- Social Enterprise, Corporate Social Responsibility, and the Third Sector.

Fields of interestSociology; Organization/Planning; Political Science

Target groupsResearchers in nonprofit studies, third sector research, civil society studies, as well as manage-ment studies, and international relations

Discount groupP


Due March 2010


7 approx. $129.00ISBN 978-1-4419-5706-1

springer.com/librarybooks 87Springer News 3/2010 Philosophy

M. Duží, B. Jespersen, P. Materna

Procedural Semantics for Hyperintensional LogicFoundations and Applications of Transparent Intensional Logic

Transparent Intensional Logic (TIL) is the theory invented by Pavel Tichý, the Czech philosopher and logician who emigrated to New Zealand in 1970 and was a professor at the University of Otago at Dunedin up until his death in 1994. Over the last quarter of a century TIL has become a widely used system and been further devel-oped both by the three authors and other Czech and Slovak logicians. Many articles presenting particular applications of TIL have been published, together with two books by Pavel Materna, in which he develops a new theory of concepts and conceptual systems on the basis of TIL. However, several papers have been published only in Czech or Slovak, many results have been superseded by new results that have only very recently been published, and various other results still await publication.

Features7 Provides a much-needed comprehensible, elaborate and systematic exposition of the founda-tions of Transparent Intensional Logic 7 Demon-strates how Transparent Intensional Logic lends itself to a broad range of applications 7 Presents new results concerning knowledge representation, attitude logic, incomplete meanings (anaphoric references), and philosophy of mathematics

ContentsPreface.- 1. A Programme of general semantics.- 2. Foundations of semantic analysis.- 3. Singular reference and pragmatically incomplete meaning.- 4. Requisites: Logic of intensions.- 5. Attitudes and information.- Bibliography.- Name Index.- Subject index.

Fields of interestLogic; Semantics; Coding and Information Theory

Target groupsLogicians, philosophers, computer scientists, linguists

F. Gottwald, Schweisfurth Foundation, Munich, Germany; H. W. Ingensiep, University of Duisberg-Essen, Essen, Germany; M. Meinhardt (Eds.)

Food EthicsIn this first decade of the 21st century, more than 854 million people in the world are starving, while industrial nations are debating about obesity, generating energy from food plants, and a myriad of other topics many African and south Asian nations could only fathom. In this great discord, there have arisen many interdisciplinary discus-sions about problems in the field of applied Ethics, with regards to food, that are crossing a consider-ably wide spectrum of disciplines, such as: obesity, traceability, agro-food biotechnology, dairy industry, transgenic plants, novel food, bio fuels, world-trade system, etc. This book presents international discussions and information concerning food ethics in its current state. It presents a variety of important aspects in the field of food ethics with respect to positions, instruments and applications of issues surrounding nutrition.

Fields of interestEthics; Food Science; Agriculture

Target groupsGovernment agencies, NGO’s, students, researchers, and people working in the fields of philosophy, food science, and agriculture

R. P. Haynes, University of Florida, Gainesville, FL, USA

Animal WelfareCompeting Conceptions And Their Ethical Implications

Members of the “animal welfare science commu-nity”, which includes both scientists and philoso-phers, have illegitimately appropriated the concept of animal welfare by claiming to have given a scientific account of it that is more objectively valid than the more “sentimental” account given by animal liberationists. This strategy has been used to argue for merely limited reform in the use of animals. This strategy was initially employed as a way of “sympathetically” responding to the abolitionist claims of anti-vivisectionists, who objected to the use of animals in research. It was subsequently used by farm animal scientists. The primarily reformist (as opposed to aboli-tionist) goals of this community make the false assumption that there are conditions under which animals may be raised and slaughtered for food or used as models in scientific research that are ethi-cally acceptable.

Features7 Challenges the accepted distinction between animal welfarists and animal liberationists 7 Provides a philosophically sophisticated account of the concept of welfare applied to “animal welfare” 7 Provides a unique and hith-erto undocumented history of the animal care and animal welfare movement

Fields of interestEthics; Philosophy of Science; Philosophy of Technology

Target groupsPhilosophers interested in animal welfare issues, animal welfare scientists, members of animal liberation groups

Discount groupP


Due April 2010

2010. Approx. 550 p. (Logic, Epistemology, and the Unity of Science, Volume 17) Hardcover

7 approx. $229.00ISBN 978-90-481-8811-6

Discount groupP


Due April 2010


7 $179.00ISBN 978-1-4419-5764-1

Discount groupP


Due April 2010

2010. XX, 162 p. Softcover

7 approx. $69.95ISBN 978-90-481-8787-4

springer.com/librarybooks88 Springer News 3/2010Philosophy

A. Indrzejczak, University of Lódz, Poland

Natural Deduction, Hybrid Systems and Modal Logics

This volume provides an extensive treatment of Natural Deduction and related types of proof systems, with a focus on the practical aspects of proof methods. The book has two main aims: Its first aim is to provide a systematic and historical survey of the variety of Natural Deduction systems in Classical and Modal Logics. The second aim is to present some systems of hybrid character, mixing Natural Deduction with other kinds of proof methods (including Sequent systems, Tableaux, Resolution). Such systems tend to be more universal and effective, because of the possi-bility of mixing strategies of proof search from different areas. All necessary background material is provided, in particular, a detailed presenta-tion of Modal Logics, including First-Order Modal and Hybrid Modal Logics. The deduction systems presented in the book may be of interest to working logicians, researchers on automated deduction and teachers of logic.

Features7 Is the first book to show that the scope of appli-cation of Natural Deduction systems is far beyond the one usually considered 7 Is the first compre-hensive presentation of hybrid deductive systems mixing Natural Deduction with Resolution 7 Is the first to label Natural Deduction systems for a wide spectrum of Temporal Logics

From the contents1. Technical preliminaries.- 2. Standard Natural Deduction for Classical and Free Logic.- 3. Other Deductive Systems.- 4. Extended Natural Deduc-tion.- 5. Background on Modal Logics.- 6. Survey of Natural Deduction and related formalizations for Modal Logics.

Fields of interestLogic; Mathematical Logic and Foundations; Mathematical Logic and Formal Languages

Target groupsScholars and advanced graduate students in logic, proof theory and automated deduction

J. Makeham, The Australian National University, Canberra, ACT, Australia (Ed.)

Dao Companion to Neo- Confucian Philosophy

This is the first volume in English to provide a comprehensive introduction to the philosophical thinking of representative Neo-Confucian thinkers from the eleventh to eighteenth centuries. The volume describes the contributions these thinkers made to debates and discussions associated with the interpretation and deployment of key concepts and issues such as: sagehood; xing (human nature); xin (heart/mind); li (principle) and qi (vital force); dao; tian (heaven); ren (humanity); qing (feeling); cheng (sincerity) ; knowledge; learning; innate capacities vs. learned capacities; self-cultivation; as well as the legacies of the sages of antiquity, the Duke of Zhou, Confucius, Mencius and Xunzi. Individual chapters also locate the contexts in which these debates and discussions were devel-oped: from interchanges with contemporaries to arguments extended through time.

Features7 Is the first volume in English to provide a comprehensive introduction to the Neo-Confucian thought of representative Chinese thinkers 7 Combines methodological approaches drawn from both comparative philosophy and Chinese intellectual traditions 7 Addresses problematics derived from Western philosophical traditions and engages topics and debates that emanate from within Chinese traditions

From the contents1. ZHOU Dunyi’s Philosophy of the Supreme Polarity - 2. SHAO Yong’s Numerological-Cosmo-logical System - 3. ZHANG Zai’s Theory of Vital Energy - 4. CHENG Yi’s Moral Philosophy - 5: The Thesis of Single-Rootedness in the Thought of CHENG Hao - 6. HU Hong’s Philosophy.

Fields of interestNon-Western Philosophy; Religious Studies; Philosophy of Religion

Target groupsUndergraduate and postgraduate university students in philosophy and Chinese history courses, as well as academics

R. Poli, University of Trento, Italy; M. Healy, University of New Mexico, Albuquerque, NM, USA.; A. Kameas, Hellenic Open University, Greece (Eds.)

Theory and Applications of Ontology: Computer Applications

Ontology was once understood to be the philo-sophical inquiry into the structure of reality: the analysis and categorization of ‘what there is’. Recently, however, a field called ‘ontology’ has become part of the rapidly growing research industry in information technology. The two fields have more in common than just their name.Theory and Applications of Ontology is a two-volume anthology that aims to further an informed discus-sion about the relationship between ontology in philosophy and ontology in information tech-nology. It fills an important lacuna in cutting-edge research on ontology in both fields, supplying stage-setting overview articles on history and method, presenting directions of current research in either field, and highlighting areas of productive interdisciplinary contact.Theory and Applications of Ontology: Computer Applications presents ontology in ways that philosophers are not likely to find elsewhere.

Features7 The most complete, up-to-date, and authori-tative account of ontology available 7 Edited and written by acknowledged authorities in all subfields of ontology 7 The first work to system-atically analyse ontology from both the philosoph-ical and computer science points of view

From the contents1. The interplay between ontology as catego-rial analysis and ontology as technology - 2. Ontological architectures- 3. Organization and management of large categorical systems- 4. The information flow approach to ontology-based semantic alignment - 5. Ontological evaluation and validation.

Fields of interestOntology; Information Systems Applications (incl.Internet)

Target groupsPhilosophers, computer scientists, linguistsDiscount group

P


Due April 2010

2010. Approx. 515 p. (Trends in Logic, Volume 30) Hardcover

7 approx. $229.00ISBN 978-90-481-8784-3

Discount groupP


Due May 2010

2010. Approx. 560 p. 3 illus. (Dao Companions to Chinese Philosophy) Hardcover

7 $229.00ISBN 978-90-481-2929-4

Discount groupP


Due May 2010


7 approx. $189.00ISBN 978-90-481-8846-8

springer.com/librarybooks 89Springer News 3/2010 Philosophy

R. Poli, University of Trento, Italy; J. Seibt, University of Aarhus, Denmark (Eds.)

Theory and Applications of Ontology: Philosophical Perspectives

Ontology was once understood to be the philo-sophical inquiry into the structure of reality: the analysis and categorization of ‘what there is’. Recently, however, a field called ‘ontology’ has become part of the rapidly growing research industry in information technology. The two fields have more in common than just their name.Theory and Applications of Ontology is a two-volume anthology that aims to further an informed discus-sion about the relationship between ontology in philosophy and ontology in information tech-nology. It fills an important lacuna in cutting-edge research on ontology in both fields, supplying stage-setting overview articles on history and method, presenting directions of current research in either field, and highlighting areas of productive interdisciplinary contact.Theory and Applications of Ontology: Philosophical Perspectives presents ontology in philosophy in ways that computer scientists are not likely to find elsewhere.

Features7 The most complete, up to date, and authori-tative account of ontology available 7 Edited and written by acknowledged authorities in all subfields of ontology 7 The first work to system-atically analyse ontology from both the philosoph-ical and computer science points of view


Target groupsPhilosophers, computer scientists, linguists

R. Poli, University of Trento, Italy; J. Seibt, University of Aarhus, Denmark; M. Healy, University of New Mexico, Albuquerque, NM, USA.; A. Kameas, Hellenic Open University, Greece (Eds.)

Theory and Applications of OntologyVolume 1: Philosophical Perspectives Volume 2: Computer Applications

Ontology is back at the forefront of philosophy, science and technology. These days ontology comes in at least two main fashions: the traditional philosophical understanding of ontology has been recently flanked by a new – computer-based – understanding of ontology. The current resurgence of interest in ontological issues displays a number of novel features, both among philosophers and among information technologists. Broadly speaking, the two research communities of philosophers and engineers have still not found a way to relate to each other systematically. One side is perhaps too theoretical, the other too pragmatic. However, in dynamic terms, one easily foresees mounting social and institutional pressure for the development of tools able to model fragments of reality in terms that are both adequate and efficient. The two volumes of TAO intend to play a role in paving the way for a better mutual under-standing between engineers and philosophers.

Features7 First book to systematically analyse ontology from both the philosophical and computer science points of views 7 Volumes contain both papers describing the state of the art in their respective topics and papers addressing forefront, innovative and possibly controversial topics


Target groupsPhilosophers, computer scientists, linguists

Discount groupP


Due May 2010


7 approx. $189.00ISBN 978-90-481-8844-4

Discount groupP


Due March 2010

2010. Approx. 800 p. (2-volume-set) Hardcover

7 approx. $359.00ISBN 978-90-481-8843-7

springer.com/librarybooks90 Springer News 3/2010Religion

Muslims in Global Societies Series

Series editors: G. Marranci, B. S. Turner

The book series Muslims in Global Societies is designed to accommodate the growing social scientific research on Islam and Muslims focusing on contemporary issues derived from the chal-lenges of globalization, the global village and global movements. Until recently, the historical, political and comparative approach to Islam has been preferred over social scientific research and themes. Muslims in Global Societies aims to fill this gap by responding directly to a scholarly demand for an active forum for the discussion of new ideas, fieldwork experiences, challenging views, and methodological and theoretical approaches to Muslim life, from a global perspective.

G. Marranci, National University of Singapore, Asia Research Institute, Singapore (Ed.)

Muslim Societies and the Challenge of Secularization: An Interdisciplinary Approach

Scholars from various disciplines worked together to present the first interdisciplinary book to address the issue of Islam, secularism and global-ization. The book has a clear structure which represents its interdisciplinary approach: the first section addresses the philosophical and historical discussion about Islam and secularism; the second section discusses the topic from an ethnographical and social anthropological viewpoint; and the final section addresses Islam, secularism and globaliza-tion from a political viewpoint. This unique collec-tion not only offers innovative research and new material, it also provides empirical examples and theoretical debates, and could therefore also be used as a textbook for courses on Islam, globaliza-tion, anthropology, politics, sociology and law.

Features7 The first interdisciplinary book on Muslims, secularization and globalization 7 Addresses contemporary issues in a historical perspective 7 Debates a series of topics of extreme public interest 7 Clear and easy to use for university courses

Fields of interestReligious Studies; Anthropology; Political Science

Target groupsScholars and postgraduate students with an interest in the history of Muslim thought, Islam and Muslim societies, globalization, comparative law, secularization and ethnographic studies of contemporary Muslim society, as well as politi-cians and the general public with an interest in contemporary aspects of Islam and globalization

New Series

Discount groupP


Due May 2010

2010. Approx. 300 p. (Muslims in Global Societies Series, Volume 1) Hardcover

7 approx. $139.00ISBN 978-90-481-3361-1

springer.com/librarybooks 91Springer News 3/2010 Proceedings

Medicine

Vincent (Ed), Intensive Care MedicineISBN 978-1-4419-5561-67 $169.00

Ceramics in Orthopaedics

Cobb (Ed), Bioceramics and Alternative Bearings in Joint Arthroplasty (Ceramics in Orthopaedics)ISBN 978-3-7985-1921-37 approx. $89.95

Statistics Studies in Classification, Data Analysis, and Knowledge Organization

Locarek-Junge (Eds), Classification as a Tool for Research (Studies in Classification)ISBN 978-3-642-10744-37 $229.00

Computer Science Communications in Computer and Information Science

Filipe (Eds), Agents and Artificial Intelligence (Communic.Comp.Inf.Science 67)ISBN 978-3-642-11818-07 approx. $89.95

Fred (Eds), Biomedical Engineering Systems and Technologies (Communic.Comp.Inf.Science 52)ISBN 978-3-642-11720-67 approx. $99.00

Ranchordas (Eds), Computer Vision, Imaging and Computer Graphics: Theory and Applications (Communic.Comp.Inf.Science 68)ISBN 978-3-642-11839-57 approx. $89.95

IFIP Advances in Information and Communication Technology

Camarinha-Matos (Eds), Emerging Trends in Technological Innovation (IFIP Advs Information)ISBN 978-3-642-11627-87 $219.00

Ratchev (Ed), Precision Assembly Technologies and Systems (IFIP Advs Information)ISBN 978-3-642-11597-47 $164.00

Lecture Notes in Computer Science

Arbab (Eds), Fundamentals of Software Engineering (Lect. Notes Computer Science 5961)ISBN 978-3-642-11622-37 $95.00

Bello (Eds), Biomedical Simulation (Lect.Notes Computer Science 5958)ISBN 978-3-642-11614-87 $72.00

Boll (Eds), Advances in Multimedia ModelingISBN 978-3-642-11300-07 $143.00

Caputo (Eds), Medical Content-Based Retrieval for Clinical Decision Support (Lect. Notes Computer Science 5853)ISBN 978-3-642-11768-87 $72.00

Carro (Eds), Practical Aspects of Declarative Languages (Lect.Notes Computer 2 Programming,Software Engin. (SL 2))ISBN 978-3-642-11502-87 $83.00

Eppstein (Eds), Graph Drawing (Lect.Notes Computer Science 5937)ISBN 978-3-642-11804-37 approx. $89.95

Frappier (Eds), Abstract State Machines, Alloy, B and Z (Lect.Notes Computer Science 5849)ISBN 978-3-642-11810-47 approx. $89.95

Janowski (Eds), Distributed Computing and Internet Technology (Lect.Notes Computer Science 5977)ISBN 978-3-642-11658-27 approx. $69.95

Link (Eds), Foundations of Information and Knowledge Systems (Lect.Notes Computer Science 5966)ISBN 978-3-642-11828-97 approx. $79.95

Riano (Eds), Knowledge Representation for Health-Care. Data, Processes and Guidelines (LNAI 5943)ISBN 978-3-642-11807-47 approx. $69.95

Taylor (Eds), Adaptive Learning Agents (LNAI 5924)ISBN 978-3-642-11813-57 approx. $69.95

Lecture Notes of the Institute for Computer Sciences, Social-Informatics and Telecommunications Engineering

Doulamis (Eds), Networks for Grid Applications (Lect.Notes Social.Inform. 25)ISBN 978-3-642-11732-97 approx. $69.95

Jun Hei (Eds), Access Networks (Lect.Notes Social.Inform. 37)ISBN 978-3-642-11663-67 approx. $69.95

Kostkova (Ed), Electronic Healthcare (Lect.Notes Social.Inform. 27)ISBN 978-3-642-11744-27 approx. $69.95

Lehmann-Grube (Eds), Facets of Virtual Environments (Lect.Notes Social.Inform. 33)ISBN 978-3-642-11742-87 approx. $69.95

Pentikousis (Eds), Mobile Networks and Management (Lect.Notes Social.Inform. 32)ISBN 978-3-642-11816-67 approx. $69.95

Sergienko (Eds), Quantum Communication and Quantum Networking (Lect.Notes Social.Inform. 36)ISBN 978-3-642-11730-57 $83.00

Zheng (Eds), Ad Hoc Networks (Lect.Notes Social.Inform. 28)ISBN 978-3-642-11722-07 approx. $139.00

Engineering Advances in Intelligent and Soft Computing

Gao (Eds), Soft Computing in Industrial Applications (Adv.Intel.,Soft Computing)ISBN 978-3-642-11281-27 approx. $259.00

Notes on Numerical Fluid Mechanics and Multidisciplinary Design

King (Ed), Active Flow Control II (Notes Numerical Fluid Mech. 245)ISBN 978-3-642-11734-37 approx. $299.00

springer.com/librarybooks92 Springer News 3/2010Proceedings

Notes on Numerical Fluid Mechanics and Multidisciplinary Design

Kroll (Eds), ADIGMA – A European Initiative on the Development of Adaptive Higher-Order Variational Methods for Aerospace Applications (Notes Numerical Fluid Mech. 230)ISBN 978-3-642-03706-17 approx. $299.00

Education Contributions to Statistics

Attanasio (Eds), Statistical Methods for the Evaluation of University Systems (Contributions to Statistics(Physica))ISBN 978-3-7908-2374-57 approx. $109.00

Physics AIP Conference Proceedings

Granja (Eds), Nuclear Physics Methods and Accelerators in Biology and Medicine (AIP Conference Proceedings 1204)ISBN 978-0-7354-0741-17 approx. $149.00

Heinz (Eds), The Monster’s Fiery Breath (AIP Conference Proceedings Astronomy, Astrophysics 1201)ISBN 978-0-7354-0738-17 approx. $212.00

Materials Science Advances in Solid State Physics

Haug (Ed), Advances Solid State Physics 49ISBN 978-3-642-10295-07 approx. $139.00

Life Sciences Advances in Experimental Medicine and Biology

Hallenbeck (Ed), Recent Advances in Phototrophic Prokaryotes (Advs Exp.Medicine, Biology 675)ISBN 978-1-4419-1527-67 $179.00

Sales and Service

Bookstore and Library Sales:

Matt Conmy, Vice President, Trade Salestel: 800-777-4643 ext. 578e-mail: [email protected]

Trade Marketing Support:

Casey Spear, Product ManagerTrade Channel Marketingtel: 800-777-4643 ext.622e-mail: [email protected]

Agency Account Information

7 Library Approval Plan7 Bookseller Agency Plan7 Annual Prepayment Plan7 Standing Orders

Attn: Joe KozakiewiczP.O. Box 2485Secaucus, NJ 07096-2485tel: 800-777-4643 ext. 303fax: 201-348-4505e-mail: [email protected]

To Order:

SpringerP.O. Box 2485Secaucus, NJ 07096-2485

or call

800-SPRINGER, 8:30 AM to 5:30 PM ET

or fax

201-348-4505

or e-mail

[email protected]

World Wide Web:

Springer: springer.comApress: www.apress.comBirkhäuser: www.birkhauser.comCopernicus: www.copernicusbooks.comKey College: www.keycollege.comKey Curriculum: www.keypress.com

Returns:

Returns must be in resaleable condition. Please include a copy of the original invoice or packing slip along with your shipment. For your protection, we recommend all returns be sent via a traceable method. Damaged books must be reported within two months of billing date. Springer reserves the right to reject any return that does not follow the procedures detailed above.

Returns in the Americas (excluding Canada): Springerc/o Mercedes/ABC Distribution CenterBrooklyn Navy Yard; Bldg. 3Brooklyn, NY 11205

Returns in Canada:Springerc/o Georgetown Terminal Warehouse34 Armstrong AvenueGeorgetown, Ontario L7G 4R9

Prices:

Please note that all prices are in US $, and are subject to change without notice.

Continuation Orders

Library Approval Plan:

All books are automatically supplied directly to your library on the date of publication. A minimum of one major discipline on all publications must be selected to receive the Library Approval Plan discount of 15%.

Bookseller Agency Plan:

The bookseller automatically receives all new titles upon publication. To receive the special agency discount, a minimum of one major discipline must be selected. Modifi-cations in the plan may be made at any time.

Annual Prepayment Plan:

Prepayments will be accepted only for subscriptions to Landolt-Börnstein. To enroll in this plan, the library must agree to make one prepayment based on our estimate of the number of volumes and the subscription cost. A prepaid invoice will reflect a 5% discount on the major handbooks.

Standing Orders:

Approval, and standing order customers receive a 15% discount on orders for all series except Landolt-Börnstein. Prepayment is not required for standing orders.

Change of Address for Continuation Orders:

Publisher must be notified at least eight weeks in advance. Please indicate:7 journal or standing order title7 date on which the change is to take effect7 old address7 new address

For more information, contact: Joe Kozakiewicz (above).

General InformationSpringer News 3/2010

Discount Key

P = ProfessionalMC = Medicine/ClinicalMR = Medicine/ReferenceT = TradeC = Computer TradeL = Landolt-Bornstein HandbookS = Special Software

springer.comABCDABCD233 Spring Street New York, NY 10013

Apress

AIP Press

American Institute of Physics

Birkhäuser

Copernicus

Current Medicine

Friends of ED

Humana Press

Lavoisier-Intercept

Physica Verlag

Springer-Praxis

The Royal Society of Chemistry

Springer Wien NewYork

Steinkopff Verlag

Vieweg

V7003

New York

Heidelberg

Dordrecht

London

Tokyo

Boston

Basel

Berlin

Hong Kong

Milan

New Delhi

Paris

New York, NY 10013 Springer NEWS · New York, NY 10013 Apress AIP Press American Institute of...

Documents

Transcript of New York, NY 10013 Springer NEWS · New York, NY 10013 Apress AIP Press American Institute of...